I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
http://offthewallplays.com/search-plays/three-act-plays/
THREE ACT PLAYS (And Four Act Plays)
Play scripts in three and four acts. Three act plays and four act plays of all genres!
TEEN AND CHILDREN
A Fairly Tall Adventure – adventure plays for kids
Alice in Football Land – play for older kids and young teens
The Gold Medallion – three act adventure play for a large young cast
The Last Time I saw Paris – teen parody on the whole horse of Troy thing
Wotcha! Gotcha! – steam punk funny pantomime set in Victorian London
COMEDIES
Ad Hoc – Three act Romantic comedy about an ad agency
Guilty Party – whodunit three act farce script
Holiday Island – comedy drama about a bunch of Brits on holiday in Tenerife
Let’s get rid of the plump people – Greek satire
Murder and other fun things – off the wall whodunit
Nietzche’s Nose – comedy about a dysfunctional family
Some Unfinished Chaos – poignant comedy about the relationship between a failing writer and his protege
The Heirs – British zany comedy script about the crazy last wishes of an old lady
You’re never too old – three act comedy script
DRAMAS
A House Divided – a Civil War Play in four acts
Acrisius – modern classic Greek plays for a large cast
Daughter like you – family drama about coping with the loss of a child
Lonely birds and shadow figures – psycho thriller script
Monthly Payments – full length drama for 7 actors
Next – drama script about a killer virus striking a small town
Return to Vardia – Three act adventure for a large cast
Parlor City Noir – a classic whodunit script
Some Unfinished Chaos – poignant comedy about the relationship between a failing writer and his protege
Tales of Dark imagination:The Dark Chronicles of the Golden Raven society – ghost story scripts
Taylor – a four act play about loss
The Judas Web – Nigerian drama script for large cast
The promise – drama thriller script
The release of Theodore Marlow – romantic period drama script about joining a lost love
The Royal Blood cannot be Mixed
Theseus and Ariadne – Greek style plays
Victims of the Forest – medieval scary plays
War Stories – a 3 act cop drama
PANEL OF FOUR PLAYERS
As David Mitchell often says, "the rules are very simple". The panel is made up of four players.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Unbelievable_Truth_(radio_show)
The Unbelievable Truth is a BBC radio comedy panel game made by Random Entertainment,[1] devised by Graeme Garden and Jon Naismith
FOUR GAMES RELEASED- HE FIGHTS THE FOUR GNERALS OF GENTO AS THE PREMISE OF THE STORY
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fist_of_the_North_Star_(NES_video_game)
Fist of the North Star is a side-scrolling action video game produced by Toei Animation and developed by Shouei System for the Nintendo Entertainment System (NES). It was first released in Japan under the title Hokuto no Ken 2 (Japanese: 北斗の拳2?) on April 17, 1987 and was the second of four Hokuto no Ken video games released
After the death of Raoh, the Central Imperial Capital, a city ruled by the Tentei, has been in great confusion. Kenshiro returns to assists the now grown Bat and Rin as they lead the Hokuto Army resistance against the Tentei's corrupt imperial forces. As Kenshiro ventures into the Capital, he confronts the Four Generals of Gento and their leader Falco the Gold.
Most notably the game's boss characters, the Four General of Gento, consists of Solia, a character from the manga, Taiga[e] and Boltz, the renegade Gento Kōken masters from the anime, and a new character named Bronza, who was created for the game. Bronza substitute Shōki's role in the anime as the General of Red Light and is characterized as the only fighter outside the Hokuto Shinken school to had mastered the ultimate technique of Musō Tensei.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OuS9nvqSOVY
four stages animation
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Fourth_Protocol_(film)
The Fourth Protocol is a 1987 British Cold War spy film featuring Michael Caine and Pierce Brosnan, based on the novel The Fourth Protocol by Frederick Forsyth.
FILM CALLED TWO PLUS TWO
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Two_%26_Two_(2011_film)
The film begins with a male entering a grey classroom with twelve schoolboys. Through the intercom, the headmaster announces that there will be ongoing changes in the school, and that the students are to listen to all instructions from their teacher. The teacher begins the lesson by writing "2 + 2 = 5" on the chalkboard. When the children protest, he immediately silences them, calling for order in the classroom. He then demands that the students repeat the equation after him, in order to imprint the message. One timid student raises his hand and suggests that two plus two is four, not five. The teacher immediately scolds him and tells him to sit back down. The teacher then orders the class to open their notebooks and begin copying down the expression. A student near the back of the classroom suddenly speaks up, audaciously stating that two plus two is four, not five. The teacher is instantly agitated and asks the student who gave him permission to speak. The student holds his ground, maintaining that two plus two is equal to four. Further attempts by the teacher to force the student to acknowledge that two plus two equals five fails. He then leaves the classroom and returns with three older students, bearing red armbands (reminiscent of Nazi armbands). The teacher asks the senior students for the solution to two plus two, and the three answer five in perfect union. The one rebellious student remains determined, and is called to the front of the room, where he is handed a piece of chalk to complete the equation, "2 + 2 = ". Clearly frustrated, the teacher tells the student that this is his last chance to give the correct answer. The three senior students suddenly raise their arms and point imaginary rifles at the boy against the board, as if preparing an execution. The boy, after some deliberation, bolding writes "4". The teacher gives a disappointed look, and gunfire is heard as blood splatters across the blackboard and the boy's body slumps to the ground. The rest of the class is silent, horrified at what they just witnessed. The senior students carry out the dead boy's body, and the teacher resumes his lesson. As the teacher continues to order the students to write down "2 + 2 = 5" in the notebooks, one student is seen scratching out "5" and replacing it with a careful "4".
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Feather_Falls
Four Feather Falls was the third puppet TV show produced by Gerry Anderson for Granada Television. It was based on an idea by Barry Gray, who also wrote the show's music.[1] The series was the first to use an early version of Anderson's Supermarionation puppetry. Thirty-nine 13-minute episodes were produced, broadcast by Granada from February until November 1960. The setting is the late 19th-century fictional Kansas town of Four Feather Falls, where the hero of the series, Tex Tucker, is a sheriff. The four feathers of the title refers to four magical feathers given to Tex by the Indian chief Kalamakooya as a reward for saving his grandson: two allowed Tex's guns to swivel and fire without being touched whenever he was in danger, and two conferred the power of speech on Tex's horse and dog.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Four_Musketeers_(1974_film)
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT- like the four wise monkeys- notice in the cover of the four usketeers movie the four have crosses on their shirts- that is 16 squares- a quadrant model
The Four Musketeers (also known as The Four Musketeers: Milady's Revenge) is a 1974 Richard Lester film that is a sequel to The Three Musketeers, and covers the second half of Dumas' novel The Three Musketeers. Fifteen years later, the cast and crew returned to film The Return of the Musketeers, loosely based on Dumas' Twenty Years After.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Office_Space
Office Space was shot primarily in Austin, Texas. It originated in a series of four animated short films that Judge created entitled Milton about an office drone named Milton. They first aired on Liquid Television and Night After Night with Allan Havey, and later aired on Saturday Night Live.[5] The inspiration came from a temp job which he had that involved alphabetizing purchase orders[6]and another job as an engineer for three months in the Bay Area during the 1980s, "just in the heart of Silicon Valley and in the middle of that overachiever yuppie thing, it was just awful".[7]
FOUR LOBES PER KERNAL
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Triticale
An episode of the popular TV series Star Trek, "The Trouble With Tribbles", revolved around the protection of a grain developed from triticale, which writer David Gerrold called "quadro-triticale" at producer Gene Coon's suggestion, and to which he ascribed four distinct lobes per kernel.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR CHARACTERS
http://www.wardrobeoxygen.com/2011/05/movie-review-something-borrowed.html
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Something_Borrowed_(film)
Something Borrowed is a 2011 American romantic comedy film based on Emily Giffin's book of the same name, directed by Luke Greenfield, starring Ginnifer Goodwin, Kate Hudson, Colin Egglesfield, and John Krasinski and was distributed by Warner Bros.
The four main characters of the movie – Spaghetti dinner in the Hamptons
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lazer_Team
Lazer Team is a 2015 American science fiction action comedy film directed, produced, and co-written by Matt Hullum. The first feature film produced by Rooster Teeth, it stars Burnie Burns, Gavin Free, Michael Jones, Colton Dunn, Allie DeBerry, and Alan Ritchson. The film follows the Lazer Team, a group of four who find themselves responsible for the fate of the planet upon discovering an alien crash site containing a battle suit.
The UFO opens to reveal the battle suit, and the four men each take a piece of it. The suit activates when all four pieces are worn, and each piece becomes irreversibly attached and genetically locked to its wearer. Zach discovers that his arm-cannon can shoot energy projectiles, Hagan's gauntlet can create an energy field, Woody's helmet increases his intelligence over time and has a host of other functions, and Herman's boots can make him run at superhuman speeds. The UFO displays a holographic recording by an Antarean, warning them of an impending war. The military shows up and apprehends the group. Angry that their preparations have been jeopardized and that Zach has posted a selfie with the suit (calling the four "Lazer Team"), Colonel Emory gives Adam orders to train them in only four days, after which time the Worg are scheduled to arrive. As expected, the training goes horribly. Meanwhile, a group of soldiers are possessed by small robotic insects sent by the Worg, and begins to hunt down Lazer Team with advanced handheld weapons. They show up at Hagan's house and possess Mindy.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marx_Brothers
The act slowly evolved from singing with comedy to comedy with music. The brothers' sketch "Fun in Hi Skule" featured Groucho as a German-accented teacher presiding over a classroom that included students Harpo, Gummo, and Chico. The last version of the school act was titled Home Again and was written by their uncle Al Shean. The Home Again tour reached Flint, Michigan in 1915, where 14-year-old Zeppo joined his four brothers for what is believed to be the only time that all five Marx Brothers appeared together on stage.[24] Then Gummo left to serve in World War I, reasoning that "anything is better than being an actor!"[25] Zeppo replaced him in their final vaudeville years and in the jump to Broadway, and then to Paramount films.
Sheet music (1917) for one of the songs from Home Again; from left: Harpo, Gummo, Chico, Groucho
During World War I, anti-German sentiments were common, and the family tried to conceal its German origin. Mother Minnie learned that farmers were excluded from the draft rolls, so she purchased a 27-acre (110,000 m2) poultry farm near Countryside, Illinois — but the brothers soon found that chicken ranching was not in their blood.[26] During this time, Groucho discontinued his "German" stage personality.
By this time, "The Four Marx Brothers" had begun to incorporate their unique style of comedy into their act and to develop their characters. Both Groucho's and Harpo's memoirs say that their now-famous on-stage personae were created by Al Shean. Groucho began to wear his trademark greasepaint mustache and to use a stooped walk. Harpo stopped speaking onstage and began to wear a red fright wig and carry a taxi-cab horn. Chico spoke with a fake Italian accent, developed off-stage to deal with neighborhood toughs, while Zeppo adopted the role of the romantic (and "peerlessly cheesy", according to James Agee)[27] straight man.
FOUR ROUNDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wheel_of_Fortune_(U.S._game_show)
Wheel of Fortune (often known simply as Wheel[note 1]) is an American television game show created by Merv Griffin. The show features a competition in which contestants solve word puzzles, similar to those used in Hangman, to win cash and prizes determined by spinning a giant carnival wheel.
Each game also features three toss-up puzzles, which reveal the puzzle one random letter at a time, and award cash to whoever rings in with the right answer. The first determines who is interviewed first by the host, the second determines who starts Round 1, and the third determines who starts Round 4; respectively, these are valued at $1,000, $2,000, and $3,000. In addition to these, each game has a minimum of four rounds.[9] Rounds 2 and 3 are respectively started by the next two players clockwise from the player who began Round 1.
The show's original puzzle board had three rows of 13 manually operated trilons, for a total of 39 spaces. On December 21, 1981, a larger board with 48 trilons in four rows (11, 13, 13 and 11 trilons) was adopted. This board was surrounded by a double-arched border of lights which flashed at the beginning and end of the round. Each trilon had three sides: a green side to represent spaces not used by the puzzle, a blank side to indicate a letter that had not been revealed, and a side with a letter on it.[19] With these older boards, in segments where more than one puzzle was present, while the viewer saw a seamless transition to the next puzzle, what actually happened was a stop-down of the taping; during the old stop-downs, the board would be wheeled offstage and the new puzzle loaded in by hand out of sight of the contestants.[75] On February 24, 1997, the show introduced a computerized puzzle board composed of 52 touch-activated monitors in four rows (12 on the top and bottom rows, 14 in the middle two).[8] To illuminate a letter during regular gameplay, the hostess touches the right edge of the monitor to reveal it.[76] The computerized board obviated the stop-downs, allowing tapings to finish quicker at a lower cost to the production company. The former board was subsequently sent to the Smithsonian Institution for storage.
The squares where the letters are put look like quadrants.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Fourth_World_War
The Fourth World War is a 2003 feature film directed by Richard Rowley.
MOVIE ABOUT FOUR YOUNG MEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noah_Baumbach
Baumbach made his writing and directing debut at the age of 26 with Kicking and Screaming in 1995, a comedy about four young men who graduate from college and refuse to move on with their lives.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Top_40
American Top 40 (commonly abbreviated to AT40) is an internationally syndicated, independent song countdown radio program created by Casey Kasem, Don Bustany, Tom Rounds and Ron Jacobs. The program is currently hosted by Ryan Seacrest and presented as an adjunct to his weekday radio program, On Air with Ryan Seacrest.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Hunger_Games_(film_series)
The Hunger Games film series consists of four science fiction dystopian adventure films based on The Hunger Games trilogy of novels, by the American author Suzanne Collins.
IN THE GAME YOU PLAY AS ONE OF FOUR MAJOR TRIBES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Starsiege:_Tribes
The player assumes the role of a warrior loyal to one of the four major tribes battling in the front lines of the conflict.[citation needed
Four Hearts
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Hearts
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
For the 2009 film, see 4 Hearts.
Cuatro corazones
Four Hearts 1939.jpg
Directed by Carlos Schlieper
Produced by Carlos Schlieper
Written by Miguel Gómez Bao, Enrique Santos Discépolo
Music by José Vázquez Vigo
Cinematography Gumer Barreiros
Edited by Daniel Spósito
Release date
1 March 1939
Running time
80 minutes
Country Argentina
Language Spanish
Cuatro corazones is a 1939 Argentine musical drama film, and the debut feature film of director Carlos Schlieper. It stars Enrique Santos Discépolo, Gloria Guzmán and Irma Córdoba.[1]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BBC_Television
THE NUMBER GOES UP TO BBC 4
BBC One
The Corporation's primary network, broadcasting mainstream comedy, drama, documentaries, films, news, sport, and some children's programmes. BBC One is also the home of the BBC's main 30-minute news bulletins, currently shown at 13:00, 18:00, and 22:00 (on weekdays; times vary for weekend news bulletins) and overnight bulletins from BBC World News every Monday to Sunday. The main news bulletins are followed by local news. These are provided by production centres in Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland and a further 14 regional and sub-regional centres in England. The centres also produce local news magazine programming.
Most watched programme: EastEnders.
Shutdown of all UK analogue television stations began in 2008 and finished in October 2012, leaving only digital transmission for terrestrial services.
A high definition simulcast, BBC One HD, launched on 3 November 2010.
A one hour timeshift, BBC One +1, was announced in October 2013.
BBC Two
Home to more specialist programming, including comedy, documentaries, dramas, children's programming and minority interest programmes, as well as imported programmes from other countries, particularly the United States. An important feature of the schedule is Newsnight, a 50-minute news analysis programme shown each weeknight at 22.30. There are slight differences in the programming for England, Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland. The most notable is a separate final 20 minutes for Newsnight broadcast in Scotland.
Most watched programme: Top Gear.
A high definition simulcast, BBC Two HD, launched on 26 March 2013.
BBC Three
Home to mainly youth-oriented programming, particularly new comedy sketch shows and sitcoms.
A high definition simulcast, BBC Three HD, launched on 10 December 2013.
BBC Four
Niche programming for an intellectual audience, including specialist documentaries, occasional 'serious' dramas, live theatre, foreign language films and television programmes and 'prestige' archive television repeats.
A high definition simulcast, BBC Four HD, launched on 10 December 2013.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comedy
Also in Poetics, Aristotle defined Comedy as one of the original four genres of literature. The other three genres are tragedy, epic poetry, and lyric poetry
FOUR BABIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Superbabies:_Baby_Geniuses_2
Following the events of the first film, four babies can communicate with each other using 'baby talk', and have knowledge of many secrets. The baby geniuses become involved in a scheme by media mogul Bill Biscane, later revealed to be known as Kane, who kidnaps children everywhere. Helping the geniuses is a legendary super-baby named Kahuna who stops Biscane's plots and saves children from being kidnapped by Biscane and his minions. He joins up with several other babies in an attempt to stop Biscane, who intends to use a state-of-the-art satellite system to control the world's population by brainwashing them and forcing people to not be active and watch TV the rest of their lives.
RUGRATS FOUR BABIES
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls033353051/
The cartoon misadventures of four babies and their snotty older cousin as they face the things in life they don't understand. (30 mins.)
Different fourth guest
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Real_Time_with_Bill_Maher
HBO renewed the show on April 24, 2012, for two more seasons through 2013–14.[20] The first episode of Season 11 aired on January 18, 2013,[21] retaining its format of an initial monologue from Maher, a one-on-one interview with a guest, then turning to a discussion panel of three guests, and ending with "New Rules".
A new addition to the format is that of a fourth or "mid-guest", who comes in at approximately the halfway point of the show, bringing their own issue to the table and discussing it with the entire panel.[22]
THERE IS ACTUALLY FOUR ACTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Saints_in_Three_Acts
Four Saints in Three Acts is an opera by American composer Virgil Thomson with a libretto by Gertrude Stein. Written in 1927-8, it contains about 20 saints, and is in at least four acts. It was ground breaking for form, content, and its all-black cast, with singers directed by Eva Jessye, a prominent black choral director, and supported by her choir.[1]
The brief fourth act ("The sisters and saints reassembled and re-enacting why they went away to stay") is set at the garden of a monastery. Before the curtain falls the Compère announces "Last act", and the chorus replies "Which is a fact".
MEYERS FOUR TWILIGHT BOOKS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stephenie_Meyer
Following the success of Twilight (2005), Meyer expanded the story into a series with three more books: New Moon (2006), Eclipse (2007), and Breaking Dawn (2008). In its first week after publication, New Moon reached No. 5 on The New York Times Best Seller List for Children's Chapter Books, and in its second week rose to the No. 1 position, where it remained for the next 11 weeks. In total, it spent over 50 weeks on the list.[27] After the release of Eclipse, the first three "Twilight" books spent a combined 143 weeks on The New York Times Best Seller list.[19] The fourth installment of the Twilight series, Breaking Dawn, was released with an initial print run of 3.7 million copies.[28] Over 1.3 million copies were sold on the first day.[29] The novel won Meyer her first British Book Award, despite competition with J. K. Rowling's The Tales of Beedle the Bard.[30] The series has sold over 100 million copies worldwide[4] in 37 languages.[31] In 2008, the four books of the series claimed the top four spots on USA Today's year-end bestseller list, making Meyer the first author to ever achieve this feat, as well as being the bestselling author of the year.[5] The Twilight novels held the top four spots on USA Today's year-end list again in 2009.[32]
In August 2009, USA Today revealed that Meyer broke J. K. Rowling's record on their bestseller list; the four Twilight books had spent 52 straight weeks in the top 10.[33] The books have spent more than 143 weeks on the New York Times Best Seller List. Upon the completion of the fourth entry in the series, Meyer indicated that Breaking Dawn would be the final novel to be told from Bella Swan's perspective.[34] Midnight Sun was to be a companion novel to the series. It would be a retelling of the events of the novel Twilight, but from the perspective of Edward Cullen.[35] Meyer had hoped to have Midnight Sun published some time shortly after the release of Breaking Dawn, but after an online leak of a rough draft of its first 12 chapters, Meyer chose to delay the project indefinitely.[36] Meyer has decided to pursue non-Twilight related books as a result of the leak. She made the rough chapters of Midnight Sun available on her website.[35] In 2015, she published a new book in honor of the 10th anniversary of the best-selling franchise, titled Life and Death: Twilight Reimagined, with the genders of the original protagonists switched.[37]
CHIASMSUS CROSS
https://dejareviewer.com/2017/02/14/what-about-bob-what-about-chiasmus/
When I get an idea for a Cinematic Chiasmus, I get excited about it because it’s a chance to look at a film in a way that no one has ever done before. A few months ago, the good folks at Latter-day Chiasmus featured one of my Cinematic Chiasmus articles on their Facebook page, and then they asked me to take a look at a certain film to see if it works as a chiasmus. That film is What About Bob?
I had never done anything like that before. I had never tried to analyze a film that I didn’t have a good feeling about. I figured this would be a good example to see if I could actually force this model to work on any film or if it could be objectively shown to fail to work on most films.
I’m going to do something really different this time. Spoiler alert: What About Bob? is not a chiasmus. It has a few parts that match up nicely, but not enough to get anywhere close to a perfect chiasmus structure. And so it winds up looking really weird and disjointed when I try to impose this type of analysis on it. For this reason, I have set up a color coordination for it to show the four ways in which individual scenes match up (or fail to match up):
FOURTH NETWORK- GEORGE FOX FOUR PROGRAMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fourth_television_network
In the 1940s, four television networks began operations by linking local television stations together via AT&T's coaxial cable telephone network. These links allowed stations to share television programs across great distances, and allowed advertisers to air commercial advertisements nationally. Local stations became affiliates of one or more of the four networks, depending on the number of licensed stations within a given media market in this early era of television broadcasting. These four networks – the Columbia Broadcasting System (CBS), the National Broadcasting Company (NBC), the American Broadcasting Company (ABC), and the DuMont Television Network – would be the only full-time television networks during the 1940s and 1950s, as in 1948, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) suspended approvals for new station construction permits. Although other companies – including Paramount Pictures and the Mutual Broadcasting System – announced network plans or began limited network operations, these companies withdrew from television after the first few years.[2][3][4]
The FCC's "freeze", as it was called, was supposed to last for six months. When it was lifted after four years in 1952, there were only four full-time television networks. The FCC would only license three local VHF stations in most U.S. television markets. A fourth station, the FCC ruled, would have to broadcast on the UHF band. Hundreds of new UHF stations began operations, but many of these stations quickly folded because television set manufacturers were not required to include a UHF tuner until 1964 as part of the All-Channel Act. Most viewers could not receive UHF stations, and most advertisers would not advertise on stations which few could view. Without the advertising revenue enjoyed by the VHF stations, many UHF station owners either returned their station licenses to the FCC, attempted to trade licenses with educational stations on VHF, attempted to purchase a VHF station in a nearby market to move into theirs, or cut operating costs in attempts to stay in business.
Since there were four networks but only three VHF stations in most major U.S. cities, one network would be forced to broadcast on a UHF outlet with a limited audience. NBC and CBS had been the larger networks, and the most successful broadcasters in radio. As they began bringing their popular radio programs and stars into the television medium, they sought – and attracted – the most profitable VHF television stations. In many areas, ABC and DuMont were left with undesirable UHF stations, or were forced to affiliate with NBC or CBS stations on a part-time basis. ABC was near bankruptcy in 1952; DuMont's network was unprofitable after 1953.
On August 6, 1956, DuMont ceased regular network operations; the end of DuMont allowed ABC to experience a profit increase of 40% that year, although ABC would not reach parity with NBC and CBS until the 1970s. The end of the DuMont Network left many UHF stations without a reliable source of programming, and many were left to become independent stations. Several new television companies were formed through the years in failed attempts to band these stations together in a new fourth network.
Some within the industry felt there was a need for a fourth network; that complaints about diversity in programming could be addressed by adding another network. "We need a fourth, a fifth, and a sixth network," one broadcaster stated.[1] While critics rejected "the nightly tripe being offered [to] the public on the three major networks," they were skeptical that a fourth network would offer better material: "[O]ne wonders if a new network lacking the big money already being spread three ways will be able to come up with tripe that is equal. Certainly a new network is not going to stress quality programming when the ratings indicate that the American public prefer hillbillies, cowboys and spies. A new network will have to deliver an audience if it is to attract the big spenders from the ranks of sponsors."[5]
Advertisers, too, called for the creation of a fourth network. Representatives from Procter & Gamble and General Foods, two of the largest advertisers in the U.S., hoped the competition from a fourth network would lower advertising rates on the Big Three.[6] Independent television producers, too, called for a fourth network after battles with the Big Three.[7]
George Fox, the president of the George Fox Organization, announced tentative plans for a television film network in May 1956. The plan was to sign 45 to 50 affiliate stations; each of these stations would have input in deciding what programs the network would air. Four initial programs – Jack for Jill, I'm the Champ, Answer Me This and It's a Living – were slated to be broadcast; the programs would be filmed in Hollywood. However, only 17 stations had agreed to affiliate in May.[8] The film network never made it off the ground, and none of the planned programs aired.
Also in 1956, Dick Bailey founded the Sports Network, a specialty television network which aired only sports programs. Millionaire Howard Hughes purchased the network in 1968, changing its name to the Hughes Television Network. Speculation abounded that Hughes would add non-sports programs to the lineup, launching a fourth network. One television critic speculated "If Hughes does have the exciting sports programs they can change viewer's dialing habits. If dialing habits are changed might he extend his network facilities to include nonsport programming? It would be one way, less costly and with far less of a risk, to start the illusionary fourth network."[9]
Despite the speculation, the Hughes Network never offered non-sports programs and never developed into a fourth major television network.
Mutual Broadcasting System[edit]
The Mutual Broadcasting System, as one of the four major radio networks that existed at the time, was considered a candidate for creating a fourth network. When Mutual came under the ownership of General Tire's General Teleradio along with five television stations, General Tire president Thomas F. O'Neil started putting a potential Mutual all-movie network together. Mutual purchased a large group of English films and paid $1.5 million for the right of unlimited play for two years of Roy Rogers and Gene Autry westerns.[10]
NTA Film Network[edit]
NTA Film Network logo.jpg
Main article: NTA Film Network
On October 15, 1956, National Telefilm Associates launched the NTA Film Network, a syndication service which distributed both films and television programs to independent television stations and stations affiliated with NBC, CBS or ABC; the network had signed agreements with over 100 affiliate stations.[11] The ad hoc network's flagship station was WNTA-TV (channel 13) in New York City.[12] The NTA Network was launched as a "fourth TV network", and trade papers of the time referred to it as a new television network.[13]
Despite this major fourth network effort, by 1961 WNTA-TV was losing money, and the network's flagship station was sold to the Educational Broadcasting Corporation that November. WNTA-TV became WNDT (later WNET), the flagship station of the National Educational Television network, a forerunner of PBS.[14] NTA network operations did not continue without a flagship station, although parent company National Telefilm Associates continued syndication services. Divorce Court was seen as late as 1969.
By 1985, there were 267 independent television stations operational in the U.S., most of which were broadcasting on UHF.[19] In May 1985, News Corporation paid $1.55 billion to acquire six independent stations in major U.S. cities from Metromedia, then-owned by John Kluge. In October 1985, 20th Century Fox (which News Corporation founder Rupert Murdoch purchased the previous year) announced its intentions to form an independent television system, to be named the Fox Broadcasting Company, which would compete with the three major television networks. 20th Century Fox's television division would partner with the former Metromedia stations to both produce and distribute programming. Because Metromedia was a company descended from the DuMont Television Network, radio personality Clarke Ingram has argued that Fox was essentially not a new fourth network per se, but DuMont "rising from the ashes".[44] Former DuMont stations like WNYW in New York City and WTTG in Washington, D.C. became charter affiliates of the new network. Fox debuted on October 6, 1986, with 88 affiliates, many of them UHF stations; the network started with only a single program, The Late Show, a late-night talk show hosted by Joan Rivers, which attempted (and mightily struggled) to compete against NBC stalwart The Tonight Show Starring Johnny Carson. Fox expanded into prime time in two phases over the course of three months starting in April 1987, running two hours of programming per night on Saturdays and Sundays.
However, the establishment of this latest fourth network was met with ridicule by critics and with scorn by executives of the Big Three networks, who pointed out that Fox, like the failed television networks before it, would be seen mostly on UHF stations that had poor viewership and mediocre signal reception. NBC entertainment president Brandon Tartikoff dismissively nicknamed Fox as "the coat hanger network", implying that viewers would need to attach wire hangers (often used as a free alternative to set-top loop antennas used to receive UHF signals) to their television sets to view the network's shows. NBC head Grant Tinker stated, "I will never put a fourth column on my schedule board. There will only be three."[45] Indeed, just two years into its existence, the network was still struggling, and Fox executives considered pulling the plug on the network.[46] But by 1990, Fox had cracked the top 30 in the Nielsen ratings through the surprise success of The Simpsons (an animated series spun off from The Tracey Ullman Show, one of the network's initial series), which became the first series from a fourth network to enter the top 30 since the demise of DuMont more than 30 years earlier.[47]
By then, Fox had some advantages that DuMont did not have back in the 1950s. During its first few years, Fox programmed just under the number of hours to be legally considered a network by the FCC (by method of carrying only two hours of programming a few nights a week, expanding to additional nights before eventually filling all seven nights in 1993), allowing it to make money and grow in ways that the established networks were prohibited from doing. News Corporation also had the money and the resources to get and keep programming and talent on Fox, while DuMont constantly operated on a shoestring budget. In addition, the expansion of cable television in the 1980s and 1990s allowed more viewers to receive UHF stations clearly, along with local VHF stations, through cable systems without having to struggle with either over-the-air antennas or television sets with limited channel tuners to receive them.[44] Boosted by successful shows like Married... with Children, 21 Jump Street, Cops, Beverly Hills, 90210, In Living Color, Melrose Place and The X-Files (all appealing to the highly coveted and lucrative 18-49 demographic), Fox proved profitable by the 1990s.
Then in December 1993, Fox hit a major milestone that led to one of the most sweeping changes in American television when it took the rights to the NFL from CBS,[48] a move that by most accounts firmly established it as the fourth major television network. Soon afterward, Fox convinced several affiliates of the other networks (mostly CBS) to switch to Fox.[49]
FOUR TYPES OF FILMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Republic_Pictures
With production costs increasing, Yates organised Republic's output into four types of films: "Jubilee", usually a western shot in seven days for about $50,000; "Anniversary", filmed in 14-15 days for $175,000-$200,000; "Deluxe", major productions made with a budget of around $500,000; and "Premiere", which were usually made by top-rank directors who did not usually work for Republic, such as John Ford, Fritz Lang and Frank Borzage, and which could have a budget of $1,000,000 or more.[5] Some of these "Deluxe" films were from independent production companies that were picked up for release by Republic.
Clampett took his direction credit under the name "Kilroy". Republic also made another cartoon series in 1949 (this time without Clampett) called Jerky Journeys, but only four cartoons were made
FOUR STRIPS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Film_perforations
In 1953, the introduction of CinemaScope—with its wider picture area and its use of four-track magnetic sound (four strips of magnetic tape coated on the film)—required another type of perforation. CinemaScope perforations are similar to KS perforations, but almost square in shape to accommodate the magnetic stripes.[9] These perfs are commonly referred to as CinemaScope (CS) or "Fox hole" perforations, or simply "Foxholes" (because, initially, all CinemaScope films were made by 20th Century Fox). Their dimensions are 0.0730" (1.85 mm) in width by 0.0780" (1.98 mm) in height. [10] Due to the size difference, CS perfed film cannot be run through a projector with standard KS sprocket teeth, but KS prints can be run on sprockets with CS teeth (see VKF, below). CS-perforated stock has fallen out of use since the 1970s when 35 mm prints with magnetic sound became uncommon.
FOUR MAIN CHARACTERS
https://www.travelchinaguide.com/intro/arts/chinese-opera.htm
For example there are 4 main Characters in Beijing drama:
Sheng, Dan, Jing, Chou.
How about other dramas in Teochew, Shanghai, Cantonese and more?
Answers (1)
Answered by Lily from USA | Jan. 05, 2017 21:0822Reply
Sheng, Dan, Jing, Chou are the four main characters in Chinese drama, not just Peking Opera. ;)
FOUR JUDGE PANNEL
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iron_Chef
In the case of a deadlock (as was possible during the era of the four-judge panel), first place is awarded to the chef with the greater number of points. On the rare occasions that the scores were also tied, an immediate "overtime battle" was held to determine the winner. In overtime the chefs are given 30 minutes to prepare dishes with a different key ingredient, having to make do with what remains of their pantry or with items that were previously prepared for the main battle. The overtime battles are aired as a separate episode. On one occasion, the overtime battle itself resulted in a tie, prompting Chairman Kaga to declare both the Iron Chef and challenger winners.[5]
The show received high ratings and rave reviews and in October 2004, Food Network began taping weekly episodes that premiered starting in January 2005.[citation needed] Some changes were made to the show, most notably replacing Puck with Morimoto as an Iron Chef (a fourth, Cat Cora, was added later), and the location was moved from Los Angeles to New York City. The fifth Iron Chef, Michael Symon, was added for his win in The Next Iron Chef. In 2009, Chef Jose Garces became the sixth Iron Chef following his victory in the second season of The Next Iron Chef. In 2010, Chef Marc Forgione won the third season of The Next Iron Chef, becoming the seventh Iron Chef on Iron Chef America. Chef Geoffrey Zakarian won The Next Iron Chef's fourth season in 2011, making him the eighth Iron Chef. In 2012, Chef Alexandra Guarnaschelli became the ninth and most recent Iron Chef after winning the fifth season of The Next Iron Chef.
FOUR CELEBRITIES FOUR QUESITONS FOURTH PRIZE
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fandango_(game_show)
In the bonus round, the champion tried to predict celebrities' answers given in pre-taped interviews. Originally, the Star of the Day was the only celebrity featured in the interviews, but beginning in 1987, four different celebrities were featured.
Bill read a question (e.g., "When you do a concert or an on-stage performance, what song is most requested by the audience?") with two possible answers, and the contestant guessed what answer the celebrity gave. For each correct answer, the contestant won an increasingly valuable prize. If incorrect, the game ended, and the contestant lost all prizes accumulated to that point; however, the contestant could quit at any time and keep what he/she had already won. If the contestant answered all four questions correctly, he/she won the grand prize of a vacation. If the contestant missed the first question, he/she could still win the first prize by answering the question from the second celebrity (no additional prizes could be won), but if they missed the second question, the round ended in a loss, and the contestant was awarded a consolation prize.
Beginning in 1987, the champion was shown an eight-numbered board from which he/she selected prizes for the first three questions. For the fourth question, Pickett presented eight sealed envelopes containing the names of different grand prizes, which included cars, a boat, a fur coat, and vacations. After choosing an envelope and revealing its contents, the contestant could elect to risk what he/she had already won in order to win the bonus prize or return the envelope and select a fourth prize from the board without having to answer an additional question. Any contestant who won the grand prize retired from the show. If a contestant won five consecutive days, he/she was automatically awarded the grand prize regardless of the outcome of the bonus round.
In some cases, Anderson would participate as the Star of the Day, during which Edgar would host the bonus round. In other cases, during celebrity shows with country music stars, the round was reversed, and the stars would guess what the fans responded to various questions. The fans involved won prizes based on how well the star had done in the round.
FOUR Rounds
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grill_Me
Round 1
2 Round 2: All-You-Can-Eat
3 Round 3: Main Course
4 Final round
FOUR PLAYERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hellevator
The second season began airing October 7, 2016 at 9ET/8CT. The second season will have four episodes. A team of four players begins the game; one is taken from them at the beginning of the show and placed in a cell designated as the Inferno.[9]
FOUR PANELISTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Life_Begins_at_Eighty
The show was hosted by Jack Barry, and consisted of viewers at home writing questions for the octogenarian panel to answer. There were usually four panelists; the two permanent spots on the panel were given to Broadway actress Georgiana Carhart, and Fred Stein, cousin of writer and poet Gertrude Stein.
http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/CrucifiedHeroShot
http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/CreepyCoolCrosses
FOUR SAGAS FOUR BEASTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yu_Yu_Hakusho
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yu_Yu_Hakusho
Funimation separated the series into four "seasons", that each compose their own story arc, which they refer to as "sagas". In North America, 32 DVD compilations have been released by Funimation for the four sagas, with the first released on April 16, 2002, and the last on July 19, 2005.[56][57] The episodes have been released in both edited and uncut formats. In addition, DVD collection boxes have been released for all four sagas, each containing all the episodes of that particular saga, with the exception of the Dark Tournament Saga, which was split into two collection boxes.[58][59][60][61][62] Funimation released season box sets of the anime starting with season one on July 8, 2008 and ending with season four on January 13, 2009.[63][64] Each set contains four DVDs which have 28 episodes, or one quarter of the whole series. Funimation began releasing the seasons on Blu-ray Disc on May 31, 2011.[65] Cook has stated that the production staff made minor improvements to their recordings, such as redubbing certain lines, cleaning up the dialogue, and removing "arrant anomalies".[66] In Japan, three separate multidisc DVD box sets were released, as well as 28 DVDs totaling all 112 episodes of the series.[67] Japanese home video distributor Bandai Visual began releasing the series on Blu-ray Disc on October 27, 2009, with the first set containing a picture drama set after the end of the series that saw cast members reunite to record new dialogue.[68]
Yusuke is then sent to Maze Castle in the Demon Plane (魔界 Makai, lit. "Demon World"), a third world occupied solely by demons, where Kuwabara and the newly reformed Kurama and Hiei assist him in defeating the Four Beasts, a quartet of demons attempting to blackmail Koenma into removing the barrier keeping them out of the human world.
HONORARY CORE FOUR MEMBER
https://www.much.com/the-o-c-core-four-where-are-they-now/
Autumn Reeser aka Taylor Townsend (honorary core four member after the death of Marissa) was married to writer/director Jesse Warren for five years. The two went their separate ways but have two adorable sons, Finneus James and Dashiel Ford.
THE GOODE FAMILY FOUR MEMBERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:The_Goode_Family_cast.jpg
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Goode_Family
The Goode Family is an American animated comedy series, which originally aired on ABC from May 27, 2009 to August 7, 2009. The series was created by Mike Judge, and follows the life of an environmentally responsible, albeit obsessive, family.[1][2] The series takes a comic look at contemporary society. Judge created the show along with former King of the Hill writers John Altschuler and David Krinsky. The show was cancelled after its first season.
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050154636/
Four previously married women live together in Miami, sharing their various experiences together and enjoying themselves despite hard times. (30 mins.)
Stars: Bea Arthur, Betty White, Rue McClanahan, Estelle Getty
Add to Watchlist
Image of Sex and the City
2.
Sex and the City (1998 TV Series)
7.0/10
Four female New Yorkers gossip about their sex lives (or lack thereof) and find new ways to deal with being a woman in the '90s. (30 mins.)
Stars: Sarah Jessica Parker, Kim Cattrall, Kristin Davis, Cynthia Nixon
Add to Watchlist
Image of Sisters
3.
Sisters (1991 TV Series)
7.6/10
"Sisters" follows the lives and loves of four close, but very different, sisters of the Reed family living in Winnetka... (60 mins.)
Stars: Swoosie Kurtz, Patricia Kalember, Sela Ward, Elizabeth Hoffman
Add to Watchlist
Image of Widows
4.
Widows (1983 Mini-Series)
7.8/10
Three armed robbers, Harry Rawlins, Terry Miller and Joe Pirelli, die when the security van that they... (289 mins.)
Stars: Ann Mitchell, Maureen O'Farrell, Fiona Hendley, David Calder
Add to Watchlist
Image of Desperate Housewives
5.
Desperate Housewives (2004 TV Series)
7.5/10
Secrets and truths unfold through the lives of female friends in one suburban neighborhood, after the mysterious suicide of a neighbor. (45 mins.)
Stars: Teri Hatcher, Felicity Huffman, Marcia Cross, Eva Longoria
Add to Watchlist
Image of Designing Women
6.
Designing Women (1986 TV Series)
7.0/10
The misadventures of four women and their handyman running a design firm in Atlanta, Georgia. (30 mins.)
Stars: Delta Burke, Dixie Carter, Annie Potts, Meshach Taylor
Add to Watchlist
Image of The Facts of Life
7.
The Facts of Life (1979 TV Series)
6.8/10
A group of girls, attending a boarding school, tackle issues throughout teenage life and later adulthood. (30 mins.)
Stars: Lisa Whelchel, Kim Fields, Mindy Cohn, Nancy McKeon
Add to Watchlist
Image of Pretty Little Liars
8.
Pretty Little Liars (2010 TV Series)
7.6/10
Four friends band together against an anonymous foe who threatens to reveal their darkest secrets, while unraveling the mystery of the murder of their best friend. (44 mins.)
Stars: Troian Bellisario, Ashley Benson, Lucy Hale, Shay Mitchell
Add to Watchlist
Image of Mohawk Girls
9.
Mohawk Girls (2010 TV Series)
6.8/10
Mohawk Girls is a half hour dramatic comedy about four young women figuring out how to be Mohawk in the 21st century... (22 mins.)
Director: Tracey Deer
Stars: Brittany LeBorgne, Heather White, Maika Harper, Jennifer Pudavick
Add to Watchlist
Image of Girls
10.
Girls (2012 TV Series)
7.3/10
A comedy about the experiences of a group of girls in their early 20s. (28 mins.)
Stars: Lena Dunham, Allison Williams, Jemima Kirke, Adam Driver
Add to Watchlist
Image of It's a Living
11.
It's a Living (1980 TV Series)
7.3/10
This series featured a group of waitresses (and a pianist, Sonny) who work at a fancy restaurant at the top of a skyscraper. (30 mins.)
Stars: Gail Edwards, Barrie Youngfellow, Paul Kreppel, Marian Mercer
Add to Watchlist
Image of Girlfriends
12.
Girlfriends (2000 TV Series)
7.0/10
A look at the lives, loves, and losses of four different women, Toni, Maya, Lynn, and Joan. (30 mins.)
Stars: Tracee Ellis Ross, Golden Brooks, Persia White, Reginald C. Hayes
Add to Watchlist
Image of Mistresses 13.
Mistresses (2008 TV Series)
7.6/10
The lives and loves of four female friends: Katie, a doctor having an affair with a patient; Trudi, a 9/11 widow; Siobhan, a barrister; and Jessica, a commitment phobe who plays the field. (60 mins.)
Stars: Sarah Parish, Sharon Small, Orla Brady, Shelley Conn
Add to Watchlist
Image of Living Single 14.
Living Single (1993 TV Series)
7.2/10
Follows the lives of several single male and female roommates and friends in 1990s Brooklyn, New York. (30 mins.)
Stars: Queen Latifah, Kim Coles, Erika Alexander, John Henton
Add to Watchlist
Image of Hot in Cleveland 15.
Hot in Cleveland (2010 TV Series)
7.2/10
Three 40-something best friends from Los Angeles are flying to Paris when their plane makes an emergency landing in Cleveland. Realizing that all the norms from Los Angeles don't apply anymore, they decide to celebrate a city that values real women and stay where they're still considered hot. (30 mins.)
Stars: Valerie Bertinelli, Jane Leeves, Wendie Malick, Betty White
Add to Watchlist
Image of Witches of East End 16.
Witches of East End (2013 TV Series)
7.6/10
Centers on the adventures of a mother and her two adult daughters, both of whom unknowingly are their family's next generation of witches... (60 mins.)
Stars: Julia Ormond, Jenna Dewan Tatum, Rachel Boston, Mädchen Amick
Add to Watchlist
Image of Mistresses 17.
Mistresses (2013 TV Series)
7.1/10
Follows the scandalous lives of a group of four girlfriends, each on her own path to self-discovery as they brave the turbulent journey together. (43 mins.)
Director: John Scott
Stars: Alyssa Milano, Jes Macallan, Rochelle Aytes, Yunjin Kim
Add to Watchlist
Image of Widows 18.
Widows (2002 Mini-Series)
5.6/10
The widows of three men killed while trying to steal a famous painting, join forces to find their husband's killers and finish off the job of stealing the painting. (273 mins.)
Stars: Mercedes Ruehl, Brooke Shields, Rosie Perez, N'Bushe Wright
Add to Watchlist
Image of Pan Am 19.
Pan Am (2011 TV Series)
6.9/10
Period drama about the pilots and flight attendants who once made Pan Am the most glamorous way to fly. (42 mins.)
Stars: Christina Ricci, Margot Robbie, Michael Mosley, Karine Vanasse
Add to Watchlist
Image of Cashmere Mafia 20.
Cashmere Mafia (2008 TV Series)
6.6/10
A group of successful female executives who have been friends since college turn to each other for guidance as they juggle their careers with family in New York City. (60 mins.)
Stars: Lucy Liu, Frances O'Connor, Miranda Otto, Bonnie Somerville
Add to Watchlist
Image of Hot Properties 21.
Hot Properties (2005 TV Series)
6.2/10
A look at the lives of four women who work at a Manhattan real estate office. (30 mins.)
Stars: Stephen Dunham, Evan Handler, Amy Hill, Christina Moore
Add to Watchlist
Image of Little Women 22.
Little Women (1978 Mini-Series)
6.7/10
Louisa May Alcott's autobiographical account of her life with her three sisters in Concord, Massachusetts in the 1860s... (60 mins.)
Director: Gordon Hessler
Stars: Meredith Baxter, Susan Dey, Ann Dusenberry, Eve Plumb
Add to Watchlist
Image of 2000 Malibu Road 23.
2000 Malibu Road (1992 TV Series)
6.6/10
A story of four women living together at a beach house located at 2000 Malibu Road - Jade, a former... (60 mins.)
Stars: Lisa Hartman, Drew Barrymore, Jennifer Beals, Tuesday Knight
Add to Watchlist
Image of Living Dolls 24.
Living Dolls (1989 TV Series)
5.9/10
This show is a spin-off of "Who's the Boss?" Charlie Briscoe is a friend of Samantha Micelli's, who needs a new home...
Stars: Michael Learned, Leah Remini, Alison Elliott, Halle Berry
Add to Watchlist
Image of Related 25.
Related (2005 TV Series)
7.7/10
Revolves around the lives of four close-knit sisters, of Italian descent, raised in Brooklyn - living in New York City. (60 mins.)
Director: Joanna Kerns, Lee Rose
Stars: Jennifer Esposito, Kiele Sanchez, Lizzy Caplan, Laura Breckenridge
Add to Watchlist
Image of Women of the House 26.
Women of the House (1995 TV Series)
6.9/10
Following the death of her husband, Ray, Suzanne Sugarbaker moved to Washington to fill her husband's seat in congress... (30 mins.)
Stars: Delta Burke, Teri Garr, Patricia Heaton, Jonathan Banks
Add to Watchlist
Image of Workin' Moms 27.
Workin' Moms (2017 TV Series)
5.8/10
is an identity crisis, a huge job opportunity, postpartum depression, or an unplanned pregnancy - they face both the good and bad with grace and humour. Kate is the flawed and fearless heart and soul of the series, who has stark home/life decisions to make. She relies on her closest friend Anne, a no-nonsense psychiatrist and mother of two, who is facing a massive family challenge. Charming and unpredictable Frankie livens any dark moment as she struggles with her own instability and relationship malaise. And sweet, former sorority girl Jenny seeks an uncharacteristically reckless awakening. Together the friends fearlessly confront the polarizing and unexpected realities of being working moms. (30 mins.)
Director: Paul Fox, Aleysa Young
Stars: Catherine Reitman, Dani Kind, Juno Rinaldi, Katherine Barrell
Add to Watchlist
Image of Goodtime Girls 28.
Goodtime Girls (1980 TV Series)
7.5/10
Four young women share a Washington, D.C. apartment during World War II. (30 mins.)
Director: Tony Mordente, Joel Zwick
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swordquest
Atari planned four interrelated Swordquest games, one each based on earth, fire, water, and air. The company intended that playing all four games would be necessary to win the final prize.[1] Each had essentially the same gameplay: Logic puzzle adventure style gaming interspersed with arcade style action gaming. The character wanders through each screen, picking up and dropping items, playing simplified variants of then-current "twitch" games between screens. If the correct items are placed in a room, a clue shows up, pointing the player to a page and panel in the comic book included with the game. There, the player would find a word that was hidden in that panel. If the player found all five, or in the case of Waterworld, four, correct clues, amongst all the hidden words (hinted at by a hidden clue in the comic), they could send the sentence to Atari and have a chance to compete in the finals and win a prize. During the playoff, which ran on special versions of the games, the person who managed to find the most clues within 90 minutes would be considered the winner. The winners of the four game contests would go on to a final competition where they would compete for a sword valued at $50,000. However, only two of the competitions fully took place before Atari cancelled the contest entirely in 1983.
QUADROTRITICALES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Trouble_with_Tribbles
The Enterprise is called to Deep Space Station K7 by a distress call. It is near Sherman's Planet, a world whose ownership is under dispute between the Federation and the Klingon Empire. On arrival, Captain James T. Kirk (William Shatner) becomes furious when he finds out the reason for the distress call, which was made by station manager Lurry (Whit Bissell) by the orders of Nilz Baris (William Schallert), the Undersecretary of Agriculture for the sector: Baris wants someone to guard the shipments of quadrotriticale (related to triticale) grain bound for Sherman's Planet, since quadrotriticale is the only Earth grain that would grow on Sherman's Planet and thus is required to resolve the ownership issue. Kirk assigns two crewmen to guard the grain, but afterwards learns that Starfleet Command share Baris' concerns. In addition, a Klingon ship commanded by Captain Koloth (William Campbell) arrives, who requests permission for his crew to board K7 for shore leave. Kirk agrees, but limits the number of Klingons at any one time and they must travel under Starfleet guard while on the station.
Doctor Leonard McCoy (DeForest Kelley) is concerned that the increasing numbers of tribbles threaten to consume all the food aboard the Enterprise. It is discovered that they are entering ship systems, interfering with their functions, and consuming any edible contents present. Kirk realizes that if the tribbles are getting into the ship's stores, they are a threat to the grain aboard the station. He examines the holds but learns that it is already too late: The tribbles have indeed eaten the quadrotriticale, and Kirk is literally buried in grain-gorged tribbles when he opens a grain hold with an overhead hatch. Spock (Leonard Nimoy) and McCoy discover that about half the tribbles in the hold are dead and many of the rest are dying, alerting them that the grain has been poisoned.
The fictional quadrotriticale's real-world antecedent, the grain triticale, was a fairly new invention at the time of the episode.
Four Weddings is back and this time, it's personal! The catch? The brand-new season will feature four friends or family members who are all planning to get married in 2017. From cakes to table setups, dresses, catering and music, the series will capture the emotional and sometimes funny moments that happen when friendships and families collide, all in the name of matrimony.
Each episode will feature the four brides and shine a light on their friendships with each other-- judging their weddings in different categories such as venue, food, originality and dress. The bonds of friendship will surely be tested as only one bride can have the best of the four weddings. The highest scoring couple will receive a generous honeymoon vacation prize.
INTELLIGENCE SQUARED SHOW HAS FOUR MEMBERS DEBATERS (WHY CALLED SQUARED)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RKNd_S3iXfs
QUADRANT
DESPERATE HOUSEWIVES HAS FOUR CENTRAL CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Desperate_Housewives
The first season premiered on October 3, 2004, and introduces the four central characters of the show: Susan Mayer, Lynette Scavo, Bree Van de Kamp and Gabrielle Solis, as well as their families and neighbors on Wisteria
The two-hour series finale, which aired on Sunday, May 13, 2012, featured the conclusion of Bree's court case. To bring the series to a conclusion, there was a wedding, a birth, and a death, and the future of the four main housewives was revealed.
DESPERATE HOUSEWIVES HAS FOUR CENTRAL CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Desperate_Housewives
The first season premiered on October 3, 2004, and introduces the four central characters of the show: Susan Mayer, Lynette Scavo, Bree Van de Kamp and Gabrielle Solis, as well as their families and neighbors on Wisteria
The two-hour series finale, which aired on Sunday, May 13, 2012, featured the conclusion of Bree's court case. To bring the series to a conclusion, there was a wedding, a birth, and a death, and the future of the four main housewives was revealed.
THE MOVIE (book) RUNNING MAN TAKES PLACE WITHIN FOUR GAME QUADRANTS
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0093894/synopsis
As Killian continues his monologue, going over more game rules (runners have three hours to cross through all four game zone quadrants while the stalkers hunt them down) and working the crowd into a near-rabid state, Mendez continues looking through various media information folders. The sleds are launched through the tubes into the first game zone quadrant. Meanwhile, back in the private media information room, Mendez makes a curious find: two folders for the Bakersfield massacre. One media card is edited for television, and the other is raw footage. She secretes the raw footage card into her clothing and puts back the other one, closing up the cabinet... and a hand comes down onto her shoulder, spinning her around.
Four of the Apocalypse (Italian: I quattro dell'apocalisse) is a 1975 Italian spaghetti western film directed by Lucio Fulci and starring Fabio Testi, Tomas Milian and Michael J. Pollard. It is based on two stories by western writer Bret Harte, "The Luck of Roaring Camp" and "The Outcasts of Poker Flat". It was filmed in Spain, Italy and Austria.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_of_the_Apocalypse
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Cast
3 Soundtrack
4 Critical reception
5 Differences from short stories
6 References
7 External links
Plot[edit]
Set in the year 1873, professional gambler Stubby Preston arrives in the wild west town of Salt Flats, Utah with plans to work the local casino but is arrested by the sheriff the moment he steps foot off the stagecoach. What Stubby doesn't know is that a group of locals have planned a vigilante attack on the casino that night, which the sheriff plans to turn a blind eye to. The only criminals to survive are those who were in the jail when it happened: Stubby, a pregnant prostitute named Bunny, a disturbed but gentle black man named Bud, and an alcoholic named Clem.
In the morning the sheriff sees the four safely out of the town and gives them a wagon and horses in exchange for their remaining money and all of Stubby's possessions. The four set out for the next town and spend their first night with a group of traveling Amish evangelists, whose patriarch mistakes the pregnant Bunny as Stubby's wife. The four play along and Stubby and Bunny continue to pretend they are married in order to avoid unnecessary attention. After splitting from the evangelists the four hide themselves just in time from a group of bandits.
Later that day, they are approached by a Mexican gunman named Chaco who offers to protect and hunt for the group. They accept and for a while things go well, until Chaco saves the group from lawmen and then proceeds to mercilessly torture the surviving lawman to everyone's disgust. Despite this the group accepts the gift of peyote buttons which they all take by the campfire. In the morning they all awaken to being tied. Chaco taunts and beats the men, rapes Bunny, shoots Clem in the leg and leaves them for dead. Stubby, Bunny and Bud manage to put Clem on a stretcher and quietly witness Chaco meet up with his bandit compatriots. Together the bandits decimate the evangelists that the four had met earlier.
The four take shelter in a ghost town where they operate on Clem who later dies from his wounds. This sends the already fragile minded Bud into a mad and confused state. Stubby and Bunny admit love to each other and have sex. Later Bud returns with meat he managed to find which they all cook and eat. Bud shows the extent of his madness by insisting that the residents of the ghost town have been coming out to meet him every night. When Stubby discovers the meat came from the corpse of Clem, Stubby and Bunny decide to leave Bud to his friends the ghosts as there is nothing they can do for him.
FOUR TEAMS ESCAPE FOUR ROOMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exit_(game_show)
Based on the Japanese series Dero!, Exit features four teams of two contestants who compete to escape four rooms that each hold a different challenge.[3] Teams must win the brain games and puzzles before time runs out with the grand prize being $10,000 cash.[4] The show pretends that losers suffer possibly "lethal" consequences.
https://www.mariowiki.com/Wario_World
Wario World is divided into 4 worlds linked by Treasure Square, the hub.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Double_Dare_(Nickelodeon_game_show)#Gameplay
On Double Dare and Super Sloppy Double Dare, both contestants of a team competed in all physical challenges. For the 1988 version of Family Double Dare, all four members of a team compete in the challenges. On the 1990–93 version of Family Double Dare and on Double Dare 2000, two members of a team competed in round one, and all four members competed in round two.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Star_Wars_(film)
Since commencing his writing process in January 1973, Lucas had done "various rewrites in the evenings after the day's work." He would write four different screenplays for Star Wars, "searching for just the right ingredients, characters and storyline
FOUR INDIGENEOUS WOMEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Sapphires_(film)
The Sapphires is a 2012 Australian musical comedy-drama film produced by Goalpost Pictures and distributed by Hopscotch Films, based on the 2004 stage play of the same name which is loosely based on a true story.[5] The film is directed by Wayne Blair and written by Keith Thompson and Tony Briggs, the latter of whom wrote the play.
The Sapphires centres around four indigenous women, Gail (Deborah Mailman), Julie (Jessica Mauboy), Kay (Shari Sebbens) and Cynthia (Miranda Tapsell), who are discovered by a talent scout (Chris O'Dowd), and form a music group named The Sapphires, travelling to Vietnam in 1968 to sing for troops during the war. Production began in 2010, with the casting of the four members of The Sapphires, and filming taking place in and around Albury in Australia and Vietnam during August and September 2011.
http://aokana.wikia.com/wiki/Four_Islands_Archipelago
Four Islands Archipelago
89PAGES ON
THIS WIKI Add New Page Edit Comments0 Share
Stub-icon Let's get working fast!
The following article is a stub! It is not considered to be complete regarding the information available for it for now and still need to be improved. Your help is highly appreciated here. You can help us by expanding it!
Vlcsnap-2016-04-02-14h07m27s645
The Four Islands Archipelago is comprised of four larger islands known as Fukurujima, Kunashima, Kasamajima, and Kamidoorijima. In addition, there are around 30 smaller islands crowded in the area. While there used to be many unoccupied islands in the past, the advent of anti-gravity shoes has allowed flight in the sky, effectively increasing the number of inhabitants as a result.
FOUR PANELISTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_News_Quiz
Each week, four panellists appear on the show. They are usually either comedians or journalists, and sometimes politicians. Journalists predominated in the early years. The ostensible purpose of the show is to test contestants' knowledge of the events of the previous week by asking questions which are usually oblique references to those events. However this has given way to a general free-for-all where panellists chime in with their own humorous and satirical remarks once the question has been answered. The participants frequently wander off topic. The host ends the discussion of each question with a summary of the events it refers to, usually with a scripted comic punchline, before asking the next question. It is not uncommon for the show to get through only two rounds of the panel before the final section is reached. Before the host announces the largely symbolic scores, the panellists read out statements from newspapers and other media which they find amusing.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_South_Park_episodes
The story revolves around four boys—Stan Marsh, Kyle Broflovski, Eric Cartman, and Kenny McCormick—and their bizarre adventures in and around the eponymous Colorado town.
MOVIE ABOUT THE FOUR SURVIVORS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/28_Days_Later
28 Days Later is a 2002 British post-apocalyptic horror film directed by Danny Boyle, written by Alex Garland, and starring Cillian Murphy, Naomie Harris, Brendan Gleeson, Megan Burns, and Christopher Eccleston. The plot depicts the breakdown of society following the accidental release of a highly contagious virus and focuses upon the struggle of four survivors to cope with the destruction of the life they once knew.
MOVIE ABOUT THE FOUR SURVIVORS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/28_Days_Later
28 Days Later is a 2002 British post-apocalyptic horror film directed by Danny Boyle, written by Alex Garland, and starring Cillian Murphy, Naomie Harris, Brendan Gleeson, Megan Burns, and Christopher Eccleston. The plot depicts the breakdown of society following the accidental release of a highly contagious virus and focuses upon the struggle of four survivors to cope with the destruction of the life they once knew.
FOUR CHEFS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sweet_Genius
Sweet Genius was an American reality-based cooking television series on the Food Network. The series was hosted by pastry chef Ron Ben-Israel. The premise of the show pitted four chefs, of confectionery and pastry, against one another to compete for a chance to win $10,000 based on the creativity and taste of each dish. The first season premiered on September 22, 2011.[1] Season two debuted on March 15, 2012.[2] Season 3 premiered on October 18, 2012, ending on January 24, 2013.[3]
http://www.arlenschumer.com/…/the-five-themes-of-the-twilig…
“Mirror Image” would also be an apropos title for Serling’s “The Masks,” because, to the four characters wearing them, they mirrored not their carefully coifed external appearances, but their shallow, insensitive, grotesque inner selves. The only Twilight Zone episode directed by a woman, the actress Ida Lupino (star of the first-season “The Sixteen-Millimeter Shr ne” ), “The Masks” takes us to New Orleans during the Mardi Gras, where family members are gathered around their dying patriarch with feigned concern. In keeping with the carnival atmosphere, he forces them to wear the grotesque masks he has selected for them— the “opposite” of the way they see themselves—if they want their estimable inheritances; of course, “be careful what you wish for” was one of The Twilight Zone’ s most reliable rubrics. “You’re caricatures , ” the old man gasps at his miserable masked offspring with his last breath. As they doff their masks, they realize, to their (and our) utter horror, he was right: their faces have been permanently misshapen into the masks they were wearing: their true faces. “Without your masks , you’re caricatures!”
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Scheherazade_(Rimsky-Korsakov)
four notes
Scheherazade consisted of a symphonic suite of four related movements that form a unified theme. It was written to produce a sensation of fantasy narratives from the Orient.
The composer deliberately made the titles vague, so that they are not associated with specific tales or voyages of Sinbad. However, in the epigraph to the finale, he does make reference to the adventure of Prince Ajib.[7] In a later edition, he did away with titles altogether, desiring instead that the listener should hear his work only as an Oriental-themed symphonic music that evokes a sense of the fairy-tale adventure.[4] He stated "All I desired was that the hearer, if he liked my piece as symphonic music, should carry away the impression that it is beyond a doubt an Oriental narrative of some numerous and varied fairy-tale wonders and not merely four pieces played one after the other and composed on the basis of themes common to all the four movements.” Rimsky-Korsakov went on to say that he kept the name Scheherazade because it brought to everyone’s mind the fairy-tale wonders of Arabian Nights and the East in general.[3]
The grim bass motif that opens the first movement represents the domineering Sultan[4] (see the first theme, below). This theme emphasizes four notes of a descending whole tone scale: E-D-C-B♭[9] (each note is a down beat, i.e. first note in each measure, with A♯ for B♭). Soon after a few chords in the woodwinds, reminiscent of the opening of Mendelssohn's Midsummer Night's Dream overture,[7] the audience hears the leitmotif that represents the character of the storyteller herself, Scheherazade. This theme, the second below, is a tender, sensuous winding melody for violin solo,[10] accompanied by harp.[8]
Rimsky- Korsakov four note motif- Flight of the Bumblebees
The Encyclopedia of Film Composers
https://www.tofugu.com/japan/japanese-horror-structure/
KISHŌTENKETSU AND HORROR WITHOUT CONFLICT
female character from horror game Fatal Frame
The components that make the recipe for Japanese horror so complex and eerie are the same components that make Japanese scary stories more likely to be told in ways that defy the traditional three-act structure often seen in the West. In the three-act structure, a problem or conflict appears early on, it reaches a tense climax, and is finally resolved. While this style can work for horror stories (and there are some good examples where it does) there is another model of development that is often employed for great effect with horror stories. That style is called kishōtenketsu 起承転結.
In Japan, kishōtenketsu is a very common way of structuring stories, poems, and even arguments (more on that in another article). To summarize, kishōtenketsu is a four-act structure that contains an introduction (起), development (承), twist (転), and resolution (結). Here’s how it plays out: act one introduces the topic, setting, characters etc. Act two elaborates on this information. Act three, the main event when it comes to horror stories, introduces a major twist that changes the way all the information is perceived. Finally, act four concludes by reconciling what you learned from the first two sections with shocking new information in the third.
Since kishōtenketsu revolves around this twist in the third act, it is not well-suited for describing conflict like the Western three-act model. Instead it conveys discovery and a change of perspective that has far reaching consequences. This works for horror especially well, because, if what you discover in the third act is a little scary, it makes everything else scary by association.
THE WORLDWIDE RESONANCE OF JAPANESE HORROR
ghostly hitchhikers from Disney film
Source: Mark Willard
One of the reasons that Japanese horror has been able to make such a smooth and influential transition to the West and other parts of Asia, is because of the similarity of the Japanese kishōtenketsu style to how horror stories are told elsewhere. There is something very intuitive about having horror stories that operate on a twist ending. I mean, it may sound obvious, but finding out some scary information tends to make people scared, and even more so when you thought everything was okay just before the reveal.
Scary folk tales and urban legends from around the world have used the kishotenketsu model without calling it that. It’s likely that you have heard urban legends that follow the kishōtenketsu model to a T. Take for instance “The Licked Hand” or “The Vanishing Hitchhiker.” If you haven’t heard these already, and they are pretty popular especially around Halloween. Click the links above and give them a read. When you get back I’ll show you how they fit into the kishōtenketsu mold.
THE LICKED HAND
Intro (起): A young girl is home alone with only her pet dog for comfort.
Development (承): She hears on the news of an escaped convict and becomes frightened. She is too scared to go to sleep without letting the dog lick her hand from beneath her bed.
Twist (転): When she awakes she discovers that her dog is dead and has been the entire night.
Conclusion (結): She finds the words “HUMANS CAN LICK TOO” written in blood.
THE VANISHING HITCHHIKER
Intro (起): A young man is driving home in the rain late one night.
Development (承): He stops for a young, beautiful woman that is motioning for a ride and offers to take her home.
Twist (転): When he arrives at the woman’s house he discovers that the woman has disappeared from his car.
Conclusion (結): He knocks on the door of the woman’s house and is informed by an older gentlemen that the woman was his daughter who died four years ago on this very night, still trying to get home.
In stories like these, the twist changes the paradigm and makes the prior events scary, when before they were innocuous. The conclusion answers the questions raised by the twist in a way that situates the story’s plot. Scary folklore like this permeates many cultures outside of Japan and they form the baseline for how these cultures understand horror. The worldwide popularity of Japanese horror can possibly be explained by the fact that the Japanese approach to horror may have transitioned more easily to other cultures than love stories or action stories would if told in the same style.
In motion picture formats, the physical size of the film area between the sprocket perforations determines the image's size. The universal standard (established by William Dickson and Thomas Edison in 1892) is a frame that is four perforations high. The film itself is 35 mm wide (1.38 in), but the area between the perforations is 24.89 mm×18.67 mm (0.980 in×0.735 in), leaving the de facto ratio of 4:3, or 1.33:1.[3] A 4:3 ratio mimics human eyesight visual angle of 155°h x 120°v, that is 4:3.075, almost exactly the same.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
I WAS ON BIG BOYS NEIGBORHOOD WITH MY BASKETBALL TEAM WHEN WE WON AN AAU NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIP. I ALSO LISTENED TO IT ALL THE TIME.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KPWR
THERE WERE FOUR MEMBERS ON THE SHOW. The fourth was different
"The Big Boy's Neighborhood Morning Show" was launched as a local show on KPWR in 1997 featuring Big Boy with Rikki Martinez, Krystal Bee and Louie G. serving as co-hosts/sidekicks, serving up an eclectic mix of music, pop culture, celebrity interviews, and comedy segments.
FOUR PHASES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Le_Quattro_Volte
Le Quattro Volte (English: The Four Times) is an Italian film, made in 2010, about life in the remote mountain town of Caulonia, in southern Italy.[2][3]
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Production
3 Reception
4 Accolades
5 See also
6 References
7 External links
Plot[edit]
The film comprises four phases or 'turns' following Pythagoras.[4] The turning of the phases occurs in Calabria where Pythagoras had his sect in Crotone. Pythagoras claimed he had lived four lives and this with his notion of metempsychosis is the structure of the film showing one phase and then turning into another phase. A famous anecdote is that Pythagoras heard the cry of his dead friend in the bark of a dog.[5]
The first turn is the human realm and is about an old goatherd who is quite sick and who takes medicine made from the dust from the church floor in water at night. This phase includes a long 8-minute shot of the procession of the villagers culminating in the dog and truck episode so the goats occupy the village.
The second turn is the animal realm and is a study of a young goat, from its birth onwards.
The third turn is the plant realm and is a study of a fir tree. Eventually the tree is chopped down to be displayed in the town square and an evocation of cultural memory.
The fourth turn shows the mineral realm as the tree is made into charcoal for the townspeople's fires.
This phase, as charcoal is not a mineral in any modern definitions, points to a remembering of bio-cultural processes.
The fire and smoke point to carbon at the heart of the homes in the village delivered by the truck evoking human reason as the final understanding of the interaction of these turns and the true place of the human in the scheme of things.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0458413/
Four people meet on New Year's Eve and form a surrogate family to help one another with the difficulties of their lives.
On New Year's Eve in London, four strangers find themselves on the roof of a building known for suicides. Martin is a famous talk show host just out of jail, Maureen is a lonely single mother, Jess is young, reckless and heartbroken, and JJ is an American realizing the failures in his life. Through mutual pain and humour, this unlikely group take the long way down and figure out what will keep them alive until Valentine's Day, one step at a time. Written by Anne Campbell
THE PIECES ARE QUADRANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lumines
Although Lumines is not one of the original video games from which the others spawned, it still reflects the quadrant model image. It is one of the most popular arcade games and puzzle of all time with tetris, which also reflects the quadrant pattern
Lumines is a block-dropping game that may seem at first to be similar to Columns and Tetris. A 2x2 square (an O tetromino/ quadrant) made of four smaller block pieces is dropped into the playing field, which may appear different as the player advances through levels or skins. The small blocks that comprise the larger blocks will be one of two different colors. The objective is to rotate and align the blocks in such a way as to create 2x2 squares of the same color, which may span multiple blocks and, indeed, share blocks. For example, if one should get a 2x3 area of matching blocks, the middle portion will "share" itself with both the left and right halves and create two 2x2 squares. After the "timeline", which is synchronized to the music, sweeps over the matching blocks, they disappear. When too many unmatched blocks pile up to the point where no more blocks may be dropped in the playing field, the game ends.
When part of a falling block hits an obstruction, the unobstructed portion of the block will split off and continue to fall. More points are scored by creating the largest number of squares during one "timeline" sweep. Increasing score multipliers are earned by repeatedly clearing squares on consecutive timeline sweeps. Bonuses are also awarded by reducing all remaining tiles to one single color or for removing all non-active tiles from the screen altogether.
Occasionally, a block falls with a special square of one of the two colors with a "jewel" in the center. This square, when cleared as part of a matched 2x2 square, will cause all individual blocks of the same color that are horizontally or vertically adjacent to the matched 2x2 square, or to an adjacent square, to be cleared without score. These can be used for both generating large bonuses, since generally several blocks of the other color will be formed once these are removed, as well as to help the player recover if the field becomes too cluttered.
There are four basic modes in the game: Challenge, Time Attack, Puzzle, Vs., and Vs. CPU Mode. Challenge Mode cycles through skins in a fixed order of generally increasing difficulty, and is played until the blocks pile up to the top of the screen. The maximum score in Challenge Mode is 999,999 points. Time Attack games give the player a limited time to clear as many blocks as possible. Puzzle mode challenges the player to create pictures (such as a cat, dog, cross, etc.) by forming the picture with one color while surrounding it with the opposite color. Vs. CPU mode is a series of battles against A.I. opponents. A line splits the playing field in half, and deleting blocks or combinations of blocks shifts the line towards the opposing player, giving the opposing player less room on their side. The battle ends when blocks pile up all the way to the top of the screen for one player. Two players with PSPs can use their wireless connection to play in the same way.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Three_Stooges
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERNET- FOUR STOOGES
The fourth square is always different. There were four stooges but one stooge often was not involved.
The Three Stooges were an American vaudeville and comedy act of the mid–20th century, best known for their numerous Columbia short subject films that are still syndicated on television. Their hallmark was physical farce and slapstick. In films, the Stooges were commonly known by their first names of "Moe, Larry, and Curly", or as "Moe, Larry, and Shemp" (among other lineups, depending on the particular film). There were six active stooges, five of whom performed in the shorts. Moe and Larry were always present, until the final years of the ensemble's run of more than forty years.
The act began as part of a mid-1920s vaudeville comedy act, billed as Ted Healy and his Stooges, consisting of Healy, Moe Howard, his brother Shemp Howard, and Larry Fine. The four made one feature film, Soup to Nuts, before Shemp left to pursue a solo career. He was replaced by his younger brother, Jerome (Curly Howard), in 1932. Two years later, the trio left Healy and signed on to appear in their own short subjects for Columbia, now billed as "The Three Stooges".
During the final day of filming Half-Wits Holiday on May 6, 1946, he suffered a debilitating stroke on the set, ending his 14-year career and temporarily forcing the Stooges into retirement. They hoped for a full recovery, but Curly never appeared in a film again except for a single cameo appearance in the third film after Shemp returned to the trio, Hold That Lion! It was the only film that contained all four of the original Stooges (the three Howard brothers and Larry) on screen simultaneously. According to Jules White, this anomaly came about when Curly visited the set one day, and White had him do this bit for fun. (Curly's cameo appearance was recycled in the 1953 remake Booty and the Beast.)[6] In 1948, Curly filmed a brief scene for Malice in the Palace as the restaurant's cook, but it was not used in the final print of the film. Jules White's copy of the script contained the dialogue for this missing scene. A production still of Curly does exist, appearing on both the film's original one-sheet and lobby card.[11] Larry played the role of the cook in the final print,[4]which was released the following year.
Like
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hobbit
Bilbo and three of the four principal hobbit characters in The Lord of the Rings (Frodo, Pippin and Merry) had Fallohide blood through their common ancestor, the Old Took.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Horsemen_(film)
Horsemen is a 2009 American psychological horror crime film directed by Jonas Åkerlund, written by David Callaham, and starring Dennis Quaid and Zhang Ziyi. It follows Aidan Breslin (Dennis Quaid) a bitter and emotionally distracted detective who has grown apart from his two sons after the death of his devoted wife. While investigating a series of murders he discovers a terrifying link between himself and the suspects that seem to be based on the Biblical prophecies concerning the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse: War, Famine, Conquest and Death. The film was shot in Toronto, Winnipeg, and Chicago, and was released on March 6, 2009.
Aidan speculates that there were four attackers and that they had used a camera to record the murder. After leaving the crime-scene, Breslin comforts one of the Spitz's three daughters, their adopted Asian daughter Kristen, reassuring her that he will do his best to solve the crime.
The next murder shares the same M.O. with the Spitz murder; the similar hook contraption leads Breslin to a local tattoo parlor. There, he is informed that the owner constructed four devices in total. Yet another murder occurs, but this time no hook rig was involved and the message only appears on three of the room's walls. While Aidan reviews the evidence at his home, Sean stumbles on one of the photographs. Sean's insights point Breslin to the Bible, where he discovers that these killings are patterned after the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, with each room corresponding to a Horseman; the "Come and See" message is a quote from the Book of Revelation 6:1,3,5,7, which pertains to the lifting of the veil and the coming of the Apocalypse.[3] When Kristen contacts Aidan unexpectedly, he goes to meet with her, and during their conversation Kristen produces the missing fetus, confessing to the murder to the stunned Breslin. During her interrogation, Aidan discovers the darker side of Kristen's personality, one similar to the Horseman War.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/4_Clowns
4 Clowns is a 1970 documentary compilation film written and directed by Robert Youngson that studies the golden age of comedy through a compilation of rare silent film footage of the works of Stan Laurel, Oliver Hardy, Charley Chase and Buster Keaton.[1] This was the last feature film project of producer/director/writer Robert Youngson.[2][3][4][5]
FOUR TIME TRAVELLERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Journey_to_the_Center_of_Time
Journey to the Center of Time is a 1967 U.S. science fiction film, directed by David L. Hewitt, and starring Scott Brady and Anthony Eisley. It is a remake of The Time Travelers (1964), and was also known as Time Warp.
Plot[edit]
Stanton (Scott Brady) has taken charge of a research company following the death of his father. His employees are scientists Mark Manning (Anthony Eisley), "Doc" Gordon (Abraham Sofaer), and Karen White (Gigi Perreau). Unless they prove that their time travel experiments can produce some results, their funding will be cut off.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2400433/
Sid the Science Kid: The Movie (2012)
1h 15min | Animation, Family
Sid the Science Kid: The Movie Poster
Four Kids travel through the amazing wonders of a Science Museum with their advanced robot tour guide
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Treasures_of_the_Study
Four Treasures of the Study, Four Jewels of the Study or Four Friends of the Study is an expression used to denote the brush, ink, paper and ink stone used in Chinese and other East Asian calligraphic traditions.
Asians are the first square race and are associated with being very mental and into study.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's e
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Walls_(film)
Four Walls is a 1928 American silent drama film directed by William Nigh and starring John Gilbert, Joan Crawford, and Carmel Myers. The film is based on the play of the same name by George Abbott and Dana Burnet.[2] Four Walls is now considered lost.[1]
asy.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Source_Four FOURTH ALWAYS DIFFERENT
The Electronic Theatre Controls (ETC) Source Four (also known unofficially as Source 4 or S4) is an ellipsoidal reflector spotlight (ERS) used in stage lighting. First released in 1992, the Source Four was invented by David Cunningham[not verified in body] and features an improved lamp and reflector compared to previous ERS designs, tool-free lamp adjustment, and a rotating, interchangeable shutter barrel.[1][2][3][4][5][6] The Source Four is widely used by professional theaters across the globe.[7][8]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Plus_Four
Four Plus Four
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Four Plus Four
Directed by Jacob Breeze
Music by Guna Singh
Release date
4 July 1987
Country India
Language Malayalam
Four Plus Four is a 1987 Indian Malayalam film, directed by Jacob Breeze. The film had musical score by Guna Singh.[1][2][3]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Rooms
Four Rooms is a 1995 American anthology comedy film directed by Allison Anders, Alexandre Rockwell, Robert Rodriguez, and Quentin Tarantino, each directing a segment of it that in its entirety is loosely based on the adult short fiction writings of Roald Dahl, especially Man from the South which is the basis for the last one, Penthouse - "The Man from Hollywood" directed by Tarantino. The story is set in the fictional Hotel Mon Signor in Los Angeles on New Year's Eve. Tim Roth plays Ted, the bellhop and main character in the frame story, whose first night on the job consists of four very different encounters with various hotel guests.
FOCUS ON FOUR SLEUTHS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Last_Chance_Detectives
The Last Chance Detectives is a series of Christian television movies, and later a radio drama series created by Robert Vernon and produced by Focus on the Family[1] in the mid-1990s. The production of each video episode cost approximately one million USD.[2] The series focused on four preteen "sleuths"[3][4] who solve mysteries in their fictional desert town of Ambrosia, Arizona. When the radio shows were airing, Canyon Quest, a prequel book to the show, was released.
FOUR FILMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Horror_Stories_(film)
Horror Stories (Hangul: 무서운 이야기; RR: Museoun Iyagi) is a 2012 horror omnibus film made up of four short films by five South Korean directors.
A high school student named Ji-won is kidnapped by a serial killer with a speech impediment. The killer can only go to sleep when he listens to scary stories. Hoping to escape, Ji-won Scheherazade-like begins telling him the four scariest stories she knows.
Directed by Min Kyu-dong
Kim Ji-won - Ji-won
Yoo Yeon-seok - Man
QUADRUPLETS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Enna_Satham_Indha_Neram
Enna Satham Indha Neram (English: What is the noise at this time?) is a 2014 Indian Tamil language comedy thriller film[3] directed by Guru Ramesh and produced by A. V. Anoop. The film features quadruplets Adhiti, Aakrithi, Akshathy and Aapthi in the lead roles,[1] with Nithin Sathya, M. Raja, Maanu and Malavika Wales also appearing in prominent roles. The film tells the story of quadruplets who lose their way inside a zoo where they came for an excursion. The zoo keeper (Nithin) rescues them after one whole day's effort.[4] Enna Satham Indha Neram entered the Limca Book of Records for being the "first ever film in the world arena, to cast real life quadruplets - four children born of the same pregnancy - in the same plot."[5]
TRUMAN SHOW CRUCIFORM
https://filmsocietyofchirho.wordpress.com/…/truman-show-vi…/
Notice how Truman is laid out after the large waves. At points his almost laid out in cruciform. His Almost drowning plays itself out almost as a sort of Baptism.
Is this a movie in support of the atheist and the bully God personified in the character of Christof or is this somewhat an allegory of the battle between Satan and Jesus. Notice at the end that Truman is about 30 years old, he is carried in the boat called Santa Maria, he is dunked in water multiple times much like immersion baptism, he looks like he is crucified, he appears to walk on water, He appears to ascend into the sky, his conversation at the end with Christof sounds similar to the conversation between Jesus and the devil in the wilderness.
IN DUMB AND DUMBER THEY ARE IN ROOM NUMBER FOUR
Quadrant
FOUR WORLDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wario_World
The game begins with Wario enjoying his newly built castle, which is filled with treasures that he has collected from earlier adventures.[15] An evil gem called Black Jewel, hidden amongst Wario's treasure collection, suddenly awakens and takes over Wario's castle. Black Jewel turns Wario's treasure into monsters,[16] and transforms the castle into four worlds called Excitement Central, Spooktastic World, Thrillsville and Sparkle Land, each consisting of two levels and a boss fight. A central area allows access to the different worlds, as well as to the Treasure Square, where the Huge Treasure Box inside of which Black Jewel is hiding can be found.[17] Wario proceeds through the areas controlled by Black Jewel, recovering his treasure and rescuing Spritelings (the creatures had sealed Black Jewel away in the past), then obtains the key to the Huge Treasure Box and engages Black Jewel in a battle. Wario's subsequent victory allows him to regain control of his castle.
Loren L. Ryder, chief engineer at Paramount, expressed four general reasons he thought Paramount's VistaVision would be the forerunner of widescreen projection in most theaters:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VistaVision
VistaVision could be shown at widescreen aspect ratios between 1.66 and 2.00:1.
VistaVision could be (and most often was) further printed down to standard vertical 35 mm reels keeping its 1.66:1 widescreen aspect ratio, which meant exhibitors did not need to purchase additional projection equipment, unlike CinemaScope.
VistaVision did not cut down the number of seats in any theater (as did Cinerama, and CinemaScope at first).
VistaVision allowed patrons to see more and therefore gain more enjoyment out of a feature.[2]
FOUR TRACKS FILM
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Movie_projector
Striped magnetic film is motion picture film in which 'stripes' of magnetic oxide are placed on the film between the sprocket holes and the edge of the film, and sometimes also between the sprocket holes and the image. Each of these stripes has one channel of the audio recorded on it. This technique was first introduced in September, 1953 by Hazard E. Reeves for Cinemascope. Four tracks are present on the film: Left, Center, Right and Surround. This 35mm four-track magnetic sound format was used from 1954 through 1982 for "roadshow" screenings of big-budget feature films.
As a consequence the use of the Cinemascope 35mm four-track magnetic sound format decreased significantly during the course of the 1960s and effectively ended with the success of the Dolby Stereo optical stereo format in the late 1970s. However 70mm film continued to be used for prestigious "roadshow" screenings until the introduction of digital sound on 35mm film in the early 1990s removed one of the major justifications for using this expensive format.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/4Licensing_Corporation
On August 14, 2012, it was announced through a quarterly report that 4Kids Entertainment had discontinued operations of four operating divisions: 4Kids Ad Sales Inc., 4Kids Productions Inc., 4Kids Entertainment Music Inc., and 4Kids Entertainment Home Video, Inc. due to their continued lack of profitability. On September 13, 2012, it was revealed through a quarterly report that on August 16, 2012, the Board of Directors of 4Kids Entertainment determined to discontinue the operations of its UK subsidiary, 4Kids Entertainment International Ltd., which became effective on September 30, 2012.[65] On December 5, 2012, 4Kids Entertainment announced that it had ended a dispute (over the so-called Pokémon agreement) with The Pokémon Company International under which TPCi will get a $1 million general unsecured claim against the debtor.[66]
FOUR ROUNDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Face_the_Music_(U.S._game_show)
Gameplay
1.1 Main game
1.1.1 Round 1
1.1.2 Round 2
1.1.3 Round 3
1.2 Championship round
If the contestant was wrong or did not guess the subject, another song was played and the process repeated. As in round 1, if the contestant failed to identify the correct song, they would be locked out of the next tune. Up to four musical clues were played for each subject, and correctly identifying the subject earned the contestant 20 points.
FOUR AND THREE DYNAMIC OF MARRIED COUPLES BUT HAD FOUR MEMBER FAMILIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Family_Game_(game_show)
The Family Game was played similar to Barris' more popular ABC game show The Newlywed Game, except that instead of four married couples there were three families (each consisting of two children and their parents).
FOUR CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hit_Man_(U.S._game_show)
Four contestants competed on each episode of Hit Man in a memory-based quiz game. One was either a returning champion or champion-designate, with the other three contestants competing for the right to face the champion in the second round. The surviving contestant at the end of two rounds of play played the Triple Crown bonus round for $10,000.
For the second round, the champion entered the game and sat behind a red desk that was elevated. A second short film was played. After the film concluded, each contestant was given a series of "hit men". The champion was given seven hit men, the winner of the first round got four, and the second finisher was given three hit men, with each player's hit men corresponding to the color of their desk.
A gameboard of eight columns was displayed, each with a varying number of circles inside: one column held one circle; two columns held two circles; two columns held three circles; two columns held four circles; and the final column held five circles. The contestant's back was then turned toward the board so that he or she could not see the number of circles in each column, and the columns were randomly re-ordered.
FOUR PLAYERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inquizition
Four players played in the studio (which, from the opening credits sequence, appears to be a large airplane hangar). The show was shot against a blue screen in a very small studio. Additionally, four more contestants played along at home against each other in a parallel game over the telephone (one of several shows on GSN that did this). Studio players wore black T-shirts under smocks in various colors, and would bow to the Inquizitor when first introduced.
16 IN ALL
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instant_Recall
Hosted by Wink Martindale with Angela Daun, both of whom appear in every segment of the show, Instant Recall also features 15 additional main cast members. These improvising actors set up two unsuspecting participants, in separate segments, in each episode.
Series Regular Cast (Alphabetical)
Brandon Breault
Jefandi Cato
Carin Chea
Robin DeMarco
Kateri DeMartino
Shannon Freyer
Reggie Gaskins
Amy Highfill
Derek James
Dan Lawler
Michael McCusker
Nicole Neuman
Summer Still
Wendy Wilkins
Lesley Wolf
FOUR PANELISTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Love_Me,_Love_Me_Not_(game_show)
The two pilot episodes consisted of four panelists who were to be captured. At the start of the game, one player chooses one of eight petals from a daisy, which either reads "Love Me" (which allows that player to start the game) or "Love Me Not" (which means that the opponent starts). Each petal has been assigned a dollar amount between $50 and $150, amounts that have been deposited into the bank to start the game. The chosen panelist selects a category from a daisy that the player is most likely to answer; in addition to providing the contestant with a romantic statement. On each occasion that a panelist is captured, the "pot" (accumulated amount of money belonging to no particular individual prior to being won) doubled.
FOUR WEBCAMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Boxes_(film)
Four Boxes (film)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Four Boxes
Four Boxes.jpg
The man in the hood wreaks havoc in Four Boxes
Directed by Wyatt McDill
Megan Huber
Produced by Wyatt McDill
Megan Huber
Written by Wyatt McDill
Megan Huber
Starring Justin Kirk
Terryn Westbrook
Bain Boehlke
Sam Rosen
Release date
2009
Running time
85 minutes
Country United States
Budget $40,000
Four Boxes is a 2009 low-budget horror thriller starring Justin Kirk, Terryn Westbrook and Sam Rosen. The film was written, produced and directed by the husband-and-wife team Wyatt McDill and Megan Huber of Minneapolis.[1] The 85-minute film, which cost $40,000 to produce, debuted at the 2009 South by Southwest film festival.[2]
The film is about three people who run an online auction business disposing of the possessions of recently deceased people. They move into a house they have to clear out, and discover on the computer a bookmarked website that plays four webcams that apparently are hidden in the apartment of a hooded bombmaker who is unaware he is being watched.[3]
FOUR MAJOR RADIO
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Big_Three_television_networks
All three networks began regular, commercial television broadcasts in the 1940s. NBC and CBS began commercial operations in 1941, followed by the DuMont Television Network in 1944 and ABC in 1948.[4] The three networks originally controlled only a few local television stations, but they swiftly affiliated with other stations to cover almost the entire United States by the late 1950s. Several of these stations affiliated with all three major networks and DuMont, or some combination of the four, in markets where only one or two television stations operated in the early years of commercial television; this resulted in several network shows (often those with lower national viewership) receiving scattershot market clearances, since in addition to maintaining limited broadcast schedules early on, affiliates that shoehorned programming from multiple networks had to also make room for locally produced content. As other stations signed on in larger cities, ABC, NBC and CBS were eventually able to carry at least a sizeable proportion of their programming on one station.
Of the four original networks, only DuMont did not have a corresponding radio network. Conversely, the fourth major radio network of the era, the Mutual Broadcasting System, never attempted to enter television (its component stations did launch television outlets in their home cities, but they never formed a network), nor did it pursue any sort of affiliation with its television-only counterpart, DuMont.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Buffy_the_Vampire_Slayer
Although such ratings are lower than successful shows on the "big four" networks (ABC, CBS, NBC, and Fox),[8] they were a success for the relatively new and smaller WB Television Network.[9]
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1LugLgk0CI
Tetraforce theory of Zelda. Also a Zelda game is based on the four seasons where you switch seasons in quadrants and there is the Zelda game called the four swords
FOUR STORIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thomas_the_Tank_Engine
Thomas first appeared in 1946 in the second book in the series, Thomas the Tank Engine, and was the focus of the four short stories contained within. Thomas' best friends are Percy and Toby.
zelda oracle of seasons you go through each season and each of the four seasons looks different
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Naalu_Pennungal
Naalu Pennungal (Four Women) is a 2007 Malayalam film produced and directed by Adoor Gopalakrishnan based on four short stories written by Thakazhi Sivasankara Pillai. The film stars Padmapriya, Geethu Mohandas, Manju Pillai, and Nandita Das in the major roles, and KPAC Lalitha, Mukesh, Manoj K. Jayan, Sona Nair, Sreejith Ravi, Ravi Vallathol, Nandulal, Remya Nabeeshan, P. Sreekumar, M. R. Gopakumar, and Kavya Madhavan in supporting roles.[1]
The movie chronicles a journey of womanhood across assorted backdrops with a classic amalgamation of source matters and techniques that splendidly spans times and frames. The movie has four distinct parts - each adapted from separate short stories by Thakazhi Sivasankara Pillai. Each of the parts narrate the stories of women from different strata of the society. Though the stories are not explicitly connected in narration, a pattern emerges in the flow of the movie - both in the chronological setting and the stature of the women.
http://cssblendedlearning.weebly.com/23-the-hollywood-structure.html
The Hollywood Structure
The goals of Hollywood movies is to provide entertainment. Whether we talk about comedy or drama, the billions of dollars generated by the american movie industry is a testament to the success of the simple story formula used in most Hollywood production: The hero goes on a mission, he struggles but eventually succeeds.
Picture
The four stages of the Hollywood structure:
The hero is described with strengths and flaws. It may be an individual or a group. The story may or may not include the hero's entourage or his/her nemesis (the bad guy).
The goal is the problem the hero needs to solve. Some classical goals are: get the girl, catch the bad guy, eliminate a threat, find the treasure, etc.
The obstacles are anything that prevents the hero from achieving the goal: shyness may prevent him from getting the girl; allies, tricks, and weapons will prevent the hero from cathing the bad guy; the aliens' technology will prevent the hero from eliminating them; treasure seeking rivals will prevent the hero from finding it.
Success is the staple of all Hollywood movie. If the good guy doesn't win by the end of the movie it's because there is going to be a sequel.
Note that many story structures are a variation of the Hollywood model. Many films based on real life story for instance, do not end well. Sometimes the story to tell is not as rosy as a Hollywood movie; in real life, the good guy doesn't always win.
Assignment
Part one (in group) Watch the following short stories and identify the four elements of a Hollywood narrative.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt3430042/
Four scientists craft a machine to reanimate deceased organisms.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1478804/
Four assassins meet in a hotel suite to resolve unfinished business. A tense drama set in the cosmopolitan world of Hong Kong.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Gladiators
American Gladiators featured four competitors, two men and two women, in most episodes. The players went through a series of seven physical challenges with the goal to eventually become the season's overall winner, referred to as the Grand Champion. This was determined by a season-long tournament.
I DESCRIBED I TOOK A CLASS AT UCSD WHERE THE PROFESSOR SAID THAT THERE WERE FOUR PERIODS OF CINEMA HISTORY BASED ON THE FOUR PRIMARY ARTS PAINTING MUSIC DANCE AND LITERATURE
the princess in zelda is named tetra. tetra is four
zelda four swords adventures game
zelda four swords
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aspect_ratio_(image)#4:3_standard
In still camera photography, the most common aspect ratios are 4:3, 3:2, and more recently being found in consumer cameras 16:9.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aspect_ratio_(image)#4:3_standard
16 is the squares of the quadrant model- four is the quadrant
Movie camera systems[edit]
Development of various film camera systems must ultimately cater to the placement of the frame in relation to the lateral constraints of the perforations and the optical soundtrack area. One clever wide screen alternative, VistaVision, used standard 35 mm film running sideways through the camera gate, so that the sprocket holes were above and below frame, allowing a larger horizontal negative size per frame as only the vertical size was now restricted by the perforations. There were even a limited number of projectors constructed to also run the print-film horizontally. Generally, however, the 1.50:1 ratio of the initial VistaVision image was optically converted to a vertical print (on standard four-perforation 35 mm film) to show with the standard projectors available at theaters, and was then masked in the projector to the US standard of 1.85:1. The format was briefly revived by Lucasfilm in the late 1970s for special effects work that required larger negative size (due to image degradation from the optical printing steps necessary to make multi-layer composites). It went into obsolescence largely due to better cameras, lenses, and film stocks available to standard four-perforation formats, in addition to increased lab costs of making prints in comparison to more standard vertical processes. (The horizontal process was also adapted to 70 mm film by IMAX, which was first shown at the Osaka '70 Worlds Fair.)
Super 16 mm film was frequently used for television production due to its lower cost, lack of need for soundtrack space on the film itself (as it is not projected but rather transferred to video), and aspect ratio similar to 16:9 (the native ratio of Super 16 mm is 15:9). It also can be blown up to 35 mm for theatrical release and therefore is sometimes used for feature films.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Thirds_system
The Four Thirds System is a standard created by Olympus and Eastman Kodak for digital single-lens reflex camera (DSLR) and mirrorless camera design and development.[1]
Four perforations
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/135_film
The 135 film size is derived from earlier still cameras using lengths of 35 mm cine film, the same size as, but with different perforations than, 135 film. The 35 mm film standard for motion picture film was established in Thomas Edison's lab by William Kennedy Laurie Dickson. Dickson took 70 mm film stock supplied by George Eastman's Eastman Kodak Company. The 70 mm film was cut lengthwise into two equal width (35 mm) strips, spliced together end to end, and then perforated along both edges. The original picture size was 18×24 mm (half the full frame size later used in still photography). There were four perforations on each side of a motion picture frame.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/4X
4X is a genre of strategy-based video and board games in which players control an empire and "eXplore, eXpand, eXploit, and eXterminate". The term was first coined by Alan Emrich in his September 1993 preview of Master of Orion for Computer Gaming World.[1] Since then, others have adopted the term to describe games of similar scope and design.
4X computer games are noted for their deep, complex gameplay. Emphasis is placed upon economic and technological development, as well as a range of non-military routes to supremacy. Games can take a long time to complete since the amount of micromanagement needed to sustain an empire scales as the empire grows. 4X games are sometimes criticized for becoming tedious for these reasons, and several games have attempted to address these concerns by limiting micromanagement, with varying degrees of success.
The earliest 4X games borrowed ideas from board games and 1970s text-based computer games. The first 4X computer games were turn-based, but real-time 4X games are not uncommon. Many 4X computer games were published in the mid-1990s, but were later outsold by other types of strategy games. Sid Meier's Civilization is an important example from this formative era, and popularized the level of detail that later became a staple of the genre. In the new millennium, several 4X releases have become critically and commercially successful.
In the board (and card) game domain, 4X is less of a distinct genre, in part because of the practical constraints of components and playing time. The Civilization board game that gave rise to Sid Meier's Civilization computer game, for instance, has no exploration and no extermination. Unless extermination is targeted at non-player entities, it tends to be either nearly impossible (because of play balance mechanisms, since player elimination is usually considered an undesirable feature) or certainly unachievable (because victory conditions are triggered before extermination can be completed) in board games.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Cherry_Orchard
The Cherry Orchard (Russian: Вишнëвый сад, Romanized as Vishnevyi sad) is the last play by Russian playwright Anton Chekhov. It opened at the Moscow Art Theatre on 17 January 1904 in a production directed by Constantin Stanislavski. Although Chekhov intended it as a comedy, and it does contain some elements of farce, Stanislavski insisted on directing the play as a tragedy. Since this initial production, directors have had to contend with the dual nature of the play. The play is often identified on the short list of the four outstanding plays written by Chekhov along with The Seagull, Three Sisters, and Uncle Vanya.[1]
The play has four Acts
Act I
The play opens in the early morning hours of a cool day in May in the nursery of Lyubov Andreyevna Ranevskaya's ancestral estate, somewhere in the provinces of Russia just after the turn of the 20th Century. Ranevskaya has been living with an unnamed lover in France for five years, ever since her young son drowned. After receiving news that she had tried to kill herself, Ranevskaya's 17-year-old daughter Anya and Anya's governess Charlotta Ivanovna have gone to fetch her and bring her home to Russia. They are accompanied by Yasha, Ranevskaya's valet who was with her in France. Upon returning, the group is met by Lopakhin, Dunyasha, Varya (who has overseen the estate in Ranevskaya's absence), Leonid Andreyevich Gayev, Boris Borisovich Simeonov-Pishchik, Semyon Yepikhodov, and Firs.
Lopakhin has come to remind Ranevskaya and Gayev that their estate, including the cherry orchard, is due to go to auction in August to pay off the family's debts. He proposes to save the estate by allowing part of it to be developed into summer cottages; however, this would require the destruction of their famous cherry orchard, which is nationally known for its size.
Ranevskaya is enjoying the view of the orchard as day breaks when she is surprised by Peter Trofimov, a young student and the former tutor of Ranevskaya's son, Grisha, whose death prompted Ranevskaya to leave Russia five years ago. Much to the consternation of Varya, Trofimov had insisted on seeing Ranevskaya upon her return, and she is grief-stricken at the reminder of this tragedy.
After Ranevskaya retires for the evening, Anya confesses to Varya that their mother is heavily in debt. They all go to bed with renewed hope that the estate will be saved and the cherry orchard preserved. Trofimov stares after the departing Anya and mutters "My sunshine, my spring" in adoration.
Act II
Act II takes place outdoors in mid-summer on the family estate, near the cherry orchard. The act opens with Yepikhodov and Yasha vying for the affection of Dunyasha, while Charlotta soliloquizes about her life as she cleans a rifle. In Act I it was revealed that Yepikhodov proposed to Dunyasha around Easter; however, she has since become infatuated with the more "cultured" Yasha. Charlotta leaves so that Dunyasha and Yasha might have some time alone, but that is interrupted when they hear their employer coming. Yasha shoos Dunyasha away to avoid being caught, and Ranevskaya, Gayev, and Lopakhin appear, once more discussing the uncertain fate of the cherry orchard. Shortly Anya, Varya, and Trofimov arrive as well. Lopakhin teases Trofimov for being a perpetual student, and Trofimov espouses his philosophy of work and useful purpose, to the delight and humour of everyone around. During their conversations, a drunken and disheveled vagrant passes by and begs for money; Ranevskaya thoughtlessly gives him all of her money, despite the protestations of Varya. Shaken by the disturbance, the family departs for dinner, with Lopakhin futilely insisting that the cherry orchard be sold to pay down the debt. Anya stays behind to talk with Trofimov, who disapproves of Varya's constant hawk-like eyes, reassuring Anya that they are "above love". To impress Trofimov and win his affection, Anya vows to leave the past behind her and start a new life. The two depart for the river as Varya calls scoldingly in the background.
Act III
It is the end of August, and the evening of Ranevskaya's party has come. Offstage the musicians play as the family and their guests drink, carouse, and entertain themselves. It is also the day of the auction of the estate and the cherry orchard; Gayev has received a paltry amount of money from his and Ranevskaya's stingy aunt in Yaroslavl, and the family members, despite the general merriment around them, are both anxious and distracted while they wait for word of their fates. Varya worries about paying the musicians and scolds their neighbour Pishchik for drinking, Dunyasha for dancing, and Yepikhodov for playing billiards. Charlotta entertains the group by performing several magic tricks. Ranevskaya scolds Trofimov for his constant teasing of Varya, whom he refers to as "Madame Lopakhin". She then urges Varya to marry Lopakhin, but Varya demurs, reminding her that it is Lopakhin's duty to ask for her hand in marriage, not the other way around. She says that if she had money she would move as far away from him as possible. Left alone with Ranevskaya, Trofimov insists that she finally face the truth that the house and the cherry orchard will be sold at auction. Ranevskaya shows him a telegram she has received from Paris and reveals that her former lover is ill again and has begged for her to return to aid him. She says that she is seriously considering joining him, despite his cruel behaviour to her in the past. Trofimov is stunned at this news and the two argue about the nature of love and their respective experiences. Trofimov leaves in a huff, but falls down the stairs offstage and is carried in by the others. Ranevskaya laughs and forgives him for his folly and the two quickly reconcile. Anya enters, declaring a rumour that the cherry orchard has been sold. Lopakhin arrives with Gayev, both of whom are exhausted from the trip and the day's events. Gayev is distant, virtually catatonic, and goes to bed without saying a word of the outcome of the auction. When Ranevskaya asks who bought the estate, Lopakhin reveals that he himself is the purchaser and intends to chop down the orchard with his axe. Ranevskaya, distraught, clings to Anya, who tries to calm her and reassure her that the future will be better now that the cherry orchard has been sold.
Act IV
It is several weeks later, once again in the nursery (as in Act I), only this time the room is being packed and taken apart as the family prepares to leave the estate forever. Trofimov enters in search of his galoshes, and he and Lopakhin exchange opposing world views. Anya enters and reprimands Lopakhin for ordering his workers to begin chopping down the cherry orchard even while the family is still in the house. Lopakhin apologizes and rushes out to stop them for the time being, in the hopes that he will be somehow reconciled with the leaving family. Charlotta enters, lost and in a daze, and insists that the family find her a new position. Ranevskaya tearfully bids her old life goodbye and leaves as the house is shut up forever. In the darkness, Firs wanders into the room and discovers that they have left without him and boarded him inside the abandoned house to die. He lies down on the couch and resigns himself to this fate (apparently dying on the spot). Offstage we hear the axes as they cut down the cherry orchard.
Notice how the fourth act there is death. The fourth square is death.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Cherry_Orchard
VERY RENOWNED PLAYWRIGHT CHECKHOV HAD FOUR MAJOR PLAYS WITH FOUR ACTS
A general overview of these themes, among others, can be found in: Jean-Pierre Barricelli, ed., Chekhov’s Great Plays: A Critical Anthology (New York, 1981), Richard Peace, Chekhov: A Study of the Four Major Plays (New Haven, 1983), Donald Rayfield, Understanding Chekhov: A Critical Study of Chekhov’s Prose and Drama (Madison, 1999).
Jump up ^
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rick_Dees_Weekly_Top_40
Rick Dees Weekly Top 40 (sometimes known as The Weekly Top 40) is an internationally syndicated radio program created and hosted by American radio personality Rick Dees. It is currently heard on over 200 radio stations worldwide. It is distributed domestically by Compass Media Networks and internationally by Radio Express. It is also heard on Dees' official website.
THE SHOW HAS FOUR SEGMENTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sports_Geniuses
The show was divided into four separate segments.
The first round was played similar to Jeopardy!, with four categories each containing five questions that ranged in value from 10 to 50 points. Two questions in the round were designated Double Plays, and were questions that employed video clips and had follow-up questions attached which if answered correctly doubled the value of the question.
FOUR PARTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_4_All
Free 4 All is an American game show that aired on USA Network from June 27, 1994 to November 4, 1994.[1][2] The show was hosted by Mark L. Walberg, who to that point had been better known as an announcer, and was a production of Stone Stanley Entertainment.
Free 4 All and Quicksilver, a fellow Stone-Stanley production, premiered on the same day as part of USA's afternoon lineup that consisted of reruns of game shows from years past. These were the first two games to air in first-run on the network since the 1990-91 season, when USA aired the final season of Bumper Stumpers and The New Chain Reaction. The two programs were in fact paired on the schedule, but Free 4 All failed after nineteen weeks while Quicksilver ran for sixteen months.
Contents [hide]
1 Gameplay
1.1 Round 1
1.2 Round 2
1.3 Round 3
1.4 Free 4 All Bonus
2 References
The trailing team or the team that won the coin-toss if round one ended in a tie was given their choice of four categories to begin the round. All questions in round two were worth 50 points, and were always toss-up questions. New categories replaced selected ones, and the choice went to the team with the last right answer.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VCPO8u0Mhns
LOOK AT THE FOUR COMPTON GIRLS
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0284805/
4 Cheerleaders of the Apocalypse (1997)
Unrated | 1h 30min | Video
4 Cheerleaders of the Apocalypse Poster
Bizarre and unspeakable events begin unfolding at Yorktown, North Dakota Vo-Tech, where cheerleading coach Rebecca and new biology teacher Alex Sharpe "join forces" to face the evil. A ... See full summary »
VERY FAMOUS MOVIE
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Juice_(film)
The film touches on the lives of four youths growing up in Harlem. It follows the day-to-day activities in the young men's lives starting out as innocent mischief but growing more serious as time passes by. It also focuses on the struggles that these young men must go through everyday as well such as police harassment, rival neighborhood gangs and their families.[2]
Bishop (Tupac Shakur), Q (Omar Epps), Raheem (Khalil Kain), and Steel (Jermaine 'Huggy' Hopkins) are four friends growing up together in Harlem. They regularly skip school, instead spending their days hanging out at Steel's apartment, at a neighborhood arcade, and also a record store where they steal LPs for Q's DJ interests. Generally, they are harassed daily by the police or a Puerto Rican gang led by Radames (Vincent Laresca).
After fleeing the scene, the four young men gather in an abandoned building where they argue over the evening's events. Q, Raheem and Steel become angry at Bishop for killing Mr. Quiles, and Raheem demands that Bishop give the gun to him. Bishop resists, and a struggle ensues between the two, and Bishop shoots Raheem dead. Panicking, Bishop, Q and Steel flee to another abandoned building, where Bishop threatens to kill Q and Steel if they reveal to anybody that he murdered Raheem.
As Q is leaving the rooftop, a crowd from the party gathers to see what happened. One of the people in the crowd turns to Q and says, "Yo, you got the juice now, man." Q turns to look at him, shakes his head in disgust, and walks away. The film ends with a flashback clip of the four friends together in happier times as Bishop yells, "Wrecking Crew!"
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pac-Man_World_Rally
Pac-Man World Rally, known in Europe as Pac-Man Rally, is a kart racing game in the Pac-Man series. It is developed by Bandai Namco Games, and released in August 2006 for the PlayStation 2, Nintendo GameCube, PlayStation Portable, and Microsoft Windows. An Xbox version of the game was cancelled, even though there is a preview of it included in Pac-Man World 3.
The game has 15 race tracks and a battle mode similar to other kart racing games. In addition, there are four battle arenas for multiplayer action. You will also be able to collect power-ups to attack opponents or gain an edge in the race, as well as Pac-Man's signature fruit pickups, which in Pac-Man World Rally unlock secret shortcuts. There are 16 characters for the player to choose from.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Joy_Luck_Club_(film)
The Joy Luck Club was formed by four women in San Francisco: Lindo Jong (Tsai Chin), Ying-Ying St. Clair (France Nuyen), An-Mei Hsu (Lisa Lu), and Suyuan Woo (Kieu Chinh). The members have mainly played mahjong and told each other's stories over the years. They emigrated from their native country, China, remarried, and gave birth to children in America. Suyuan's daughter June (Ming-Na Wen) replaced her when Suyuan died four months before the time the film is set. The mothers have high hopes for their daughters' success, but the daughters struggle through "anxieties, feelings of inadequacy, and failures." Throughout the film, the mothers and daughters bond by learning to understand each other and by overcoming their conflicts.[2]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Joy_Luck_Club_(film)
The Joy Luck Club was formed by four women in San Francisco: Lindo Jong (Tsai Chin), Ying-Ying St. Clair (France Nuyen), An-Mei Hsu (Lisa Lu), and Suyuan Woo (Kieu Chinh). The members have mainly played mahjong and told each other's stories over the years. They emigrated from their native country, China, remarried, and gave birth to children in America. Suyuan's daughter June (Ming-Na Wen) replaced her when Suyuan died four months before the time the film is set. The mothers have high hopes for their daughters' success, but the daughters struggle through "anxieties, feelings of inadequacy, and failures." Throughout the film, the mothers and daughters bond by learning to understand each other and by overcoming their conflicts.[2]
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aspect_ratio_(image)#4:3_standard
4:3 standard[edit]
4:3 (1.33:1) (generally read as "Four-Three", "Four-by-Three", or "Four-to-Three") for standard television has been in use since the invention of moving picture cameras and many computer monitors used to employ the same aspect ratio. 4:3 was the aspect ratio used for 35 mm films in the silent era. It is also very close to the 1.375:1 Academy ratio, defined by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences as a standard after the advent of optical sound-on-film. By having TV match this aspect ratio, movies originally photographed on 35 mm film could be satisfactorily viewed on TV in the early days of the medium (i.e. the 1940s and the 1950s). When cinema attendance dropped, Hollywood created widescreen aspect ratios (such as the 1.85:1 ratio mentioned earlier) in order to differentiate the film industry from TV. However, since the start of the 21st century broadcasters worldwide are phasing out the 4:3 standard entirely, as manufacturers started to favor the 16:9/16:10 aspect ratio of all modern high-definition television sets, broadcast cameras and computer monitors.
16:9 standard[edit]
Main article: 16:9
16:9 (1.77:1) (generally named as "Sixteen-Nine", "Sixteen-by-Nine" and "Sixteen-to-Nine") is the international standard format of HDTV, non-HD digital television and analog widescreen television PALplus. Japan's Hi-Vision originally started with a 5:3 (= 15:9) ratio but converted when the international standards group introduced a wider ratio of 5⅓ to 3 (= 16:9). Many digital video cameras have the capability to record in 16:9, and 16:9 is the only widescreen aspect ratio natively supported by the DVD standard. DVD producers can also choose to show even wider ratios such as 1.85:1 and 2.39:1[1] within the 16:9 DVD frame by hard matting or adding black bars within the image itself.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Micro_Four_Thirds_system
The Micro Four Thirds system (MFT or M4/3) is a standard released by Olympus and Panasonic in 2008,[1] for the design and development of mirrorless interchangeable lens digital cameras, camcorders and lenses.[2]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Rush_Limbaugh_Show
"The four corners of deceit": (Limbaugh originally used this commenting on the Climatic Research Unit email controversy, referencing: Government, universities, science, and state-media);[29][30]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Dogs_Playing_Poker
Four Dogs Playing Poker is a 2000 crime thriller directed by Paul Rachman starring Stacy Edwards, Balthazar Getty, Olivia Williams, Daniel London and Tim Curry.
http://www.martialartsmoviejunkie.com/2013/02/12/trailer-for-chinatown/
The film revolves around the complex relationships between the four main characters is Hung Cho Lon (Long Dien), pale (Hoang Phuc), Dust (Johnny Tri Nguyen) and Lam Ha Hien. Lam Hung younger brother, because than ignorance Perfume (Huynh Bich Phuong), pale lover should have sinned against cold-blooded fellow competitors. Which had plotted to seize this opportunity Cholon Hung pale forced to confront. To enhance the win, he has to find ways to make Rooms Dust – a players hide but he always look like you’ve got to go back to help him beat Hung. And war broke out between two groups of pale – Hung Cholon with the game of life and death take a while …
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Railway_Series_books#Thomas_the_Tank_Engine
Four Little Engines[edit]
Book no. 10
Published 1955
Illustrated by C. Reginald Dalby
Stories
Skarloey Remembers
Sir Handel
Peter Sam and the Refreshment Lady
Old Faithful
Rheneas is away being mended, and the Skarloey Railway has recently acquired Sir Handel and Peter Sam. Peter Sam is naïve but well-meaning, but Sir Handel is rude and arrogant. Skarloey shows Sir Handel how to do things when he rescues the pompous engine's train.
THERE'S FOUR BOSSES AND FOUR STATUES IN METROID
http://metroid.wikia.com/wiki/Golden_Statues
The Golden Statues appear in Super Metroid and are the successors to the Stone Statues encountered in Metroid and Metroid: Zero Mission. Like their predecessors, they have the role of guarding the entrance to Tourian, the Space Pirate headquarters on Zebes.
Each statue represents the four major bosses in the game before Mother Brain.
YOU CAN CHOSE BETWEEN FOUR TEAMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Double_Dribble_(video_game)
Double Dribble, known in Japan as Exciting Basket (エキサイティング バスケット Ekisaitingu Basuketto?), is a basketball arcade game developed and released in 1986 by Konami.
Players can choose from one of four teams: Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles and New York. There is no difference in skill level or abilities between the teams. Since there is no NBA license, no team names or player names are used; however, the teams wear the same color of their NBA counterparts (Boston wears green, Chicago red, etc.).
Gameplay of Double Dribble was featured in the Family Guy episode "Run, Chris, Run". The episode also used gameplay footage from Tecmo Bowl. The Double Dribble footage was slightly altered with original audio, and made fun of the game's "corner three" glitch.[4]
THE FOUR DROOGS OF A CLOCKWORK ORANGe- I REMEMBER WATCHING THIS MOVIE AFTER THEY HURT ME AND THINKING IT WAS LIKE WHAT HAPPENED TO ME
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/A_Clockwork_Orange_(film)
Alex (Malcolm McDowell), the main character, is a charismatic, antisocial delinquent whose interests include classical music (especially Beethoven), rape, and what is termed "ultra-violence". He leads a small gang of thugs (Pete, Georgie, and Dim), whom he calls his droogs (from the Russian word друг, "friend", "buddy"). The film chronicles the horrific crime spree of his gang, his capture, and attempted rehabilitation via controversial psychological conditioning. Alex narrates most of the film in Nadsat, a fractured adolescent slang composed of Slavic (especially Russian), English, and Cockney rhyming slang.
FOUR COUPLES FOUR CATEGORIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dance_Fever
Dance Fever is an American musical variety series that aired weekly in syndication from January 1979 to September 1987. The series was created and produced by Merv Griffin and Paul Abeyta (2 years) and was written by Tony Garofalo.
Each week, four dancing couples competed for a weekly cash prize of $1,000; Each couple performed their dance routine for 90-120 seconds and the celebrity judges scored them anywhere between 70 and 100 points, based on 4 categories: originality, showmanship, style, and technique. The couple with the highest average total score were the winners and advanced into the next round of competition. In the event of a tie, one set of celebrity scores was dropped in an effort to decide a winner; every fifth week was a semi-final show where those winning couples from the last four weeks competed for $5,000.
FOUR SOLDIERS
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1091191/
The story, while showing the preparation, courage and resilience of four soldiers in enemy territory, also showed other things, like the logistical blunders that lead to stupid deaths, over-reliance on technology that doesn't really work as you expect and how choices have consequences on the ground that are beyond the ability of normal courts to understand, whether looking from the legal or moral angle.
I liked a lot about the movie how it made you think long after it was over. What would have happened if they just killed the herders? What would have happened if they tied them up, went a bit down, risked a sniper shot at the enemy commander, then just ran? What would have happened if the Pashtuni would have ignored the wounded American or would have killed the Taliban scout force when they came to them? How would the mission have gone if the four guys would have known from the get go that they would be completely alone, with no support or hope for extraction?
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2828148/
In this voyeuristic, slice-of-life comedic drama, we spend a week in the world of twenty-two year old Oliver, who lives with his aunt and her four dogs in Encino, CA. Oliver has more ... See full summary »
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_people_who_have_won_Academy,_Emmy,_Grammy,_and_Tony_Awards
Twelve people and five media franchises have won all four major annual American entertainment awards in a competitive, individual (non-group) category: the Emmy, Grammy, Oscar, and Tony.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Fourth_Direction
Chauthi Koot (Punjabi: ਚੌਥੀ ਕੂਟ The Fourth Direction) is a 2015 Indian film in Punjabi language directed by Gurvinder Singh. It is based on the short stories The Fourth Direction and I Am Feeling Fine Now from Indian author Waryam Singh Sandhu's 2005 collection Chauthi Koot. The film is produced by Kartikeya Narayan Singh and is set during the Sikh separatist movement of the 1980s.[1]
WHEN I LIVED WITH MY FRIEND AFAM SENIOR YEAR HIGH SCHOOL I ONLY WATCHED ONE SHOW ON TV AND THAT WAS THIS SHOW BECAUSE HE WOULD TIVO IT. I DIDN'T REALIZE I LIKED IT SO MUCH BECAUSE OF THE QUADRANT MODEL FOUR ELEMENTS SUBCONSCIOUSLY
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Avatar:_The_Last_Airbender
A map of the four nations. The characters at the top, 群雄四分, mean "Powers are divided into Four". The characters of the four lands are 水善 (Water is Benevolent), 土強 (Earth is Strong), 火烈 (Fire is Fierce), and 气和 (Air is Peaceful). The phrase at the bottom, 天下一匡, reads "The world (all under heaven) is guided by one".
Avatar: The Last Airbender takes place in a world that is home to humans and hybrid animals, adjacent to a parallel Spirit World. Human civilization is divided into four nations: the Water Tribes, the Earth Kingdom, the Fire Nation, and the Air Nomads. Each has a distinct society, wherein people known as "benders" have the ability to manipulate and control the element of their nation using the physical motions of martial arts. The show's creators based each bending style on an existing Chinese martial art, leading to clear visual and physical differences in the techniques used by Waterbenders (tai chi), Earthbenders (Hung Ga kung fu), Firebenders (Northern Shaolin kung fu) and Airbenders (Baguazhang).[18] In addition to these four types of bending, there are several minor subcategories of bending within them, including but not limited to: Metalbending, Sandbending (Earth); Lightning generation and redirection (Fire) and Bloodbending, Healing, Plantbending (Water).
At any given time, only one person in the world is capable of bending all four elements: the Avatar. When the Avatar dies, the Avatar spirit is reincarnated into the next one of the four nations in the Avatar Cycle: the Fire Nation, Air Nomads, Water Tribe, Earth Kingdom, in order. An Avatar incarnation is born male or female, and is required to master each bending art in seasonal order from the age of sixteen, starting with its native land's element (Fire: Summer, Air: Autumn, Water: Winter, Earth: Spring). Additionally, the Avatar can enter a phase known as the Avatar State: normally a defense mechanism until placed under his/her control through mental discipline, wherein the current Avatar briefly gains the knowledge and abilities of all past Avatars. If an Avatar were to be killed while in the Avatar State, the reincarnation cycle would end and the Avatar would never again be reborn
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greed_(game_show)
BASED AROUND FOUR QUESTIONS
Greed is an American television game show that aired on Fox from November 4, 1999 until July 14, 2000. The game consisted of a team of contestants who answered a series of multiple-choice questions for a potential prize of up to $2 million. The show was hosted by Chuck Woolery, with Mark Thompson serving as announcer.
Each of the first four questions had one correct answer to be chosen from several options (four for questions 1 and 2, five for questions 3 and 4). The host reads the question and answers to one contestant, who would choose one of them. The captain could either accept that answer or replace it with a different one. If the final choice was correct, the team's winnings were increased to the value of that question; the captain could then choose to either quit the game or risk the money on the next question. If the captain quit after any of these four questions, the money was split evenly among all five team members. Giving/accepting a wrong answer ended the game and forfeited all winnings. The team member in the lowest position (farthest from the correct answer when a qualifying question was played) gave the answer to question 1, and each question after that was answered by the member in the next higher position.
The remaining four questions each had four correct answers to be chosen from several options, starting with six for question 5 and increasing by one for each question after that. The host would reveal the category of the upcoming question to the captain and offer a chance to end the game, with the prize money being split among the remaining players according to their shares. If the captain chose to continue, a "Terminator" round was played (see below) prior to the question being asked. The captain was given a "Freebie" prior to question 5 and could use it to eliminate a wrong answer from any one question.
For questions 5 through 7, answers were given by the players in the positions below the captain, one each from lowest to highest. With four or fewer players left in the game, the captain answered last, then (if necessary) chose to either give enough additional answers to make four or delegate the choices to other members. Once all the answers were in, the captain could change one of them if desired. Answers were revealed individually as correct or incorrect; if three correct answers were found, the host offered a buyout to quit the game. Cash was offered on questions 5 and 6 ($20,000 and $50,000, respectively), to be split evenly among the remaining players, and the decision rested with the captain. On question 7, each individual team member could choose to take a buyout consisting of a car and $25,000 cash (approximately $100,000 total value).
If the captain (questions 5 and 6) or at least one team member (question 7) chose to continue with the game, the fourth answer was revealed. If it was correct, the team split the cash award for that level's question. If an incorrect answer was revealed at any point, the game ended and the team left with nothing.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/M-Source
In The Four Gospels: A Study of Origins (1924), Burnett Hillman Streeter argued that a third source, referred to as M and also hypothetical, lies behind the material in Matthew that has no parallel in Mark or Luke.[3] This Four Source Hypothesis posits that there were at least four sources to the Gospel of Matthew and the Gospel of Luke: the Gospel of Mark, and three lost sources: Q, M, and L. (M material is represented by green in the above chart.)
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
STORY ABOUT FOUR CADETS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mirai_Sentai_Timeranger
In the 30th century, time travel becomes illegal after a time paradox crisis. The Time Protection Department (TPD) is established to watch for and stop time crimes. Four new enlistee cadets of the TPD are tricked by Don Dolnero and his gang into letting them time-travel to the year 2000 to commit various crimes and, to protect history, the four cadets pursue them. They encounter a severe problem: the Timeranger program requires five members for the first operation. They force a present-day martial artist, Tatsuya Asami, to join them, and they become the Timerangers. Tatsuya rents a building for them to live in, and they start a small odd-jobs business called Tomorrow Research to financially support themselves.
Over time, the four cadets begin to realize that their presence would inevitably change the future in the form of the City Guardians, a security force under the employment of the Asami Corporation to protect the city from the Londers. The City Guardians form a tenuous relationship with the Timerangers, especially when Tatsuya's college acquaintance Naoto becomes Time Fire and later also becomes the City Guardian's captain.
I'm a paragraph. Click
My Life in Four Cameras
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/My_Life_in_Four_Cameras
"My Life in Four Cameras" is the 17th episode of the 4th season of the American sitcom Scrubs. The episode, the series' 85th, originally aired on February 15, 2005.
here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Wrecking_Crew_(1968_film)
The Wrecking Crew, released in December, 1968, and starring Dean Martin, Elke Sommer, Nancy Kwan, Tina Louise, and Sharon Tate, is the fourth and final film in a series of American comedy-spy-fi theatrical releases featuring Martin as secret agent Matt Helm.
QUADRUPLETS ONE GUY PLAYS ALL FOUR OF THEM
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Michael_Madana_Kama_Rajan
The film tells a story of quadruplets, Michael, Madhanagopal, Kameshwaran, and Raju, all played by Kamal Haasan. Kamal distinguished each of those characters with his body language and language lingo. Michael has a husky voice and an aggressive demeanor, Madan has a British accent with a sophisticated upper-class personality, Kameshwaran speaks Palakkad Tamil and has a naive, childish personality while Raju speaks Madras Tamil and has an outgoing, cheerful personality; all in keeping with their diverse upbringing as per the plot. The film's climax scene is said to be inspired from the Charlie Chaplin movie, The Gold Rush.[1] The film was dubbed in Telugu as Michael Madana Kama Raju.
Kamal Haasan played four distinct characters who are quadruplets: the criminal Michael, the businessman Madhan, the cook Kameshwaran and the firefighter Raju. For portraying Michael, Haasan grew his hair long and sported a French beard; for Madhan, he wore glasses and was clean shaven; for Kameshwaran (also clean shaven), he brushed his hair back and applied a vibhuti tilaka on his forehead; for Raju, he kept his moustache thick and hair short.[2] Praveen Kumar was cast as Madhan's bodyguard Bheem.[3]
FOUR ROUNDS ONE OF FOUR STORES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mall_Masters
In round 1, Chris read a toss-up survey question based on a poll of 100 shoppers at the Mall of America with three choices. The first to ring in with the most popular answer which was the right answer got a chance to choose from one of four stores inside the Mall of America. If incorrect, the correct answer was revealed and the other two players were asked a question with the third player locked out. If one of those players got that question wrong, then the remaining player would be asked another question unopposed. If that player gets the question wrong, the next question is asked to all 3 players once again (if this was ever the case, only the last questions asked until the last question at that point was answered correctly, were kept and aired). Once a store was picked, a person who was at that store would team up with the contestant to answer a general knowledge question relating to that store in any way, this time, with four choices. The contestant could then agree or disagree with the mall shopper's pick. If the in-studio contestant disagreed, they had to choose from the other three possibilities. If correct, the contestant scored 100 points. Once a store was picked, it was gone, and another store took its place. If the shopper got the question right, regardless if the contestant got it right or wrong, they got a $50 gift certificate from Mall of America. Two or three store questions were played in this round.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/16_mm_film
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
16 mm film is a historically popular and economical gauge of film. 16 mm refers to the width of the film, with other common film gauges including 8 and 35 mm. It is generally used for non-theatrical (e.g., industrial, educational) film making or for low budget motion pictures. It also existed as a popular amateur or home movie making format for several decades, alongside 8 mm film, and later Super 8 film. In 1923, Eastman Kodak released the first 16 mm "outfit" consisting of a camera, projector, tripod, screen and splicer for $335.[1] RCA-Victor introduced a 16 mm sound movie projector in 1932 and developed an optical sound-on-film 16 mm camera, released in 1935.[2]
ALL OF THIS IS IN MY OVER 50 QMR BOOKS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Negative_pulldown
Negative pulldown is the manner in which an image is exposed on a film stock, described in the number of film perforations spanned by an individual frame. It can also describe the orientation of the image on the negative, whether it is captured horizontally or vertically. Changing the number of exposed perforations allows a cinematographer to change both the aspect ratio of the image and the size of the area on the film stock that the image occupies (which affects image clarity).
The most common film pulldowns for 35 mm film are 4-perf and 3-perf, the latter of which is usually used in conjunction with Super 35. 2-perf, used in Techniscope in the 1960s, is enjoying a slight resurgence due to the birth of digital intermediate techniques eliminating the need for optical lab work. Vertical pulldown is overwhelmingly the dominant axis of motion in cinematography, although horizontal pulldown is used in IMAX, VistaVision (still in use for some visual effects work), and in 35 mm consumer and professional still cameras.
Most 35mm film systems, whether they are cameras, telecine equipment, optical printers or projectors, are configured to accommodate the 4-perf system, where each frame of 35mm is 4 perforations long. 4-perf was (and remains) the traditional system, and virtually all projectors are based on 4-perf, because 4 perforations is the amount needed per frame vertically in order to have enough negative space for a roughly squarish image, which became the silent film standard aspect ratio of 1.33:1.
http://www.fandango.com/fourstarcinema_AAFZH/theaterpage
Four star cinema theatres
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Survivor:_Cook_Islands
Survivor: Cook Islands is the thirteenth season of the American CBS competitive reality television series Survivor. The season was filmed from June 26, 2006 through August 3, 2006 and premiered on September 14, 2006.
During this season of Survivor, the contestants were divided into four tribes by ethnicity; African American, Asian American, Hispanic American, and European American, a decision that generated some controversy prior to the premiere. The respective tribes' names were Manihiki ("Hiki"), Puka Puka ("Puka"), Aitutaki ("Aitu"), and Rarotonga ("Raro"). These four tribes were named after islands located in the Cook Islands. The four tribes evenly divided into two new mixed tribes after the second tribal council, taking the Aitutaki and Rarotonga names. A mutiny offer was made to all remaining players during this season before the merge, where two players from the same tribe accepted the mutiny offer. After the nine remaining contestants merged, they decided to name themselves Aitutonga. This season also featured the first time a tribe has voted off two members during a single tribal council. The concept of Exile Island returned, with a hidden immunity idol located somewhere on the island.
16 is the squares of the quadrant model- 16 members- first Survivor- Alliance of Four
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Survivor:_Borneo
Survivor: Borneo is the first season of the American CBS competitive reality television series Survivor. It was originally broadcast under the name Survivor but its official title was changed to Survivor: Pulau Tiga to distinguish it from subsequent installments of the series, and then changed again to Survivor: Borneo. The show filmed from March 13, 2000 through April 20, 2000 and premiered on May 31, 2000. Hosted by Jeff Probst, it consisted of 39 days of gameplay with 16 competitors. It was set in the South China Sea on the remote Malaysian island of Pulau Tiga in the state of Sabah, about 6 miles (9.7 km) off the north coast of Borneo, Malaysia.[1]
The sixteen contestants were divided into two tribes of eight: Tagi and Pagong. Both tribes fared equally in challenges but differed in organisational structure. Pagong was dominated by the younger, more carefree members, whereas four contestants on Tagi—Kelly, Richard, Rudy, and Susan—formed an alliance, choosing to vote as a voting bloc to ensure their safety. When ten players remained—five from each tribe—the tribes merged into one, named Rattana. The alliance strategy proved to be successful, and the four took advantage of the other contestants' lack of voting strategy to gain dominance. There was dissension in the alliance as Kelly was deemed untrustworthy, but she won four consecutive immunity challenges and was ineligible for elimination.
When only the four alliance members remained, the vote initially ended in a draw; close allies Richard and Rudy voted for Susan, and Susan and Kelly voted for Richard. On the revote, Kelly decided to switch her vote and Susan was eliminated. After winning the final immunity challenge, Kelly decided to eliminate Rudy because she believed she had a better chance against Richard. At the final Tribal Council, Susan lambasted Kelly for switching her vote and proclaimed her support for Richard. Richard's strategic prowess and leadership were valued over Kelly's impressive challenge performances, and the jury awarded him the title of Sole Survivor in a vote of 4-3.
Immunity challenge: A five-part relay race: The first member swam to a buoy, dove down and retrieved a map in a bottle. The second member ran across a floating bridge with the bottle to a waiting boat, where the second and third members would paddle to shore. The fourth member would break the bottle, check the map, and sprint into the jungle to find a rope ladder and a key. For the final leg, the two remaining tribe members had to locate a buried treasure chest and dig it up. Tagi, being the first tribe to unearth their treasure chest and bring it back to the start line and have the key inside the lock, were the winners.
At the immunity challenge, Gervase had problems on the sprint into the jungle, one of the main reasons Pagong lost to Tagi again. They proceeded to vote out Ramona. Ramona thought it was her early illness that caused her to be the one voted out.
5 5 "Pulling Your Own Weight" Recap June 28, 2000 23.98 9.6/31
At Tagi, Dirk and Sean were still trying to fish instead of helping around camp, but to no avail. Susan told them that it was a waste of time if they weren't catching anything. The tribe were worried about Dirk's weight loss. At Pagong, everyone felt vulnerable because their tribe was getting smaller. Greg and Colleen grew closer, with both of them choosing to sleep out in the jungle away from the others. Greg knew he was becoming somewhat of a tribe leader, a role he didn't want.
Reward challenge: Tribes would select three tribe members to shoot for the tribe in three rounds. The first one was a blow gun, the second round was a slingshot, and the third round was a spear toss. The winning tribe would win fruit and chickens.
At the reward challenge, Joel helped Pagong win with his spear throwing after the first two rounds were tied. Dirk and Sean began to help around the camp but that didn't change their tribe members' minds, and they remained on the outs. The alliance of four was decided on getting one of them out at the next Tribal Council. At Pagong they decided to let their chickens lay eggs.
Immunity challenge: One person from each tribe rowed their boat around the buoys, picking up their tribe members waiting in the water. The first tribe to get all members back to shore won.
At the immunity challenge, Gervase finally led Pagong to victory and Kelly, the white water rafting guide, was upset that "she got beat by a guy who couldn't even swim". At Tagi's Tribal Council, the alliance of four claimed their first victim as Dirk was voted out.
"The Final Four" Recap August 23, 2000 51.69 22.8/54
The final four reflected on how much their bodies have changed, and how the game was played by them and by others. Kelly said she felt like the odd person out and was stressed because she didn't feel safe. She said that she was now playing for herself. Richard, Rudy, and Sue were planning to vote out Kelly if she didn't win immunity.
Immunity challenge: Jeff asked 10 questions about the jury members. The person who got the most the questions right won immunity.
At the challenge, Kelly and Sue were tied after 10 questions, but Kelly got the tiebreaker question correct, giving Kelly her fourth challenge win and third immunity in a row. Directly after at Tribal Council, there was a 2–2 tie between Richard and Susan. During the revote in which only Rudy and Kelly voted, Kelly changed her vote and Susan was voted out.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Survivor:_The_Australian_Outback
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
Survivor: The Australian Outback (also referred to as Survivor: Australia in later seasons) is the second season of the American CBS competitive reality television series Survivor. Filming took place at Goshen Station in northern Queensland from October 23, 2000, through December 3, 2000, eventually premiering on January 28, 2001.[1] Hosted by Jeff Probst, it consisted of 42 days of gameplay with 16 competitors. The location used was within a three-hour drive of the coastal city of Cairns and located in a wet, tropical area.
Reward challenge: Each person stands inside the white circle of a target and throws their boomerang, aiming for the red flag in the center of the target. The winner receives a full meal, consisting of smoked salmon and shrimp, grilled chicken, pasta, Greek salad, rolls, and dessert.
Jerri, Nick, Rodger, and Amber were the only four to hit the target, but Jerri inched out Amber to win reward. She chose Amber to come along since she got second place. Back at camp, Elisabeth tried to have Ogakor see that camp life was much more relaxed without Jerri. Jerri and Amber expressed concern about Tina and Keith joining the Kucha 4; when Jerri brought it up to Colby, he lied to her and told her that was what Tina and Keith thought was going to happen. Still, Jerri said that Alicia was the biggest threat.
Reward challenge: A ropes course with four checkpoints; at each checkpoint, there are several options on what direction to go. Each castaway is connected with two carabiners, and one must be attached at all times. The winner received a horseback ride through the Outback with cattle stockmen, an overnight stay at their camp, with dinner, breakfast, and a cot to sleep on.
The remaining votes were read live at CBS Television City in Los Angeles for the first time ever. In addition to the four votes that were shown during the broadcast, there was one more for Colby (from Nick) and two more for Tina (from Keith and Elisabeth), giving Tina the title of "Sole Survivor."
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Survivor:_Africa
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
Survivor: Africa is the third season of the American CBS competitive reality television series Survivor. The season was filmed from July 11, 2001 through August 18, 2001 and premiered on October 11, 2001. Hosted by Jeff Probst, it consisted of the usual 39 days of gameplay with 16 competitors. It was set in Kenya's Shaba National Reserve on the African continent.
Reward challenge: The remaining eight players are teamed up in four pairs of two. Two pairs at a time, the players run an obstacle course. The pairs start by going over a cargo net and across a timber tumble followed by going up a rope climb by climbing up a rope or rope ladder to ring a bell. Next they go under a belly crawl leading to three walls for the pairs to jump over. They must then assemble a ladder for them to climb over the fourth and final wall which is ten feet high. The two pairs to finish first in either of the first two heats go on to the final round in which they must run the same course. The pair that finishes first in the final round wins a private screening of the movie "Out of Africa" complete with popcorn, candy, hot dogs and Mountain Dew.
Reward challenge: All six players are asked a series a four questions which their loved ones had previously answered on videotape. When a question is asked, the players must write down their answers on a pad. If their answers match their loved ones' responses, they get a point. The player who matches the most of their four loved ones' responses wins a flight to the Maasai Mara to witness the migration of the wildebeest, an overnight stay at a safari resort complete with a bed, shower and good food, and a private hot air balloon ride the next morning all paid with Jeff's Visa credit card.
There was some controversy surrounding an immunity challenge in the final episode. In a "Fallen Comrades" challenge, in which the contestants were quizzed on trivia regarding players in the game who had been voted out, the final question was "Which female contestant has no piercings?" The official answer, given by Kim J to earn the win, was Kelly. Lex answered the question with Lindsey's name, who, unbeknownst to the producers, also had no piercings. Had Lex been given credit for his correct answer, he and Kim J. would have been tied in the challenge and would have faced tie-breaker questions. After the producers had been alerted to the mistake, both third-place finisher Lex and fourth-place finisher Tom were awarded the $100,000 runner-up prize instead of the traditional third and fourth place earnings.[8]
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Survivor:_Marquesas
Survivor: Marquesas is the fourth season of the American CBS competitive reality television series Survivor. The season filmed from November 12, 2001 through December 20, 2001 and premiered on February 28, 2002. Hosted by Jeff Probst, it consisted of the usual 39 days of gameplay with 16 competitors. The Marquesas Islands were initially selected as a backup location for Survivor. The original location, Jordan, was discounted as a result of the September 11 attacks[1] and the political situation in the Middle East.[2]
Reward challenge: Fourteen pieces belonging to four tikis are scattered on a course. One member will guide three blindfolded members to the fourteen pieces. Once all pieces are back, the four tikis must be reconstructed. The winning tribe gets to raid the losing tribe’s camp.
Reward challenge: The eight remaining players are separated into four teams of two by random drawing. Each team has a three-foot bamboo shoot and it's up to the teams to fill them with coconut juice using coconuts from the shoreline or from the parcels anchored in the water. Once retrieved, the coconuts must be cracked and drained into the shoots. the first team to fill their shoot to the top wins a helicopter ride over the Marquesas, a horseback ride and an authentic Marquesan feast.
At the reward challenge, the players are separated into four teams of two. Sean is teamed with Paschal, Tammy with Vecepia, Kathy with Robert, and Neleh with Zoe. All four teams must race to fill a bamboo shoot with coconut juice with the winners going by helicopter to a mountaintop where they will ride horses to a Marquesan feast. It was a frantic race, but due to Sean draining a huge coconut early on, he and Paschal come out on top and win the reward. The next day, Paschal and Sean were taken by helicopter to a mountaintop where they met two Marquesan tribesmen who, despite Sean's anxiety, have them mount on horses and journey to where their feast will take place. They are greeted by locals upon arrival and are served coconut drinks with which they toast to their new friendship. The locals perform a traditional dance upon Paschal and Sean's arrival at their dining area. Once served, Sean says a prayer before he and Paschal feast on everything including roast pig, goat and potatoes and even go as far as to sneak food in their pockets for their tribemates before dancing with the locals. When the locals depart, Paschal and Sean tearfully soak in the experience before returning to camp. Everyone is grateful to Paschal and Sean for bringing food from their feast.
The next morning, Tammy speaks with Robert and the two try to re-align with Neleh and Paschal without success. Zoe makes shell jewelry for the rest of the tribe hoping to win their confidence and friendship and have an effect on distancing her from Robert and an unconvinced Tammy. Later, the tribe finds a message written on a pair of stilts at their tree mail. The message tells the tribe to practice walking on them for the next immunity challenge. Several players have trouble balancing on them, much to the delight of Tammy, who has no trouble at all when practicing on the beach.
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Survivor:_Thailand
Survivor: Thailand is the fifth season of the American CBS competitive reality television series Survivor. The season was filmed from June 10, 2002 through July 18, 2002 on the island of Ko Tarutao in Thailand, and premiered on September 19, 2002. Hosted by Jeff Probst, it consisted of the usual 39 days of gameplay with 16 competitors.
After returning from Tribal Council in which Jed was voted out, Stephanie was upset at Sook Jai's decision. Meanwhile, Ghandia felt that she was on the outside of the Chuay Gahn tribe.
Reward Challenge: Before the challenge, the tribes received a 10-foot-tall (3.0 m), 250-pound (110 kg) dummy to be decorated. For the challenge, the tribes had to race around an island while carrying their dummy. First tribe to make it around the island and cross the finish line wins bananas and a mystery food prize, which turned out to be four chickens.
Sook Jai won the reward. After Chuay Gahn returned to camp, the women felt that the men weren't pulling their weight around camp. Meanwhile, Sook Jai enjoyed their bananas and discovered their mystery reward, four chickens.
Reward Challenge: The tribes must start by selecting one member to be a ball launcher. The remaining tribe members, who will be situated at four different stations, must use wicker baskets in order to catch balls thrown from their tribe's launcher. At the same time, they must try to prevent the other tribe from catching their balls. First tribe to catch five of their balls wins a Thai feast consisting of shrimp, pineapple, vegetables and wine.
At the reward challenge, Robb quickly caught four balls for Sook Jai, however Chuay Gahn quickly evened the score. In the end, Sook Jai caught their fifth ball first, winning reward. As Sook Jai enjoyed their feast, Brian and Ted explained the importance of winning the next immunity challenge so the tribes would merge at five members each. Meanwhile, Ken and Robb hiked out into the jungle and discovered a bat-filled cave. They explored the cave and settled their differences.
Reward Challenge: The castaways must race through a four-stage obstacle course. First, the castaways will pair up to navigate between towers using two wooden planks to bridge the gaps. The first two pairs to finish move on to the second round, where they will have to do a belly crawl underneath a bamboo course. First three to complete the belly crawl move on to the third round, where they will have to climb a wall with the aid of another castaway. Both Ted and Brian assist Clay to the top, where he tries to pull both of them up after himself. Not strong enough to do both, Probst insists he choose, whereupon Clay chooses Brian. First two to climb the wall move on to the final round, where they must race across a balance beam. The castaway that crosses the balance beam first wins an elephant trek through the Thai jungle, plus a Thai feast.
Survivor: Thailand was met with a mostly negative reception and is generally considered one of the worst seasons in the show's history. The primary criticisms were aimed at the unlikeable cast and the "Fake Merge" twist, which led to the demise of Sook Jai. In 2005, Probst stated that he was not fond of the season, going as far as calling it his least favorite to date.[1] He described the season as "mean-spirited and marred with hostility and ugliness" and called Brian, Clay, Helen, and Jan "the least likable final four ever."[2] Dalton Ross, the Survivor columnist of Entertainment Weekly, ranked it as the third worst season of the series, only ahead of Survivor: Fiji and Survivor: Nicaragua.[3] Andrea Reiher of Zap2it ranked Thailand as the second-worst season of the series, only ahead of Survivor: Redemption Island, while Joe Reid of The Wire ranked it as the 6th-worst season.[4][5] In 2015, Survivor fan site "The Purple Rock Podcast" ranked Thailand as the 4th-worst season of the series, only ahead of Survivor: South Pacific, Survivor: Gabon, and Nicaragua.[6] Also in 2015, Thailand was ranked as the third-worst season of all time on Rob Cesternino's website, only ahead of Survivor: One World and Redemption Island.[7]
16 is the squares of the quadrant model- Alliance of Four
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Survivor:_The_Amazon
Survivor: The Amazon is the sixth season of the American CBS competitive reality television series Survivor. The season was filmed from November 11, 2002 through December 15, 2002 in the Amazon and premiered on February 13, 2003. Hosted by Jeff Probst, it consisted of the usual 39 days of gameplay with 16 competitors.
On Tambaqui, an alliance of four was formed, led by Roger, which included Butch, Alex, and Dave. However, Rob quickly emerged as an arbiter between Roger's alliance and the outliers of the tribe, solidifying allegiances with both. On Jaburu, the younger women, Heidi, Jenna, and Shawna quickly began to coalesce, pulling in Deena and Christy to control the voting on Jaburu.
Convinced she had control over the game, Deena decided to spare Butch in order to vote out Alex for being a social and physical threat. The women quickly informed Alex of Deena's betrayal and he was able to convince Heidi, Jenna and the men to eliminate Deena at the next Tribal Council. With Deena gone, Alex was convinced he was solid in an alliance of four with Jenna, Heidi, and Rob. However, he revealed to Rob that his plan was to vote him out at the final four to avoid a tie with Heidi and Jenna. Rob used this information to form a counter-alliance with Matthew, Butch, and Christy, where they voted out Alex. With three men and three women remaining, Christy became the swing vote but was voted out after failing to commit to either side. The next Tribal Council, the men stuck together and voted off Heidi, perceived to be the more physical of the two women left.
At the Final Four, Jenna, the final woman remaining, won immunity, forcing the men to prematurely turn on themselves. Faced with either avenging Alex and Heidi by voting off Rob or getting rid of an undeserving Butch, she ultimately sided with Matthew and Rob to vote off Butch. Jenna continued her winning streak and won immunity again, giving her the sole vote at the next Tribal Council. She ultimately voted off Rob due to his strong strategic gameplay. Facing the jury, Matthew was praised for his survival skills and work ethic, but he was criticized for hypocrisy and lack of strategic gameplay for the majority of the game. On the other hand, Jenna was criticized for her lack of work ethic and even wanting to quit a few days earlier. However, as a result of having better relationships with people on the jury, and being seen as playing the game more strategically from the beginning, Jenna was voted to become the Sole Survivor in a vote of 6-1.
Reward Challenge: Each tribe had four ropes attached to a 30-foot tower. Each rope is attached to a fire-making station. The tribes must gather enough firewood in order to build a fire high enough to burn through all four ropes. Each time a rope is burned, a portion of a banner at the top of the tower is released. First tribe to burn through all four ropes and release their banner wins a refrigerator filled with iced Coca-Cola.
Reward Challenge: The castaways must use Amazonian weapons to hit a target. The four that hit closest to the bull's eye moves on to the second round. The second round was the same challenge, with the top two moving on to face off against each other. The castaway hitting closest to the bull's eye wins a trip to an Amazon coffee bar.
Immunity Challenge: The castaways must compete in a four-round elimination race to eat native Amazonian dishes. First person to finish the final round (consisting of two castaways) wins immunity.
After returning from Tribal Council, the final four celebrated making it that far. Meanwhile, the men planned to vote out Jenna next.
Immunity Challenge: The castaways must navigate through a maze blindfolded. The first castaway to retrieve four necklaces at stations within the maze and then return to the center of the maze wins immunity.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Survivor:_Tocantins
On Exile Island, Taj got the clue to the Hidden Immunity Idol, which told her it was hidden around the tree mail area. Taj told Sierra about her secret four-way alliance and Sierra readily agreed to join the alliance.
Survivor: Tocantins — The Brazilian Highlands is the 18th season of the American CBS competitive reality television series Survivor.
On Exile Island, Brendan talked to Stephen about cementing the secret four-way Exile Island alliance, but Stephen was privately unsure about tying his fate in the game to the alliance.
Taj and Stephen discussed telling J.T. about the Hidden Immunity Idol, but not the secret four-way Exile Island alliance in order to secure his vote at the next Tribal Council
Reward Challenge: The castaways would be divided into two teams of four. Two members at a time from each team would race across a field to retrieve a large puzzle board. Once the pair returns, the other two teammates would retrieve another board. Four boards would need to be retrieved. Once retrieved, the boards would have to be arranged in a line so that the large holes were aligned like a grille to reveal seven vowels. The revealed vowels and seven consonants that would be given to the team would need to be arranged to solve a four-word phrase. The first team to solve the phrase would win a trip to a local village for a feast of local food and a demonstration of Capoeira.
16 is the squares of the quadrant model
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pirate_Master
Pirate Master was a CBS reality television show created by Mark Burnett which replaced the previous Mark Burnett show on CBS, Rock Star. It followed sixteen modern-day pirates on their quest for gold, which totaled US$1,000,000.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stargate_SG-1_(season_9)#ep184
Stargate SG-1
"The Fourth Horseman" Andy Mikita Damian Kindler September 16, 2005 1.8[22]
When a disease breaks out across America, evidence leads it to be the Ori's doing. Preparing to track down a viable cure, an old friend (Orlin) takes on an unfamiliar human form to help out, but it might not be enough when the team's adverse ally joins the Ori.
185 11 "The Fourth Horseman Part 2" Andy Mikita Joseph Mallozzi & Paul Mullie January 6, 2006 1.9[23]
While Orlin is working on a cure for the Prior plague, Mitchell and Daniel capture a Prior offworld to further the research of the antidote. Teal'c tries to stop Gerak, now a Prior, from corrupting the entire Jaffa Council towards Origin. Teal'c ultimately convinces Gerak to switch sides. Gerak cures the SGC of the plague, but it costs him his life. Thanks to Gerak's efforts and Orlin's work, a cure is found for everyone else, but Orlin now has brain damage and no memory of who he is and is put in a mental hos
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Hangover_(film_series)
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT- like there were really the four stooges- THE WOLFPACK FOUR
The Hangover is a series of three American comedy films created by Jon Lucas and Scott Moore and directed by Todd Phillips. All three films follows the misadventures of a quartet of friends (also known as "the Wolfpack") who go on their road trip to attend a bachelor party. While all of the films finds three of the four men on their mission to find their missing friend, the first two films focus on the events following a night of debauchery moments before a party in Las Vegas and Bangkok; where as the third and final film involves a road trip and a kidnapping in lieu of a bachelor party.[1]
https://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/Elf_(film)
In the movie Elf, an elf says "Then YES! We elves try to stick to the four main food groups: candy, candy canes, candy corns, and syrup."
https://en.wikiquote.org/wiki/Elf_(film)
In the movie Elf, an elf says "Then YES! We elves try to stick to the four main food groups: candy, candy canes, candy corns, and syrup."
THIS STUFF IS IN MY OVER 50 QMR BOOKS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tragedy
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT- THE GREEKS PLAYS WOULD HAVE THREE TRAGEDIES AND THEN A COMEDY- CALLED A TETRALOGY- Tetra is four
Athenian tragedies were performed in late March/early April at an annual state religious festival in honor of Dionysus. The presentations took the form of a contest between three playwrights, who presented their works on three successive days. Each playwright offered a tetralogy consisting of three tragedies and a concluding comic piece called a satyr play.[33] The four plays sometimes featured linked stories. Only one complete trilogy of tragedies has survived, the Oresteia of Aeschylus. The Greek theatre was in the open air, on the side of a hill, and performances of a trilogy and satyr play probably lasted most of the day. Performances were apparently open to all citizens, including women, but evidence is scant.[citation needed] The theatre of Dionysus at Athens probably held around 12,000 people.[34]
Edwards and the three co-hosts- the fourth was different
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Morning_Edition#Hosts
Bob Edwards, previously a co-host of All Things Considered, hosted Morning Edition beginning with its first episode, a job he initially took on a temporary basis when a shake-up in production and on-air staff occurred ten days before the show's premiere. Edwards was joined by Barbara Hoctor, then of Weekend All Things Considered. Hoctor departed after four months, leaving Edwards as solo host for the next quarter-century. His last day as host was April 30, 2004;[4] this was not due to Edwards retiring, but rather a highly controversial decision from NPR to reassign him as senior correspondent, which resulted in anger and harsh criticism from many listeners.[5][6][7] From May 3, 2004 through November 11, 2016 the show was co-hosted by Steve Inskeep and Renée Montagne, with David Greene joining as co-host in 2012.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Teeth_(film)
FOUR TEENAGERS
Dawn O’Keefe (Jess Weixler) is a teenage spokesperson for a Christian abstinence group called the Promise. She attends groups with her two friends, Alisha (Julia Garro) and Phil (Adam Wagner). One evening after giving a speech about the purity ring worn by members of the group, she is introduced to Tobey (Hale Appleman) and finds him attractive. The four begin going out as a group.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Star_Fox_64
In Star Fox 64 Andross launches an attack across the Lylat system. The Star Fox team, now consisting of four members Fox, Peppy, Falco Lombardi and Slippy Toad have to defeat Andross. While traveling through several planets, including the Lylat system's star, Solar, and the asteroid field Meteo, the team battles with several of Andross' henchmen, including the rival mercenaries, Star Wolf.
Star Fox was one of the most popular games in Nintendo 64.
YOU CHOSE FROM FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genghis_Khan_(video_game)
Genghis Khan, original full title Aoki Ōkami to Shiroki Mejika: Genghis Khan (蒼き狼と白き牝鹿・ジンギスカン?), is a 1987 turn-based strategy game developed by Koei, originally released for the NEC PC-9801,[1] MSX and Sharp X68000 in 1988,[2][3] the DOS and NES in 1990,[4][5] and the Amiga in 1990.[6]
World Conquest, which begins in the year 1206 A.D, is started by choosing the number of players and difficulty. It supports 1-4 players. Players must choose who they want to be; Genghis Khan (Mongols), Alexios I (Byzantine), Richard (England), or Yoritomo (Japan).
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/4_the_People
4 the People is a 2004 Malayalam film directed by Jayaraj. It is the first of a trilogy of films, followed by By the People and ending with Of The People. Bharath, Gopika, Benny Dayal, Kishore, PadmaKumar, Narain, and Pranathi played the lead roles. It was later re-shot with minor alterations in Tamil as 4 Students and remade in Telugu as Yuvasena- 4 the people. The music of the film was trendsetting and most of the songs were chartbusters. The film was an unexpected critical and commercial success and recorded as Blockbuster at the box-office after comparison with its budget and gross.
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Cast
3 Songs
4 Release
5 References
6 External links
Plot[edit]
Vivek (Bharath), Aravind (Arun), Eshwar (Arjun Bose) and Shafeek (Padma Kumar) are four angry engineering students who cannot stand the corruption in society. They take the law into their own hands and they form the secretive clique called 4 The People (their dress code is black and everything about them is black) that takes out corrupt officials. They have a website where the public can lodge their complaints. Soon the police are on their track. A young cop (Narain) is in hot pursuit of the gang. In a racy climax the foursome attempt to kill the Minister but fail. Seeing the brutality of the police the students come to the support of the foursome. One of the students kills the minister and is joined by three more students. They escape due to the support of students. The revolution continues.
FOUR JAPANESE SHIPS WERE TAKEN DOWN THE FOURTH WAS DIFFERENT AND IT WAS KNOWN AS THE MIRACLE OF MIDWAY BECAUSE THE PLANES THAT SHOT THEM DOWN MIRACULOUSLY DID SO
Battle the Midway was an early video game that involved you using cross hairs of your periscope to shoot ships. The cross hairs looked like a quadrant. The game was basically a quadrant aiming at ships
In the actual battle of midway in WW2- FOUR Japanese ships were sunk in a quadrant pattern with the fourth being different and it was considered a miracle because the planes that hit them was lost in clouds
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Land_of_Oz
Oz consists of four vast quadrants, the North, South, East and West, each of which has its own ruler, sometimes a witch or sorcerer. However, the realm itself has always been ruled by one official dominant monarch, who represents the entire country as a whole.
Oz is roughly rectangular in shape, and divided along the diagonals into four countries: Munchkin Country (but commonly referred to as 'Munchkinland' in adaptations) in the East, Winkie Country in the West (sometimes West and East are reversed on maps of Oz, see West and East below), Gillikin Country in the North, and Quadling Country in the South. In the center of Oz, where the diagonals cross, is the fabled Emerald City, capital of the land of Oz and seat to the monarch of Oz, Princess Ozma.[7]
The Royal Flag of Oz is based on the map of the Land of Oz; the four colors represent the four countries, and the green star represents the Emerald City.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Silver_Screen_Partners
Silver Screen Partners refers to four limited partnerships organized as an alternative funding source for movies. The managing general partner for the partnerships was Silver Screen Management, Inc.[1]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Duet_for_Four
Duet for Four is a 1982 film directed by Tim Burstall.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1016301/plotsummary?ref_=tt_ov_pl
Four mathematicians who do not know each other are invited by a mysterious host on the pretext of resolving a great enigma. The room in which they find themselves turns out to be a shrinking room that will crush them if they do not discover in time what connects them all and why someone might wish to murder them.
- Written by Luis Piedrahita & Rodrigo Sopeña
After resolving a test with a sequence of numbers, four mathematicians are challenged by a mysterious man called Fermat to meet in an isolated place to resolve the greatest enigma ever. Each one receives a code name - Hilbert, Pascal, Galois and Oliva - and heads to a barn on an island. Inside the barn, they find a comfortable room, and soon their host arrives. They have dinner together and Fermat receives a phone call from the hospital, where his daughter in interned in coma. He asks to leave the place for one hour; however after his departure, the quartet finds that they are locked in the room. They receive a phone call with a mathematical riddle and given one minute to reply; soon they find that if they do not find the answer to the questions, the walls move and the room shrinks, pressed in by four Poseidon hydraulic presses. While responding the questions, they try to find Fermat's motive - why they have been gathered together to be killed.
http://www.sprawls.org/ppmi2/FILMSEN/
http://www.sprawls.org/ppmi2/FILMSEN/FILMSEN06.jpg
Radiographic film is generally developed in an automatic processor. A schematic of a typical processor is shown below. The four components correspond to the four steps in film processing. In a conventional processor, the film is in the developer for 20 to 25 seconds. All four steps require a total of 90 seconds.
http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/FourManBand
The Four Man Band is a primarily comedic group, designed for a sitcom or domcom. The four distinct personalities are specifically designed to play off each other so that whatever happens that day, Hilarity Ensues.
Please note that the Four-Man Band does not include The Hero. The focus is evenly spread among them. If there is a Main Character (rare) he can easily be any one of the Band, or the focus can just be switched between episodes to different characters. Even the four roles can be shuffled around a little.
Compare and contrast Four-Temperament Ensemble. The band most commonly includes:
Only Sane Man - Or maybe just the guy who comes the closest to being sane most often. Every zany gang must have a Straight Man, and the other three leads have to share one. While his (or her, although the role is usually male) friends act out, the Normal Guy's role is to Lampshade and be embarrassed by their behaviour. He will be more successful with the opposite sex than his friends, notably The Pervert.
The Smart Guy - More intelligent than his friends. This variant is primarily geared towards Lampshading the relative stupidity of the others and being humiliated for his arrogance. Alternatively he may be a Mad Scientist type, with insane inventions.
The Pervert - This guy has a perverted mind. He usually takes one of two common forms - the Loveable Sex Maniac whose high sex drive is his most memorable trait, or the Comedic Sociopath, who has bursts of hilarious violence. In lighter examples, certain concepts may be Played for Laughs, whereas in darker examples the character may draw on Black Comedy Rape.
The Butt Monkey - A character who serves as a target for the others' jokes. There are a few tropes that could make the Band's Butt Monkey; The Ditz, the Extreme Doormat or others. This member has remarkably less charisma than his friends or is a better target for jokes. The others will pick on him frequently and make him the target of practical jokes. Sometimes, however, this character may get one over on his bandmates, and this will thoroughly humiliate the others.
Compare Comic Trio (where The Pervert leads, The Butt Monkey goes along with him, and The Only Sane Man complains but is ignored).
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1356996/
Examines the popularity of endurance sports and profiles four everyday individuals - cancer survivor, blind senior citizen and twin sisters - who compete in marathons and triathlons and are redefining what it means to be an 'athlete'.
FOUR GIRLS WHO DO THE FOUR BY 100 RACE
MOVIE FAST GIRLS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fast_Girls
Casting was conducted in Regent's Park in London, where producer Damian Jones and first time movie director Regan Hall chose the four actresses who would become the 4×100 metre relay team in the film. The aim was to find actresses who would be believable on screen as athletes.
LOOK HOW IN THE MOVIE THEY ARE ON FLOOR FOUR- IN DUMB AND DUMBER THEY STAYED IN ROOM FOUR IN THE GREEN MILE HE STAYED IN CELL FOUR
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wsI8UES59TM
Quadrant
http://self.gutenberg.org/articles/shadowgate_64:_trials_of_the_four_towers
Shadowgate 64: Trials of the Four Towers is a 1999 adventure game for the Nintendo 64 developed by Infinite Ventures and published by Kemco. It's a sequel to Shadowgate.
The game takes place centuries after the first Shadowgate where Lord Jair defeated Warlock, and claimed his position to the throne. However, as the time passed the kingdom started rotting into a gathering for thieves, bandits and other evil beings. The player takes the role of the mostly unseen Del Cottonwood, a halfling who traveled in a caravan but was imprisoned by the bandits when crossing Shadowgate while his traveling partners were murdered.
While in prison, Del finds a way to break free and embark on a quest that takes him through the Four Towers. Each one contains a different task Del must complete to proceed. Del utilizes books and the help of ghosts of deceased town members to learn the story of Shadowgate. Between his trials of the towers, Del explores the bleak and desolate castle town. Doing odd-jobs for the few villagers left, Del gains access to other towers and new areas; he even is offered a way out of the castle walls, but declines.
Eventually, Del learns from Lakmir that Belzar, one of Lakmir's students, is trying to resurrect the Warlock Lord. Belzar believes he has found the legendary Staff of Ages, but what he has found is in fact the uncontrollable Staff of Thunder. Through the trial of the four towers, Del manages to get his hands on the real Staff of Ages, and uses a Dragon's Eye to activate the Staff of Thunder in an attempt to foil the Warlock Lord's resurrection. The plan is only partly successful, killing Belzar and destroying most of Shadowgate, but the evil sorcerer is still revived. Using the Staff of Ages, Del is able to invoke Jair's spirit to strike the final blow to the evil sorcerer and destroy him once and for all. Afterwards, Del is whisked away on a dragon's back towards new adventures.
FOUR JOURNALISTS/PANELISTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Chris_Matthews_Show
Chris Matthews served as the program’s moderator and was joined each week by a rotating group of four journalists. Either Andrea Mitchell or Chuck Todd, both of NBC News, would occasionally sit in for him.
Each 30-minute program featured an opening roundtable-style discussion segment, usually on a major news story of the week; a second discussion segment often focusing on presidential politics and occasionally on cultural topics; a third segment called “Tell Me Something I Don't Know,” where the four panelists reported to Matthews new information they had gleaned from their reporting.
During the program, Matthews would “take a look at the Matthews Meter,” a survey taken by twelve of the show’s regular panelists. The question would generally be of the yes/no variety, such as “Who stands to be the better debater, President Obama or Mitt Romney?”
In 2007, the show introduced the segment “The Big Question,” in which Matthews asked the four panelists a Matthews-meter-type question. This segment closed the show.
FOUR MEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aithe
Irfan Khan (Pavan Malhotra) is a key mafia affiliate in Mumbai. Khan is on the wanted list of criminals in Hyderabad with a bounty of 50 lakhs. Aiming to migrate to Dubai so that he could remotely control the operations in Mumbai, Khan devised a plan of hijacking a domestic plane from Hyderabad to Kathmandu. His plan consisted of getting four of his own men to hijack a domestic flight from Hyderabad to Kathmandu (destined for Mumbai) in which he is a passenger. The Home Minister of Maharashtra (Narsing Yadav) is also in the flight, and the four men are to release all the passengers and concentrate on the Home Minister. From Kathmandu, he planned to go to Dubai.
For the hijack operation, he organised a group of four intelligent men who were in dire need for money and who do not have a criminal record. The audience is made to believe in the beginning that the four central characters are these four men, but in fact they kidnap Khan before the flight takes off, aiming to get the prize money.
They hide Khan in a forest and call the Assistant Commissioner of Police, who is a double agent for the mafia. When the ACP does not yield (as he wants them to release Khan), one of the four, Kumar (Shashank), does a deal with the Mafia and obtains a bag with two crores. However, the bag in which the money is kept in has a bomb in it. When Kumar tells the others that he has done this, they back out, and he also joins with them, just in time.
Meanwhile, Khan's assistant, Musharraf (Veerendra Chowhan), comes and takes Khan from the forest, but is stopped by IB agent Zaheer Khan (Sivaji Raja), who has been following the four men and Musharraf all throughout the movie.
Finally, the four friends come back to their house. They find a bag, which they had lost previously. With that they find a note from Zaheer explaining everything. The bag also has, to their joy, their prize money.
FOUR TOURS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Sniper
American Sniper is a 2014 American biographical war drama film[6] directed by Clint Eastwood and written by Jason Hall. It is loosely based on the memoir American Sniper: The Autobiography of the Most Lethal Sniper in U.S. Military History (2012) by Chris Kyle, with Scott McEwen and Jim DeFelice. The film follows the life of Kyle, who became the deadliest marksman in U.S. military history with 255 kills from four tours in the Iraq War, 160 of which were officially confirmed by the Department of Defense.[7] While Kyle was celebrated for his military successes, his tours of duty took a heavy toll on his personal and family life. The film was produced by Eastwood, Robert Lorenz, Andrew Lazar, Bradley Cooper, and Peter Morgan. It stars Bradley Cooper as Kyle and Sienna Miller as his wife Taya, with Luke Grimes, Jake McDorman, Cory Hardrict, Kevin Lacz, Navid Negahban, and Keir O'Donnell in supporting roles.
PLAY AS ONE OF FOUR HORSEMEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Darksiders
Darksiders is an action role-playing hack and slash video game developed by Vigil Games and published by THQ. The game takes its inspiration from the apocalypse, with the player taking the role of War, one of the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse. The game was released for the PlayStation 3 and Xbox 360 on January 5, 2010 in North America, January 7, 2010 in Australia, January 8, 2010 in Europe and March 18, 2010 in Japan. The Windows version was released in North America and Australia on September 23, 2010 and in Europe September 24, 2010. A parallel sequel, Darksiders II, was released on August 14, 2012.
TRAVEL TO FOUR LOCATIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Journeys_into_the_Ring_of_Fire
Journeys into the Ring of Fire is BBC documentary series that first aired in 2006 on BBC One and has subsequently been rerun several times on BBC Four.[1] In this series of four programmes, presenter geologist Professor Iain Stewart travels to four locations on the Pacific Rim to discover how geology has shaped human history and culture in these regions. The series was produced by Jeremy Phillips and was a BBC and Science Channel co-production.
Episodes[edit]
No. Title Producer Original air date (UK)
1[2] Indonesia Charles Colville 5 September 2006
2[3] California Nigel Walk 12 September 2006
3[4] Peru Arif Nurmohamed 19 September 2006
4[5] Japan Charles Colville 26 September 2006
TRAVEL TO FOUR LOCATIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Journeys_into_the_Ring_of_Fire
Journeys into the Ring of Fire is BBC documentary series that first aired in 2006 on BBC One and has subsequently been rerun several times on BBC Four.[1] In this series of four programmes, presenter geologist Professor Iain Stewart travels to four locations on the Pacific Rim to discover how geology has shaped human history and culture in these regions. The series was produced by Jeremy Phillips and was a BBC and Science Channel co-production.
Episodes[edit]
No. Title Producer Original air date (UK)
1[2] Indonesia Charles Colville 5 September 2006
2[3] California Nigel Walk 12 September 2006
3[4] Peru Arif Nurmohamed 19 September 2006
4[5] Japan Charles Colville 26 September 2006
Four Loves
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Loves
Four Loves is a 1965 Taiwanese film directed by Li Hsing, based on Chiung Yao's 1964 novelette Wan-chun's Three Loves. This was the first ever film based on Chiung Yao's fiction.
FOUR PARTS FOUR CHAPTERS
http://www.rense.com/general7/alchemkubrick.htm
The next shot in the film is a sunrise taken from down on the surface of the earth. Where are we and when are we? Kubrick answers the question with a subtitle: The Dawn of Man. This is the first of four chapters in the film.
http://www.rense.com/general7/alchemkubrick.htm
In alchemy the process of transmutation of the spirit goes through four stages or realms. Kubrick also breaks the film into the four aspects. In the 'green language' or the 'language of the birds' of alchemy, many of the messages and writings can be broken down into this type of four-part transmission. The quatrains of Nostradamus, the inscription on the mysterious cross at Hendaye, and many other examples show that this secret alchemical language unfolds this way for a reason. This is the first of four parts in the film. Each one will expand out into more vast realms that mirror those of alchemy and the Great Work.
Now the film takes another dramatic shift. We are in the third chapter. It's title: The Discovery Mission to Jupiter - 18 months later. Three of the four chapter ends with the influence of this mysterious stone as the point of redirection. Not just for the storyline, but for the entire race of humanity also. This third part of the film is the longest of the four chapters. It is also the one that is most involved with actually telling a story in the way that Hollywood prefers. This is the Discovery Mission to Jupiter. Inexplicably we are on this ship with two live astronauts, and three others, who are in frozen hibernation. The astronauts, Poole and Bowman, are even more lifeless and soulless than the people in the previous scene. Again there is no nature anywhere. No plants, no animals, just two banal astronauts who go about their chores servicing the ship, playing chess and shadow boxing. But there is another one on board the ship. This character actually seems to have a soul, or at least the beginnings of one. He is, of course, the onboard computer that runs the entire ship - HAL. As humanity has acquired more and more technology it has lost more and more of it's soul. Here in this lonely spaceship, at the outer edge of human experience, the occupants appear to have completely lost their souls. Conversely, the machine that they built, and which they allow to run their entire lives, has begun to wake up to consciousness. It is beginning to question the reasons for it's existence and the mission, which is something that neither of the two astronauts ever does. HAL, the computer, is slowly developing a kind of soul. This is another one of those delicious Stanley Kubrick reversals. As one thing begins to die - it finds life somewhere else - sometimes in the most ironic of circumstances. The soul of man, if allowed to continue on its present course will eventually be snuffed out, probably by the machines. Just as the apemen would have become extinct had they continued on their course.
Chapter four begins with the ominous, psychedelic music of Gyorgy Ligeti's 'Atmospheres'. We are deep in space now. Again the entire ordeal of the astronaut Bowman, and what he must have had to go through, all alone, in the depths of space, after the death of Poole and the other three astronauts, is dispensed with as being unimportant.
Also extremely interesting is the use of the Kabbala in the film. As said before there are four great realms within the Tree of Life . Kubrick reflects these realms with each of the four chapters in 2001. The first is the earthly realm, represented by Malkuth, which is the sephireh located at the very bottom of the Tree of Life. This is the realm of the kingdom, or of mankind. The second realm up is that of the moon, or the sephireh Yesod. The third realm is that of the sun, or the sephireh named Tiperoth, and the final realm of the Tree of Life is that of the ultimate being or consciousness, represented by the sephireh named Kether.
Like all great alchemical works the film 2001 is broken up into four chapters. The first, the apeman sequence, is the only episode to take place on the planet earth. This would represent the realm of the Earth, or Malkuth, according to the Kabbala. The second chapter takes place off of the Earth, with Heywood Floyd going to the moon. It finally climaxes on the very surface of the moon. This chapter represents Yesod in the Tree of Life, or the realm of the Moon. The third chapter which is about the mission to Jupiter is a little more tricky. In order to understand the Kabbalic significance of this sequence it is important to understand, that in the original script, by Arthur C. Clarke and Kubrick, the space craft Discovery was heading towards the planet Saturn, and not Jupiter. As stated earlier, Kubrick was forced to switch to Jupiter because the rings of Saturn proved too difficult. The Special Effects department couldn't make them realistic enough. In the original script the planet was Saturn. This is very important because in the Kabbala, one can switch places between the Sun, or Tiperoth, and Saturn. In other words Saturn can be used as a symbolic representation of the Sun. Is it a coincidence that this third chapter, which was originally intended to be about a voyage to Saturn, is also about the third realm of the Kabbala - Tiperoth? When one considers this switch is allowed in the rules of the Kabbala this sequence comes to represent the third realm of the Tree of Life.
In Mystery of the Cathedrals Fulcanelli points out quite clearly - once one understands the key, that this fourth realm of the Tree of Life is physically represented by the very center of our galaxy, the Milky Way. The four spheres are thus, the Earth, Moon, Sun and Galaxy. In the final sequence of the film, Kubrick very consciously shows a galaxy. It is expanding and growing like an organism. Kubrick has brought the viewer of the film through the four realms of the Tree of Life, all brilliantly evoked in the right pattern with enough intricate knowledge of the Kabbala to give one a long pause for consideration. It certainly seems that someone was aware of the Kabbala in the making of this film.
In the end, Kubrick is saying that Bowman has been the lead shaman for humanity. He has passed through the four realms and he now knows the truth about existence. He realizes that life would be completely meaningless if it were not for the intervention of the monolith, or the stone. He realizes that he himself could not be transformed without the assistance of an outside intelligence - a God - if you will. This supposedly atheist film director has made the ultimate religious movie. It single handedly outdoes all of Hollywood's wooden, superficial homage's to the spirit and religion. Kubrick is taking this religion very seriously and he conveys that in every way. Kubrick has simultaneously taken the viewer through the history of humanity, through the realms of the Tree of Life, or the Kabbala, he has shown that the transmutation of the human species is created by the intervention of a single, black stone, he has revealed that this transformation can only take place when certain celestial, magical alignments are happening. Furthermore he takes the viewer on a shamanic journey that reveals the great secrets - in a hidden way - to the viewer.
Kubrick transformed the entire baby boomer generation. He opened up vistas in the mind for them that had never been seen before. Furthermore he gave an important spiritual context to his visions so that they made sense instead of just being mindless hallucinations that went nowhere. Everyone sensed that the movie was saying something of immense importance.
Finally we get to Kubrick's ultimate trick. He proves that he knows exactly what he is doing with this trick. His secret is in plain sight. First one must remember that everytime the monolith, the magical stone, appears in the film there is a strange beautiful celestial alignment occurring. And one must remember that every celestial alignment in the film is followed by a monolith, that is, except for one. That would be the lunar eclipse that occurs at the very beginning of the film. So the question arises - if we are to stay within the rules that are prescribed in the rest of the film - where is the monolith that is supposed to follow that first alignment? The monolith itself doesn't show up in the film for ten more minutes after that first celestial alignment, so what gives here? Is Kubrick just showing off his incredible special effects? Is it just there to impress the viewer from the beginning? These things may very well also be true, but the ultimate trick of Kubrick's is embedded in the idea that the monolith must appear after every one of these magical alignments. Once again, the secret of the film is completely revealed from the beginning. There is a monolith that appears right after the opening sequence with the magical, lunar eclipse. But where is it? It is right in front of the viewer's eyes! The film is the monolith. In a secret that seems to never have been seen by anyone - the monolith in the film has the same exact dimensions as the Cinerama movie screen on which 2001 was projected in 1968. This can only be seen if one sees the film in it's wide-screen format. Completely hidden, from critic and fan alike, is the fact that Kubrick consciously designed his film to be the monolith, the stone that transforms. Like the monolith, the film projects images into our heads that make us consider wider possibilities and ideas. Like the monolith, the film ultimately presents an initiation, not just of the actor on the screen, but also of the audience viewing the film. That is Kubrick's ultimate trick. He slyly shows here that he knows what he is doing at every step in the process. The monolith and the movie are the same thing.
BIG FOUR AS OPPOSED TO BIG 3- FOURTH ALWAYS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Big_Three_television_networks
Of the four original networks, only DuMont did not have a corresponding radio network. Conversely, the fourth major radio network of the era, the Mutual Broadcasting System, never attempted to enter television (its component stations did launch television outlets in their home cities, but they never formed a network), nor did it pursue any sort of affiliation with its television-only counterpart, DuMont.
A viable fourth television network in the commercial sense would not again become competitive with the Big Three until Fox was founded in October 1986 (from some of the assets/remnants of the DuMont network, which became Metromedia after DuMont folded, and were acquired by News Corporation earlier in 1986[6]). Fox, which began as a distant fourth network, leapfrogged into major network status in 1994 after must-carry rules took effect; the rules allowed Fox affiliates to force their way onto cable lineups, and the network's affiliation deal with New World Communications (which it later purchased in 1996) and the acquisition of National Football League broadcast rights brought a wave of new Fox affiliates. Since its founding, Fox has surpassed ABC and NBC in the ratings during the early primetime hours in which it competes against the longer established networks, becoming the second most-watched network behind CBS during the 2000s. During the 2007-08 season, Fox was the highest-rated of the major broadcast networks (as well as the first non-Big Three network to reach first place), but lost the spot in the 2008-09 season and dropped to a close second. From 2004 to 2012, Fox also dominated U.S. television in the lucrative and viewer-rich 18-49 demographics, in large part due to the success of its NFL coverage and its top rated prime time program, American Idol.
Although Fox has firmly established itself as the nation's fourth major network with its ratings success, it is not considered part of the Big Three. Among Fox's differences with the Big Three is its weekday programming, which lacks national morning and evening news programs (Fox has its news division, consists of cable and radio operations, but does not provide content for the broadcast television network other than a weekly news analysis program, limited special breaking news reports and an affiliate news service for its stations called Fox News Edge), daytime programming, a third hour of primetime, late-night talk shows, and Saturday morning children's programming (although Fox had an extensive lineup of children's programs throughout the 1990s before selling its children's division to The Walt Disney Company in 2001 as part of its sale of cable network Fox Family Channel, after which 4Kids Entertainment supplied the network's children's lineup until 2009). Local affiliates either produce their own programming during these times or run syndicated shows. Fox is also the only one of the four major networks to include a regular block of infomercials on its lineup, via the Weekend Marketplace Saturday morning block. However, given the network's success in its prime time and sports offerings, it has been occasionally included with the Big Three, in which case the phrase "Big Four" is used.
THIS IS A CHIASMUS
https://www.facebook.com/latterdaychiasmus/
"[T]he Lord revealed to me, just as plainly as the sun at noon day, this principle, which I put in a couplet: 'As man now is, God once was; As God now is, man may be.'" --Lorenzo Snow (Teachings, 2)
THE FOUR TRACKS ARE A THREE PLUS ONE PATTERN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CinemaScope
However, Hazard E. Reeves' sound company had devised a method of coating 35mm stock with magnetic stripes and designed a 3-channel (left, center, right) system based on three .063" (1.6mm) wide stripes, one on each edge of the film outside the perforations, and one between the picture and the perforations in approximately the position of a standard optical soundtrack. Later it was found possible to add a narrower .029" (0.74 mm) stripe between the picture and perforations on the other side of the film; this fourth track was used for a surround channel, also sometimes known at the time as an "effects" channel. In order to avoid hiss on the surround/effects channel from distracting the audience the surround speakers were switched on by a 12 kHz tone recorded on the surround track only while wanted surround program material was present.[6]
This 4-track magnetic sound system was also used for some non-CinemaScope films; for example Fantasia was re-released in 1956, 1963, and 1969 with the original Fantasound track transferred to 4-track magnetic.
FOUR JUDGES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Iron_Chef_America_episodes
^58 There were four judges for this episode, thus a maximum possible score of 80.
^59 Anne Burrell previously served as one of Mario Batali's sous chefs and hosts the Food Network show "Secrets of a Restaurant Chef".
^60 Iron Chef Cat Cora along with Paula Deen previously defeated Chef Robert Irvine along with Chef Tyler Florence in Battle Sugar.
^61 Chuck Hughes is the host of the Cooking Channel's "Chuck's Day Off".
^62 There were four judges for this episode, thus a maximum possible score of 80.
^63 Chef Medina's sous chef, J.C. Pavlovich, previously served as a sous chef for Iron Chef Bobby Flay in multiple battles.
^64 There were four judges for this episode, thus a maximum possible score of 80.
^65 At age 24, Hearst is the youngest challenger in series history.
^66 There were four judges for this episode, thus a maximum possible score of 80.
^67 Iron Chef Jose Garces was the first to receive a perfect score.
^68 There were four judges for this episode, thus a maximum possible score of 80.
HUMAN TETRIS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hole_in_the_Wall_(U.S._game_show)
The first version aired on the Fox television network from 2008 to 2009. The show was an adaptation of the Japanese game Nōkabe (脳カベ) (meaning Brain Wall, nicknamed by YouTube fans as "Human Tetris")[1] in which players must contort themselves to fit through cutouts in a large 13 feet (4.0 m) by 7.5 feet (2.3 m) Styrofoam wall moving towards them on a 50 feet (15 m) track. FremantleMedia North America produced the series. Brooke Burns and Fox announcer Mark Thompson were the hosts of this version. On May 20, 2008, Fox announced that it would commission 13 hours of Hole in the Wall from FremantleMedia North America. According to a Hollywood Reporter report, these hours could be split and aired as 26 episodes. Production began July 13, 2008 at CBS Studios-Radford. On March 17, 2009, Fox pulled the series again, replacing it with reruns of King of the Hill and American Dad!.[2] The program's cancellation was announced in May 2009.[3]
FOUR GAMES FOUR CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jumble_(game_show)
Wink Martindale and Bill Hillier created and produced four "interactive" games for FAM, Jumble being the last of the four. The other three were Trivial Pursuit, Boggle, and Shuffle. Wink and Randy were the host-announcer tandem for all four.
Jumble replaced Shuffle on the FAM lineup. Jumble had many similarities to Boggle and Shuffle; each show was played in a similar manner, and used the same theme song and sound effects. The three shows even used the same set; each show used most of the same set pieces, redone to give each show a distinct look.
Jumble started with four contestants. Each contestant had a telephone keypad built into their podium. To start, contestants were given a scrambled word. Wink would read a clue to the word, and the contestants had 10 seconds to unscramble the word. They did this by pressing the buttons on their keypad corresponding to the letters of the word. For example, if the scrambled word was "MAS", and the clue was "America's Uncle", contestants would push 7-2-6 to spell "S-A-M". Contestants would get points depending on how quickly they punched in the right answer, starting at 1,000 and counting down as time went on.
After each word was revealed, some letters of the word would be circled. When four words have been played, the circled letters would be shown again, along with a cartoon with a caption. Contestants would have 10 seconds to unscramble the circled word, which would fit into a humorous phrase related to the caption & illustration. For example, if the caption was "You need this to play tennis", the phrase was "A lot of ____", and the letters were "TSUG", the correct answer would be "A lot of GUTS".
TWO PLUS TWO IS FIVE
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2_%2B_2_%3D_5
In politics[edit]
In presidential debates prior to the 2009 Iranian presidential elections, reformist candidate Mir Hossein Mousavi accused his interlocutor, president Ahmadinejad, of being illogical and said: "If you ask (the president) what two by two makes he would answer five." In the following days, one of the slogans chanted by Mousavi's supporters was "two by two makes five!"
Media critic Andrew Keen uses the phrase in his 2007 critique of Wikipedia's policy to let anyone edit. He believes, along with Marshall Poe, that this leads to an encyclopedia of common knowledge, not expert knowledge. He believes the "wisdom of the crowd" will distort truth.[22]
Cultural references[edit]
In Ayn Rand's Atlas Shrugged (1957),[23] the hero John Galt posits that "the noblest act you have ever performed is the act of your mind in the process of grasping that two and two make four".
Popular English alternative rock band Radiohead used the slogan as the title for the opening track on their 6th studio album Hail to the Thief (2003).[24]
In the Star Trek: The Next Generation episode "Chain of Command, Part II" (1992), Captain Picard is tortured by a Cardassian in a manner similar to the torture of Winston Smith by O'Brien from Nineteen Eighty-Four. During the episode, the Cardassian officer tries to coerce Picard to admit seeing five lights when in fact there were only four. Picard valiantly sticks to reality. Near the end when Picard is about to be brought back to his crew, he defiantly declares, once again, "There!...Are!...Four!...Lights!". However, later in a counseling session with Troi, Picard admits that he believed he did see five lights at the end.[25][26]
In Iranian short film Two & Two (2011) teacher in authoritarian school uses "2 + 2 = 5" as tool to instill conformity.[27]
In the video game Metal Gear Solid V: The Phantom Pain, the character Ocelot will repeat "2 + 2 = 5," as one of a few phrases he says after telling the player he has received drug resistance training. This is a reference to Ocelot's own doublethink during the game.[28]
In the video game Orwell, the achievement '2+2=5' is unlocked for ensuring the public acceptance of the Orwell surveillance system and the eradication of Thought, a prominent anti - government movement, therefore ensuring the continued and total control of The Nation's totalitarian government.
In the Sesame Street Pitch Reel, a Muppet character, in the name of "Scoop" suggests the title of the new children's educational television show to be the "Two and Two Are Five Show", but one of the Muppets rejects the title by saying "This is supposed to be an educational show, two plus two don't make five!" So, he changes the name of the new show to "The Two and Two Ain't Five Show."
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Arthur_Murray_Party
The Arthur Murray Party is notable for being one of the few TV series—the others were Down You Go; The Ernie Kovacs Show; Pantomime Quiz; Tom Corbett, Space Cadet; and The Original Amateur Hour—broadcast on all four major commercial networks in the 1950s during the Golden Age of Television. It may, in fact, be the only series which had a run on all four networks at least twice.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four-document_hypothesis
A four-document hypothesis or four-source hypothesis is an explanation for the relationship between the three Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke. It posits that there were at least four sources to the Gospel of Matthew and the Gospel of Luke: the Gospel of Mark, and three lost sources: Q, M-Source, and L source. It was proposed by Burnett Hillman Streeter in 1924, who refined the two-source hypothesis into a four-source hypothesis.[1]
WHAT MAKES A FOUR-QUADRANT FILM? 10 ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS
20120213FilmDemographicQuadrants
Star Wars, The Wizard of Oz, Mrs. Doubtfire, Avatar, Independence Day, Despicable Me, Super 8, Indiana Jones, Harry Potter, Superman, Jurassic Park, The Santa Clause, The Blind Side, Enchanted, The Hunger Games, Kindergarten Cop.
All of those films fall under a creative executive’s definition of a four-quadrant family film. When some people think of family films, they’re likely to conjure up G-rated fare like Bambi. But family entertainment has evolved tremendously in the last several decades. Along with societal changes have come major changes in what people see today as “family entertainment” and what Hollywood sees as a “four-quadrant” movie, meaning one that appeals equally to all four demographics: young and old, male and female.
And because, understandably, those films continue to be by far the most profitable and stable, Hollywood is chasing them now more than ever. A four-quadrant hit is what every executive dreams about every time their head hits the pillow. They are the Holy Grail, the sweet spot and the homecoming queen all wrapped into one.
So, for us writers, just what does today’s four-quadrant film look like? Being a lifelong fan of such movies, and through years of experience as both a writer and middle grades teacher, I’ve spent a lot of time analyzing this question. So briefly, and with the caveat that there are always exceptions, I modestly present this list of the ten key elements of a four-quadrant film:
A “high-concept” premise. Whether it’s a superhero’s adventures, an amazing fantasy, a sci-fi quest , or a compelling true story, four-quadrant films live in this realm: an irresistible story idea that can be grasped in one or two sentences.
Heroes and villains. That doesn’t mean heroes are flawless or villains can’t have a sad backstory, but concrete-thinking kids struggle with too much complexity in characters. You have to find the balance.
Plots filled with EMOTION, ACTION and DANGER; and yes, that probably means violence and/or death. The trick is to find the right edge without crossing into inappropriate territory. And thus comes another potential shocker…
Chuck the G-rating! Unless it’s animated, nothing is perceived as more boring to the moviegoing kid than a G-rated movie. The film must have enough edge to go beyond, but again, not too far.
Theme. Kids and adults both like a story that says something and has genuine resonance, whether they can articulate it or not.
Humor. Comic moments always enhance enjoyment, no matter how serious the story might be.
Kids in lead or major supporting roles. Including kids of course targets the “young” quadrant but also adds new levels of dramatic tension and/or comedy for adults. And let’s dump that “child protagonists can’t carry a film” idea for good! Harry Potter, E.T., Super 8, The Wizard of Oz and more say otherwise.
A-List stars in some roles. Stars still open movies, particularly with the right packaging.
Hints of romance. Except for the rare, truly committed misanthrope, everyone responds to a well-done love story; it’s universal. Even 9-10 year-olds (particularly girls) enjoy a bit of titillation here, and the adult quadrants love it, but again, striking the right balance re tone and content is important. Stop at innuendo and kissing.
“Big-budget” not necessary; in fact, five of the above films were made for $50 million or less, and three of those for under $30 million.
From guest blogger Lee Tidball.
Lee Tidball is an optioned, represented screenwriter, novelist, and former middle-grades (4th-6th) teacher who has written numerous screenplays, TV pilots, and novels in the 4-quadrant, family genre. Many have won various awards and recognitions in screenwriting and novel-writing competitions for family films and YA novels. You can find out more about Lee at his website, Mr. T’s Movie Club (www.leetidball.com) where he regularly reviews 4-quadrant family films, his Amazon author page
(www.amazon.com/author/leetidball), or on Facebook, Twitter, and Tumblr.
Lee Tidball – Writer – News, views, reviews and more from award-winning screenwriter and best-selling author Lee Tidball
Lee Tidball – Writer News, views, reviews and more from award-winning screenwriter and best-selling author Lee Tidball Here’s how to get around… – For the latest news and the latest movie review(s) I’ve posted, look for links under the “Recent Posts” section of the sidebar menu. – For the entire arc...
LEETIDBALL.COM
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sprint_(running)
In Track there are four sprint races- olympics
Common contemporary distances[edit]
60 m[edit]
The 60 metres is normally run indoors, on a straight section of an indoor athletic track. Since races at this distance can last around six or seven seconds, having good reflexes and thus getting off to a quick start is more vital in this race than any other.
This is roughly the distance required for a human to reach maximum speed and can be run with one breath. It is popular for training and testing in other sports (e.g., speed testing for American football, although 40 yards is more common there).
The world record in this event is held by American sprinter Maurice Greene with a time of 6.39 seconds.
60-metres is used as an outdoor distance by younger athletes when starting sprint racing.
Note: Indoor distances are less standardized as many facilities run shorter or occasionally longer distances depending on available space. 60m is the championship distance.
100 m[edit]
Tyson Gay completes a 100m race
The 100 metres sprint takes place on one length of the home straight of a standard outdoor 400 m track. Often, the world-record holder in this race is considered "the world's fastest man/woman." The current world record of 9.58 seconds is held by Usain Bolt of Jamaica and was set on 16 August 2009, at the 2009 World Athletics Championships. The women's world record is 10.49 seconds and was set by Florence Griffith-Joyner.
World class male sprinters (sub 10.10s) need 41 to 50 strides to cover the whole 100 metres distances.[10]
200 m[edit]
The 200 metres begins on the curve of a standard track (where the runners are staggered in their starting position, to ensure that they all run the same distance), and ends on the home straight. The ability to "run a good bend" is key at the distance, as a well conditioned runner will typically be able to run 200 m in an average speed higher than their 100 m speed. Usain Bolt, however, ran 200 m in the world-record time of 19.19 sec, an average speed of 10.422 m/s, whereas he ran 100 m in the world-record time of 9.58 sec, an average speed of 10.438 m/s.
Indoors, the race is run as one lap of the track, with only slightly slower times than outdoors.
A slightly shorter race (but run on a straight track), the stadion, was the first recorded event at the ancient Olympic Games and the oldest known formal sports event in history.
A 200 m bend
The world record in this event is 19.19 seconds, held by Usain Bolt and was set on 20 August 2009, at the 2009 World Athletics Championships.
400 m[edit]
The 400 metres is one lap around the track on the inside lane. Runners are staggered in their starting positions to ensure that everyone runs the same distance. While this event is classified as a sprint, there is more scope to use tactics in the race; the fact that 400 m times are considerably more than four times a typical 100 m time demonstrates this.
The world record is currently held by Michael Johnson with a time of 43.18 seconds. The fourth is always different.
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
Pulp Fiction (1994)
8.9/10
The lives of two mob hit men, a boxer, a gangster's wife, and a pair of diner bandits intertwine in four tales of violence and redemption. (154 mins.)
Director: Quentin Tarantino
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tragedy
According to Aristotle, there are four species of tragedy:
1. Complex, which involves Peripety and Discovery
2. Suffering, tragedies of such nature can be seen in the Greek mythological stories of Ajaxes and Ixions
3. Character, a tragedy of moral or ethical character. Tragedies of this nature can be found in Phthiotides and Peleus
4. Spectacle, that of a horror-like theme. Examples of this nature are Phorcides and Prometheus
VIDEO GAME FOUR PLAYERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fighting_Force
Fighting Force is part of the 'beat 'em up' genre. Players control one of four characters as they move through urban and science fiction environments, battling waves of oncoming enemies with weapons ranging from fists and bottles to knives, chairs and guns. The player can make some choices as to which territory to travel through.
The four characters have various reasons for taking on Dr. Dex Zeng, a criminal mastermind with an army at his command who predicted that the world would end in the year 2000. After new years eve 1999, Dr Zeng believed that there was an error preventing the apocalypse, so decides to correct it by destroying the world himself. The action starts with a police cordon around Zeng's office skyscraper, moving to such locales as a shopping mall, subway and Coast Guard base before finally ending at the top of Zeng's island headquarters.
Characters[edit]
A screenshot of Ben "Smasher" Jackson punching a generic enemy
The player or players can choose from a selection of four characters: two men, Hawk Manson (age 26) and Ben "Smasher" Jackson (age 29), and two women, Mace Daniels (age 21) and Alana McKendricks (age 17). Hawk Manson and Mace Daniels are two all-around characters. Hawk is somewhat stronger than Mace who is in turn faster than Hawk. Ben "Smasher" Jackson is a large and slow bruiser capable of lifting and throwing the engines of cars at enemies. Alana McKendricks is a fast but soft-hitting teenager with an effective jump-kick. All four characters have a special move that can be performed with the loss of a portion of health.
THE FOUR DROOGS IN THE SIMPSONS CLOCKWWORK ORANGE
Lone Survivor is a 2013 American war film based on the 2007 non-fiction book of the same name by Marcus Luttrell with Patrick Robinson. Written and directed by Peter Berg, the film stars Mark Wahlberg, Taylor Kitsch, Emile Hirsch, Ben Foster, and Eric Bana. Set during the war in Afghanistan, Lone Survivor dramatizes the unsuccessful United States Navy SEALs counter-insurgent mission Operation Red Wings, during which a four-man SEAL reconnaissance and surveillance team was tasked to track down and kill Taliban leader Ahmad Shah.
THERE IS FOUR MEMBERS THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0163507/
Improvisational comedy competition show in which four members of the regular cast as comedians and often with guest appearances with other comedians and celebrities and members of the audience perform various comic games and sketches.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gilligan%27s_Island
The pilot featured seven characters (as in the series), but only four of the characters — and their associated actors — were carried forward into the series: Gilligan (Denver), the Skipper (Hale), and the two Howells (Backus and Schafer). As it happens, only these four characters/actors were featured in the opening credits used in the pilot, with the remaining three characters only mentioned in the opening theme song as "and the rest".
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR CHARACTERS DENNYS CARTOON
http://s.eatthis-cdn.com/media/images/ext/680950383/Dennys-Cartoon.jpg
http://www.eatthis.com/things-you-dont-know-about-dennys
QUADRANT
http://www.firstshowing.net/2017/watch-first-trailer-for-horror-anthology-xx-directed-by-four-women/
Watch: First Trailer for Horror Anthology 'XX' Directed by Four Women
by Alex Billington
January 11, 2017
Source: YouTube
XX Horror Anthology Trailer
"Four deadly tales by four killer women." Magnolia Pictures has debuted an official trailer for the horror anthology titled XX, featuring four different horror segments directed by four badass women. The film is premiering at the 2017 Sundance Film Festival in just a few weeks in the Park City at Midnight category, and is one of our most anticipated films at the fest. The four segments are: The Birthday Party directed by Annie Clark; Her Only Living Son directed by Karyn Kusama; Don't Fall directed by Roxanne Benjamin; and The Box directed by Jovanka Vuckovic. The various casts include Melanie Lynskey, Sheila Vand, Mike Doyle, Natalie Brown, Angela Trimbur and Kyle Allen. This looks awesome! I'm most excited for The Box segment, but all of these look creepy and fun. Bring on the creative horror. Enjoy!
Here's the first official trailer (+ poster) for all-female horror anthology XX, from Magnolia's YouTube:
XX Poster
XX is a new all-female helmed horror anthology featuring four dark tales written and directed by fiercely talented women: Annie Clark (St. Vincent) rocks her directorial debut with THE BIRTHDAY PARTY; Karyn Kusama (The Invitation, Girlfight) exorcises HER ONLY LIVING SON; Roxanne Benjamin (Southbound) screams DON'T FALL; and Jovanka Vuckovic (The Captured Bird) dares to open THE BOX. Award-winning animator Sofia Carrillo (La Casa Triste) wraps together four suspenseful stories of terror featuring a cast including Natalie Brown, Melanie Lynskey, Breeda Wool and Christina Kirk. XX features four different horror segments written and directed by filmmakers Annie Clark, Karyn Kusama, Roxanne Benjamin, and Jovanka Vuckovic. The film is premiering at Midnight at the 2017 Sundance Film Festival this month. Magnolia will then open XX in select theaters + on VOD starting on February 17th this winter.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Immoral_Tales_(film)
Immoral Tales (French: Contes immoraux) is a 1973 French anthology film directed by Walerian Borowczyk. The film was Borowczyk's most sexually explicit at the time.[1] The film is split into four erotic-themed stories that involve the loss of virginity, masturbation, bloodlust and incest.[1]
After the release of Immoral Tales, Borowczyk began to fall out of favor with film critics. Modern critical reception to the film is that it is not one of Borowczyk's strongest works.
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Production
3 Release
4 Reception
5 See also
6 Notes
6.1 References
7 External links
Plot[edit]
The film is separated into four stories. The first story involves André (Fabrice Luchini) who takes his 16-year-old cousin (played by Lise Danvers) to the beach to perform fellatio on him in tune to the waves of the incoming tide. The second story is titled Thérése Philosophe and involves a teenage country girl (Charlotte Alexandra) who intermingles sexual desires in her imagination with her dedication to Christ after being locked in her room. The third story feature both Elizabeth Báthory (Paloma Picasso) as a countess who murders young girls in order to gain eternal youth by bathing in their blood and a girl (Marie Forså) putting pearls inside her vagina.[2] The final story involves the daughter of Pope Alexander VI, Lucrezia Borgia (Florence Bellamy), having sex with her male relatives.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sesame_Street
Most of the first season was filmed at a studio near Broadway, but a strike forced their move to Teletape Studios. In the early days, the set was simple, consisting of four structures (Gikow, pp. 66–67). In 1982, Sesame Street began filming at Unitel Studios on 57th Street, but relocated to Kaufman Astoria Studios in 1993, when the producers decided they needed more space (Gikow, pp. 206–207).
Jump up ^
FOUR SOLDIERS MAIN CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Three_Kings_(1999_film)
Three Kings is a 1999 American satirical black comedy war film written and directed by David O. Russell from a story by John Ridley. The film stars George Clooney, Mark Wahlberg, Ice Cube, and Spike Jonze as four U.S. soldiers on a gold heist that takes place during the 1991 Iraqi uprising against Saddam Hussein following the end of the Persian Gulf War.
Sixteen Candles
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sixteen_Candles
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
This article is about the film. For the song, see 16 Candles (song).
Sixteen Candles
Sixteen Candles.jpg
Theatrical release poster
Directed by John Hughes
Produced by
Hilton A. Green
Michelle Manning
Ned Tanen
Written by John Hughes
Starring
Molly Ringwald
Paul Dooley
Justin Henry
Anthony Michael Hall
Music by Ira Newborn
Cinematography Bobby Byrne
Edited by Edward Warschillka
Distributed by Universal Pictures
Release date
May 4, 1984
Running time
93 minutes[1]
Country United States
Language English
Budget $6.5 million
Box office $23.7 million[2]
Sixteen Candles is a 1984 American coming of age comedy film starring Molly Ringwald, Michael Schoeffling, and Anthony Michael Hall. It was written and directed by John Hughes.
THE FOUR DENNYS CHARACTERS- BACON PANCAKE SAUSAGE AND EGG
https://www.ispot.tv/ad/ApKf/dennys-the-grand-slams-story
Quadrant
I ALREADY POSTED ALL THESE GAMES YEARS AGO- CONNECT FOUR FOUR MINIGAMES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Family_Game_Night_(TV_series)
FOUR GAMES 16 CARDS 16 SQUARES QMR
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Family_Game_Night_(TV_series)
For the first two seasons, the TV show featured two families of four competing for cash and prizes. Each family consisted of the mother, the father, and two children, ages 8 to 18. Teams are usually named for the younger of the two kids (i.e. Willie's Family or Suzie's Family).
Teams earned "Monopoly Crazy Cash Cards" by playing the various games, normally five of them in each episode. Whenever a family won a game, the youngest child was allowed to select a Monopoly Crazy Cash Card from a rack located at the "Crazy Cash Corner" on the far left of the stage. The rack initially held 21 different cards, each depicting one of the tokens used in either the original "Monopoly" board game or the "Monopoly: Here and Now Edition" board game. Each card held a different randomized amount of money, which was revealed at the end of the show. Most of the cards were valued between $200–$995 in $5 increments, although at least one card held a four-figure amount (usually between $1,000–$7,000) and one card was the "Top Cash Card" worth between $7,500–$25,000.
In addition to the Cash Card, a family that won a game also received a special bonus prize which they kept regardless of the final outcome of the show. In the first season of the show, this prize was simply revealed by host Newton, but in the second season, each bonus prize was a "Monopoly Party Prize" revealed by announcer Burton. At the end of the show, both families took their accumulated cards to the "Crazy Cash Machine". Each card was placed into the Machine, revealing its value, at which point the machine would spit out the amount in oversized Monopoly Money bills. Both families kept all the cash and prizes they won during the game, and the family with the most cash at the end also won a family vacation. If there is a tie after both families have used all their cards, then both families win the vacation. If the "Top Cash Card" was not found by the players, the host would usually tell the audience near the end of the show what card held it.
In season 3, the format of the show was changed slightly. Instead of two families competing for the whole show, families of varying sizes (two to four members) were chosen from the studio audience to play the games, winning cash or prizes. Instead of earning Monopoly Cash Cards, teams compete for the right to take combination codes from the Mr. Monopoly statue's hand. After four games are played, the families attempt to use these cards to open the Community Chest. If they pick the winning combination, they win money and get a chance to play for more money and a grand prize of a brand-new car.
The final game is the "Crazy Cash Machine" where the child selects from a board of 16 Monopoly Cash Cards starting from the bottom row. Each row above it has one more "Go to Jail" card than the previous one (meaning there are none on the bottom row, one in the second row, two in the third row and three on the top row). The one winning card on the top row has the word "WIN" instead of a cash amount. If a "Go to Jail" card is selected, the game is over; however, the family may keep the money they earned up to that point. If they make it to the top row and select the WIN card, they win a new car in addition to the money accumulated.
Bounce 'n Boogie Boggle[edit]
On a 5-by-5 grid that resembles a Boggle board (in fact, a "'Big Boggle'" board), family members take turns searching for words. A player announces a word, then walking to the first letter in the word, spells it out by jumping from square to square to spell them, scoring 1 point for each letter in a correct word. As in the board game, words must be at least 3 letters long, and the letters used in spelling the word must touch each other in the grid orthogonally or diagonally. If a player spells a word that has two letters, backtracks (uses a letter square they have already used in the given word), spells a word incorrectly, uses unconnected letters, spells a word different from their announced word, or fails to come up with a word in time, that player's turn is lost. The family that scores the most points in the 2-minute time limit wins. Also, if a family member spells a pre-determined 6- or 7-letter Secret Word [shown to the home viewers], that family wins an additional bonus prize.
Connect 4 Basketball[edit]
In this variation on the vertical checkers game Connect Four, the checkers are replaced with red and yellow balls. Family members take turns in family order throwing those balls into baskets on a 7x6 board, in order to get 4 in a row in any direction.
In an early episode, players from both teams shot their red and yellow balls at the same time. The first team to make 4 in a row won one round; the first to win two rounds won the game.
Cranium is actually a set of four minigames, each represented by one of the Cranium characters. The host reveals one of the characters and the character's related game. The game is then played in two parts, with the children in each team competing first, followed by the parents. The team with the most points at the end of the game wins.
In an early episode, all 4 minigames were featured; the team with the highest combined score won the game.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Teen_Titans_characters#Mother_Mae-Eye
The Doom Patrol are fiercely organized and are ruthlessly persistent in accomplishing their mission, even if so doing costs them their lives. They are all signified by their uniforms, which consist mainly of black-and-purple bodysuits. Apart from Beast Boy, the Doom Patrol has four members:
Elasti-Girl[edit]
Main article: Elasti-Girl
Voice Actor: Tara Strong
The lone female member of the team, Elasti-Girl has the ability to expand her body thereby rendering her to giant size; though it consequently makes her an easier target that is harder to miss, an attack as benign as a foot stomp can level an entire field of enemies merely from the shock wave.
In the Doom Patrol's earlier mission to destroy the Brotherhood's device, she consoles the young Beast Boy after he is chided for defying a direct order from Mento. While on their way to the Brotherhood's base of operations, she is taken down by Immortus' forces during the Doom Patrol's trek through a cavern. She is later rescued by the following Titans and returns to fight alongside her teammates and allies to destroy the Brotherhood's weapon and base.[16][17]
She is the wife of Mento and the adoptive-mother of Beast Boy; she calls Beast Boy by his real name, Garfield, at the conclusion of "Homecoming". Her real name is revealed to be Rita.
Mento[edit]
Main article: Mento (comics)
Voice Actor: Xander Berkeley
Mento is the leader and battle coordinator of the Doom Patrol. His uniform signifies as such by way of a yellow lightning-bolt symbol on its chest. Amplified by the helmet atop his head, Mento's super-abilities stem from his formidable mental powers, ranging from telekinesis and mind-reading to quick-acting hypnotic suggestion.
A strict taskmaster, his harsh manner of commanding his team more than any other reason is what drove Beast Boy from the group in times gone by. Equal parts single-minded and stubborn, he dismisses the offered aid to his mission by the Teen Titans, considering them a group of inexperienced children, even as his own teammates later go down to defeat by the Brotherhood's agents. Eventually putting his faith in Beast Boy, he defers leadership to him until the duo reach the heart of the Brotherhood's base; the mission is eventually accomplished when the Titans, in defiance of Mento, tag along to recover their fallen teammates and take part in the destruction of the Brotherhood's Doomsday Device. Mento goes on to show the Titans their due respect in the episode's conclusion, though it is done by way of a left-handed compliment which prompted a left-handed welcome by Raven in return.[16][17]
He is Elasti-Girl's husband and Beast Boy's adoptive-father. He is briefly referred to by his real name, Steve. Mento (as it pertains to the animated series) is acting in the place of Dr. Niles Caulder, who is in fact the true canonical founder and operational leader of the Doom Patrol.
Negative Man[edit]
Main article: Negative Man
Voice Actor: Judge Reinhold
Heavily bandaged throughout his body, Negative Man has the power of astral projection; able to separate his soul from his body, his "negative self" has targeted intangibility: enemies cannot harm him while in this state, though he can physically interact—often to devastating effect—with solid objects and people. However, this separation ability can only work for a limited time; extended periods of the spirit and body being separated could run the risk of "becoming dangerously permanent."
In the trek across the desert towards the Brotherhood's base, the team is ambushed by Immortus's forces; Negative Man in use of his soul-self clears the entire field of attackers, though at the cost of being unable to reunite with his body in time. The Teen Titans, following close behind the Doom Patrol, manage to rescue him and bring him along to aid Mento and Beast Boy in their final assault on the Brotherhood and their device.[16][17]
While on their trek through the desert, Mento calls Negative Man by his real name, Larry.
Robot Man[edit]
Main article: Robotman (Cliff Steele)
Voice Actor: Peter Onorati
The Brotherhood of Evil has four members:
The Brain[edit]
Main article: Brain (comics)
Voice Actor: Glenn Shadix
The Brotherhood's leader. As suggested by the name, he is a disembodied human brain preserved in a robotic cylinder to keep it alive, only able to communicate via a voice box built in its chassis. The chassis itself is framed by the design of a sinister-looking skull. Apart from The Brain's genius level intellect, he appears to have a degree of psychokinetic powers channeled by and through his robotic shell.
Chiefly the enemy of Doom Patrol leader Mento, The Brain seems obsessed in forcing him to admit to the team's defeat before annihilating them in the events that precede the series' canon; Beast Boy, however, would foil their efforts in unleashing their Doomsday Device. The Brain later attempts the rebuilding of the device in the events of the "Homecoming" episodes,[16][17] which is thwarted by the reunited Doom Patrol, now partnered with the Teen Titans. The Brain is at the core of the Brotherhood's union with a league of the Titans' rogue's gallery to take down the growing threat of a new generation of superheroes all at once, beginning with the Teen Titans themselves. He succeeds in capturing and cryogenically suspending much of the Titans, saving Robin for last as their grand prize. Those Titans that went uncaught were able to engineer the Brotherhood's ultimate downfall, even after The Brain's desperate attempt to trigger a bomb stored in his life-support unit.
Robin and Beast Boy capture The Brain, and flash-freezes him in the conclusion of "Titans Together;" to which Beast Boy–at the chagrin of the onlooking audience–makes note of the act being "brain freeze."[23]
General Immortus[edit]
Main article: General Immortus
Voice Actor: Xander Berkeley
As implied by his name, General Immortus is an ancient military commander who is knowledgeable in every combat strategy ever conceived, mainly by being involved in every major battle in history personally. Immortus even comments on teaching many of history's best minds of war; in the "Homecoming" episode,[16][17] he refers to Sun Tsu—the Chinese military philosopher and author of The Art of War—as one of his "finest students." Immortus has command over armies of both human and robot soldiers, and often uses them as part of a larger plot in executing attacks. He is frozen by the Teen Titans at the end of "Titans Together."[23]
Madame Rouge[edit]
Main article: Madame Rouge
Voice Actor: Hynden Walch
Madame Rouge, though appearing mainly as a black-haired Russian female dressed in red (in fact, one rough translation of her name is "The Lady in Red"), is a malleable shape-shifter with the ability to stretch and contort her body in any way she sees fit; she is most lethal for being able to fully assume the appearances of other people, able to mimic them with little means of detection. She nearly defeats Kid Flash simply by pursuing and pummeling him into exhaustion, but later succeeds in taking down Hot Spot, taking his likeness as the Titans arrive to pass along a communicator to him. In possession of a Titans Communicator, the Brotherhood is able to coordinate their strikes against the team.
As the Titans' counter-strike threatens the Brotherhood's defeat, Madame Rouge attempts to flee, holding her own against some of the Titans in the process. She is eventually defeated in "Titans Together"[23] when Jinx–whom had been subject to Rouge's abuse in "Lightspeed"[24] and is now allied with the Titans–uses a hex to trap and release her legs as she is stretched outright, flinging her like a rubber-band into the path of the flash-freezing machine.
Monsieur Mallah[edit]
Main article: Monsieur Mallah
Voice Actor: Glenn Shadix
Monsieur Mallah is a hyper-intelligent African gorilla capable of human speech who develops many of the Doomsday Devices used by the Brotherhood. Mallah is also adept at using weapons, such as grenades and a laser-firing minigun, in conjunction with his bestial strength. Mallah is extremely loyal to his master and is his trusted confidant. It is he who suggests that they escape when the Titans begin to regroup against them, but their retreat is thwarted by Robin and Beast Boy; he is beaten by Beast Boy (who himself has morphed into a gorilla to fight him), and is the second-to-last Brotherhood member to be subjected to the freezing machine in "Titans Together."[23]
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR RADIO PROGRAMS
Marketplace (radio program)
Companion programs[edit]
A sister program, the Marketplace Morning Report, offers seven unique seven-minute, thirty-second morning broadcasts that replace the business news-oriented "E" segment of the first and second hours of NPR's Morning Edition on many public radio stations. Since September 2014, Marketplace Morning Report has been incorporated into Morning Edition as a segment in the latter program's second hour.[12] The Marketplace brand also took over the money advice program Sound Money, which was renamed Marketplace Money in 2005, with content oriented toward a personal finance theme. All three shows share reporters and editorial staff. Marketplace Money was replaced with Marketplace Weekend in June 2014.[13]
Podcasts[edit]
All four radio programs are made available as free podcasts, along with a podcast combining all shows.[14][15] In 2015, Marketplace began to offer digital-only (non-broadcast content) podcasts: Actuality, Codebreaker and Corner Office.[16][17][18] In 2016, The Uncertain Hour was added.[19]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mission:_Impossible
Briggs and especially Phelps would choose the same core group of three or four agents for every single mission, leading these regulars to be considered de facto full-time IMF agents. Still, many episodes also feature guest stars playing one-time additional agents who have special skills.
The regular agent line-up during the first season consisted of:
Cinnamon Carter (Barbara Bain), a top fashion model and actress
Barnard "Barney" Collier (Greg Morris), a mechanical and electronics genius and owner of Collier Electronics
William "Willy" Armitage (Peter Lupus), a world record-holding weight lifter
Rollin Hand (Martin Landau), a noted actor, makeup artist, escape artist, magician and "man of a million faces."
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR MAIN CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Host_(2006_film)
The Host (Hangul: 괴물; RR: Gwoemul; lit. "Monster") is a 2006 South Korean monster film, directed by Bong Joon-ho and starring Song Kang-ho, Byun Hee-bong, Park Hae-il, Bae Doona and Go Ah-sung.
The four of them escape the hospital. Hee-bong buys a truck, weapons, and a map of the sewers to look for Hyun-seo. They find a snack bar, have a meal and rest. Upon waking up, they encounter the creature. Soon, they discover their gun only serves to anger it, and Hee-bong gets himself killed buying time for his children to escape. Gang-du is captured by the Army. Nam-il and Nam-joo escape but are separated from each other.
FOUR MAIN CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Descendants_(2015_film)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Descendants_(2015_film)
Descendants is a 2015 American musical fantasy television film directed and choreographed by Kenny Ortega. The film stars Dove Cameron, Sofia Carson, Booboo Stewart and Cameron Boyce as the teenage daughters and sons of Maleficent, the Evil Queen, Jafar and Cruella De Vil, respectively.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR TEAMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Death_Racers
A dangerous criminal known as the Reaper (Scott "Raven" Levy) has been extracting sarin, which he plans to spill into the nation's water supply. One of the prisoners, FX (Dustin Fitzsimons) secretly films the Reaper with a Wi-Fi digital camera as he discusses these plans, and the state's governor, Reagan Black (Robert Pike Daniel) finds out about them. Black develops a plan to hold a "death race" within the prison system, assembling FOUR teams of racers:
The Severed Head Gang, consisting of Danny Satanico (Koco Limbevski) and Fred "The Hammer" (Jason Ellefson), two members of the largest gang in the United States, known for decapitating their enemies. The team is given a customized 1995 town car.
Homeland Security, consisting of Colonel Bob (Paolo Carascon) and Captain Rudy Jackson (Rick Benedetto), formerly honored, but now disgraced members of the United States Army. The team is given a vintage 1943 Willys MB.
Vaginamyte, consisting of Double-Dee Destruction (Jennifer Elizabeth Keith) and Queen B (Thereese), two serial killers who seduced and murdered over 72 male and female victims. The team is given a yellow Lotus with a black widow spider design.
Insane Clown Posse (Violent J and Shaggy 2 Dope), whose violent form of hip hop was attributed as indirectly influencing multiple murders, acts of terrorism and a school massacre which resulted in the rappers being convicted for these murders and being dubbed as "the Charles Manson of their time". Although the group's music has been banned, it continues to retain a strong fanbase. Violent J and Shaggy 2 Dope are given an ice cream truck customized with a meat grinder, machine guns and "all the bling-bling these two Detroit locals could find".
The race is televised live, hosted by anchors Harvey Winkler (Stephen Blackehart) and Jennifer Ramirez (Caroline Attwood). Black offers the teams gathering points for killing loose prisoners, promising freedom to the team that brings back the Reaper—dead or alive. When Danny Satanico suggests that the four teams escape, Black reveals that each team member has a chip implanted in their bodies which would kill any member that breaks the rules, using Satanico to demonstrate.
16 IS THE SQUARES OF THE QUADRANT MODEL
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0450232/
An aging alcoholic cop is assigned the task of escorting a witness from police custody to a courthouse 16 blocks away. There are, however, chaotic forces at work that prevent them from making it in one piece.
FOUR NOVELLAS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_past_Midnight#The_Langoliers
Four past Midnight is a collection of novellas by Stephen King. It is his second book of this type, the first one being Different Seasons. The collection won the Bram Stoker Award in 1990 for best collection[1] and was nominated for a Locus Award in 1991.[2] In the introduction, Stephen King says that, while a collection of four novellas like Different Seasons, this book is more strictly horror with elements of the supernatural.[this quote needs a citation]
http://starwars.wikia.com/wiki/Four_Sages_of_Dwartii
"Sistros, one of the four ancient philosophers of Dwartii. I keep it for sentimental value."
―Darth Sidious[src]
The Four Sages of Dwartii, namely Braata, Faya, Sistros, and Yanjon, were a group of controversial philosophers and lawgivers from the early days of the Galactic Republic. Sheev Palpatine kept bronzium statues of the Four Sages in his office during his tenure as Supreme Chancellor of the Republic.[1] Upon becoming Galactic Emperor in the aftermath of the Clone Wars, Palpatine moved to new quarters, taking the Sistros statue with him.[2]
Fourth is transcendent
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toy_Story_4
Toy Story 4 is an upcoming 2019 American 3D computer-animated romantic comedy film, the fourth installment in the Toy Story series, and the sequel to Toy Story 3 (2010). It is in production by Pixar Animation Studios, and will be released by Walt Disney Pictures. It is directed by John Lasseter, the director of Toy Story (1995) and Toy Story 2 (1999), and co-directed by Josh Cooley. The story was conceived by the writing team on the original Toy Story: Lasseter, Pete Docter, Andrew Stanton and Lee Unkrich.[3] The film is set to be released on June 21, 2019.
FOUR HOSTS OF SHOW
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ring_of_Fire_(radio_program)
Ring of Fire is a nationally syndicated American talk radio program hosted by Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., Mike Papantonio, Sam Seder, and Farron Cousins. The four hosts focus on "exposing Wall Street thugs, environmental criminality, corporate media failure, and political back stories that you will rarely find from any other source".[1] The show has been on the air since 2004 and is currently carried on 43 radio stations across the United States.[2] Kennedy is an attorney who specializes in environmental law; Papantonio is also an attorney specializing in mass torts litigation, who served as the president of the National Trial Lawyer Association in 2012, and is senior partner at the Levin Papantonio Law Firm, a large Florida based law firm that specializes in pursuing civil lawsuits against high profile and often powerful defendants. Seder is an actor, comedian, director and political commentator who hosts The Majority Report, originally on Air America Radio with Janeane Garafalo and currently as an independently produced podcast.
DENNYS FOUR CHARACTERS GRAND SLAMS
MEET THE SLAMS
America’s favorite breakfast sweethearts are here, and this time, they have eyes, mouths, appendages and opinions. Meet Pancake, Bacon, Egg and Sausage. Don’t be afraid! They don’t bite, you do.
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
Lock, Stock and Two Smoking Barrels (1998)
8.2/10
A botched card game in London triggers four friends, thugs, weed-growers, hard gangsters, loan sharks and debt collectors to collide with each other in a series of unexpected events, all for the sake of weed, cash and two antique shotguns. (107 mins.)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Swimmers
The Swimmers are a four-piece rock band from Philadelphia and include drums, guitar, keyboard (or synth more recently), and bass
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
The Air I Breathe (2007)
6.9/10
A drama based on an ancient Chinese proverb that breaks life down into four emotional cornerstones: happiness, pleasure, sorrow and love. A businessman bets his life on a horse race; a gangster sees the future; a pop star falls prey to a crime boss; a doctor must save the love of his life. (95 mins.)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbie_and_the_Three_Musketeers
In ther film they are called "the Four Musketeers"
Barbie and the Three Musketeers is a 2009 computer animated direct-to-video film and part of the computer-generated imagery Barbie film series.[1] It was released on DVD on September 15, 2009.[2] The story is based on The Three Musketeers by Alexander Dumas.
Corinne (played by Barbie) is a country girl from Gascony who dreams of being a musketeer in France. She goes to Paris with a letter for Monsieur Treville, the captain of the musketeers and an old friend of her father, hoping to be accepted as a musketeer.
But being a musketeer is not easy for Corinne. She is made fun of, and hired as a palace maid, not a musketeer. She meets her coworkers, three other girls who also dream of being musketeers too: Viveca, Aramina, and Renee. The next day when they return to work, a chandelier drops, and Viveca, Aramina, and Renee show off their musketeering skills. Corinne also finds a small ruby and above finds that the rope has been cut.
An old maid named Helen overhears their conversation and takes them through a secret passageway, where she leads them to the old musketeer training room, and agrees to train the four girls to be true musketeers. Soon the four girls are mastering their skills with Helen's help.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbie_Mariposa
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbie_Mariposa
Barbie Mariposa (alternate title: Barbie: Mariposa and her Butterfly Fairy Friends) is a 2008 direct to video computer animated Barbie film which was released on February 26, 2008. This film is a part of the Barbie "Fairytopia" series, but is not a canon sequel to the previous films.[1]
The mermaids tell the four braves where to find the Cave of Reflections, and they fly towards it eagerly, but find that the cave was guarded by Skeezites. Zinzie manages to trick the Skeezites, and the four escape into the cave. There, they find their reflections talking back to themselves. They finally meet the Fairy of the Cave, who leads the group to different sections, where she proclaims each time "one of you must stay behind". Mariposa was left as the last one, and the cave fairy guides her toward a place filled with stars. She tells that one star hold the antidote she needs. Mariposa eventually finds one (which was all by itself), in which she used the archer's star pattern to locate it. This hints that this was the correct star, and for that reason, Mariposa is presented with much larger and more beautiful sparkling wings.
The four heroines arrive back just in time when the Skeezites start attacking everyone at the Royal fairy castle. Mariposa eventually discovers that it was Henna who poisoned the queen, so she races to cure her with the antidote. Henna tries stopping Mariposa from foiling her plans, but Mariposa eventually manages to heal Marabella before she dies. Henna leaves and goes away with the Skeezites under the pretense of not getting caught, thus fleeing from the light. After the big save, Queen Marabella presents each of the heroines with a crown of flowers. Since then, Mariposa felt she belonged in Flutterfield, having learned that being herself is the best thing in life.
FOUR STORIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Babel_(film)
Babel is a 2006 drama film directed by Alejandro González Iñárritu and written by Guillermo Arriaga, starring an ensemble cast. The multi-narrative drama completes Iñárritu's Death Trilogy, following Amores perros and 21 Grams.[2] It is an international co-production among companies based in the United States and Mexico. The film portrays multiple stories taking place in Morocco, Japan, Mexico and the U.S.
Babel focuses on four interrelated sets of situations and characters, and many events are revealed out of sequence. The following plot summary has been simplified and thus does not reflect the exact sequence of the events on screen.
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
A Touch of Sin (2013)
7.2/10
Four independent stories set in modern China about random acts of violence. (133 mins.)
Director: Zhangke Jia
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
Look Both Ways (2005)
7.1/10
During one unusually hot and tragic weekend, four people struggle after hearing some life-changing news, this in turn brings them together. (100 mins.)
Director: Sarah Watt
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
Kwaidan (1964)
8/10
A collection of four Japanese folk tales with supernatural themes. (183 mins.)
Director
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
Four Shades of Brown (2004)
7.4/10
An eccentric millionaire dies at a manor in Dalarna in Sweden, leaving behind three sons and a mistress. One of four parallel stories about parents and children. Four sides of Sweden. Four shades of brown. (192 mins.)
Director: Tomas Alfredson
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Seagull
FOUR ACTS EACH FOUR MAJOR PLAYS
Chkhov is considered one of the greatest playwrights of all time.
The Seagull (Russian: Чайка, Chayka) is a play by Russian dramatist Anton Chekhov, written in 1895 and first produced in 1896. The Seagull is generally considered to be the first of his four major plays. It dramatises the romantic and artistic conflicts between four characters: the famous middlebrow story writer Boris Trigorin, the ingenue Nina, the fading actress Irina Arkadina, and her son the symbolist playwright Konstantin Tréplev.
The play has four acts. . Stanislavski's production of The Seagull became "one of the greatest events in the history of Russian theatre and one of the greatest new developments in the history of world drama."[3]
Act I
The play takes place on a country estate owned by Sorin, a retired senior civil servant in failing health. He is the brother of the famous actress Arkadina, who has just arrived at the estate for a brief vacation with her lover, the writer Trigorin. Sorin and his guests gather at an outdoor stage to see an unconventional play that Arkadina's son, Konstantin Treplyov, has written and directed. The play-within-a-play features Nina, a young woman who lives on a neighboring estate, as the "soul of the world" in a time far in the future. The play is Konstantin's latest attempt at creating a new theatrical form, and is a dense symbolist work. Arkadina laughs at the play, finding it ridiculous and incomprehensible; the performance ends prematurely after audience interruption and Konstantin storms off in humiliation. Arkadina does not seem concerned about her son, who has not found his way in the world. Although others ridicule Treplyov's drama, the physician Dorn praises him.
Act I also sets up the play's various romantic triangles. The schoolteacher Medvedenko loves Masha, the daughter of the estate's steward. Masha, in turn, is in love with Konstantin, who is in love with Nina. Nina loves Trigorin. Polina, married to Ilya, is in an affair with doctor Dorn. When Masha tells Dorn about her longing for Konstantin, Dorn helplessly blames the lake for making everybody feel romantic.
Act II
Act II takes place in the afternoon outside of the estate, a few days later. After reminiscing about happier times, Arkadina becomes engaged in a heated argument with the house steward Shamrayev and decides to leave immediately. Nina lingers behind after the group leaves, and Konstantin shows up to give her a seagull that he has shot. Nina is confused and horrified at the gift. Konstantin sees Trigorin approaching, and leaves in a jealous fit. Nina asks Trigorin to tell her about the writer's life; he replies that it is not an easy one. Nina says that she knows the life of an actress is not easy either, but she wants more than anything to be one. Trigorin sees the seagull that Konstantin has shot and muses on how he could use it as a subject for a short story: "A young girl lives all her life on the shore of a lake. She loves the lake, like a seagull, and she's happy and free, like a seagull. But a man arrives by chance, and when he sees her, he destroys her, out of sheer boredom. Like this seagull." Arkadina calls for Trigorin, and he leaves as she tells him that she has changed her mind – they will not be leaving immediately. Nina lingers behind, enthralled with Trigorin's celebrity and modesty, and gushes, "My dream!"
Act III
Act III takes place inside the estate, on the day when Arkadina and Trigorin have decided to depart. Between acts Konstantin attempted suicide by shooting himself in the head, but the bullet only grazed his skull. He spends the majority of Act III with his scalp heavily bandaged. Nina finds Trigorin eating breakfast and presents him with a medallion that proclaims her devotion to him using a line from one of Trigorin's own books: "If you ever need my life, come and take it." She retreats after begging for one last chance to see Trigorin before he leaves. Arkadina appears, followed by Sorin, whose health has continued to deteriorate. Trigorin leaves to continue packing. There is a brief argument between Arkadina and Sorin, after which Sorin collapses in grief. He is helped off by Medvedenko. Konstantin enters and asks his mother to change his bandage. As she is doing this, Konstantin disparages Trigorin and there is another argument. When Trigorin reenters, Konstantin leaves in tears. Trigorin asks Arkadina if they can stay at the estate. She flatters and cajoles him until he agrees to return with her to Moscow. After she has left the room, Nina comes to say her final goodbye to Trigorin and to inform him that she is running away to become an actress, against her parents' wishes. They kiss passionately and make plans to meet again in Moscow.
Act IV
Act IV takes place during the winter two years later, in the drawing room that has been converted to Konstantin's study. Masha has finally accepted Medvedenko's marriage proposal, and they have a child together, though Masha still nurses an unrequited love for Konstantin. Various characters discuss what has happened in the two years that have passed: Nina and Trigorin lived together in Moscow for a time until he abandoned her and went back to Arkadina. Nina never achieved any real success as an actress, and is currently on a tour of the provinces with a small theatre group. Konstantin has had some short stories published, but is increasingly depressed. Sorin's health is still failing, and the people at the estate have telegraphed for Arkadina to come for his final days. Most of the play's characters go to the drawing room to play a game of bingo. Konstantin does not join them, and spends this time working on a manuscript at his desk. After the group leaves to eat dinner, Konstantin hears someone at the back door. He is surprised to find Nina, whom he invites inside. Nina tells Konstantin about her life over the last two years. She starts to compare herself to the seagull that Konstantin killed in Act II, then rejects that and says "I am an actress." She tells him that she was forced to tour with a second-rate theatre company after the death of the child she had with Trigorin, but she seems to have a newfound confidence. Konstantin pleads with her to stay, but she is in such disarray that his pleading means nothing. She embraces Konstantin, and leaves. Despondent, Konstantin spends two minutes silently tearing up his manuscripts before leaving the study. The group reenters and returns to the bingo game. There is a sudden gunshot from off-stage, and Dorn goes to investigate. He returns and takes Trigorin aside. Dorn tells Trigorin to somehow get Arkadina away, for Konstantin has just shot himself.[5]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anton_Chekhov
Anton Pavlovich Chekhov (/ˈtʃɛkɔːf, -ɒf/;[1] Russian: Анто́н Па́влович Че́хов, pronounced [ɐnˈton ˈpavləvʲɪtɕ ˈtɕɛxəf]; 29 January 1860[2] – 15 July 1904)[3] was a Russian physician, playwright and author who is considered to be among the greatest writers of short stories in history. His career as a playwright produced four classics and his best short stories are held in high esteem by writers and critics.
Chekhov renounced the theatre after the disastrous reception of The Seagull in 1896, but the play was revived to acclaim in 1898 by Constantin Stanislavski's Moscow Art Theatre, which subsequently also produced Chekhov's Uncle Vanya and premiered his last two plays, Three Sisters and The Cherry Orchard. These four works present a challenge to the acting ensemble[8] as well as to audiences, because in place of conventional action Chekhov offers a "theatre of mood" and a "submerged life in the text".[
Like
THERE ARE FOUR GAMES IN THE GAME
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Break_Time:_The_National_Pool_Tour
Break Time: The National Pool Tour is a pocket billiards (pool) video game released for the Nintendo Entertainment System in 1993 exclusively for a North American audience.
Features[edit]
There are FOUR unique challenges in the game, eight-ball, nine-ball, rotation, and straight pool. All FOUR are allegedly played according to the professional (i.e. world standardized) rules.
http://offthewallplays.com/tag/4-four-act-scripts/
Tag Archives: 4 four act scripts
DRAMAS, PLAY IN FOUR ACTS
A HOUSE DIVIDED – A CIVIL WAR PLAY IN FOUR ACTS
JUNE 26, 2013 1 COMMENT
civil war play
A HOUSE DIVIDED – A CIVIL WAR PLAY IN FOUR ACTS
[ad name=”Tweet”]
This period drama in four acts is set around the time of the American Civil War. It looks at the lives of ordinary Americans, as well as that of the President and his wife. It examines how the war affected everyone, from the common soldier, the President and his family, to the Sioux Indians and Negroes now fighting in the war that was meant to free them. And although many people were crying out for an end to the war, it continued to its inevitable conclusion. For once events were set in motion, it became as impossible to stop, as it was possible to justify.
Author: Sterling Cullipher
Genre: Period drama, civil war play
Type: Four act play
Length: Two hours
Level of Difficulty: 8/10 – the Old English can be challenging for some actors and audiences
Number of actors:Twenty Nine (29) 18M, 11F
Ages of actors: All Teen to old age
Set: Various – A few offices, a bedroom, a hospital and a field.
Read more about playwright Sterling Cullipher
Read a Sample of the Script
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt3053378/
The 4 Soldiers (2013)
Les 4 soldats (original title)
1h 23min | Action, Drama, Sci-Fi | 5 August 2013 (Canada)
The 4 Soldiers Poster
A climate of civil war, a fight that has made them lose everything including their youth, four soldiers aged 13 to 20 years, will meet and build friendships. In the grip of an adult ... See full summary »
QUADRUPLETS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nicky,_Ricky,_Dicky_%26_Dawn
The series focuses on 10-year-old, later 11-year-old,[1] quadruplets, Nicky, Ricky, Dicky, and Dawn Harper. They have nothing in common and often fight, but they must work together to solve everyday situations.
FOUR EPISODES FOUR DIRECTORS- and 444
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Horror_Stories_2
Horror Stories 2 (Hangul: 무서운 이야기 2; RR: Mu-seo-un Iyagi) is a 2013 horror omnibus film made up of four episodes by four South Korean directors.[1] It screened at the Puchon International Fantastic Film Festival and Sitges Film Festival in 2013,[2] and won the Silver Raven prize in the International Competition at the 2014 Brussels International Fantastic Film Festival.[3]
Min Kyu-dong's 444 is set against the backdrop of the warehouse of an insurance company where a woman with the ability to communicate with the dead delves into fraudulent insurance claim cases. Kim Sung-ho's The Cliff focuses on two friends who go hiking in the woods then get trapped at the edge of a cliff. Kim Hwi's The Accident centers on three depressed girls who go on a road trip after they fail the teacher's certification exam, but a car accident turns their trip into a nightmare. Jung Bum-shik's The Escape is about a male trainee teacher who gets locked in the doorway to hell.[4][5]
FOUR SOLDIERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lebanon_(2009_film)
The film depicts warfare as witnessed exclusively from the inside of a tank. The crew's window to the outside world is a gunsight. As a way of adding realism to the effect, every change in the horizontal and vertical viewing directions is accompanied by the hydraulic whine of the traversing gun turret. The film is set during the 1982 Lebanon War. There are four Israeli soldiers inside: the driver in the tank's hull, the loader, the gunner and the commander in the turret. For part of the time there is also the body of a dead Israeli soldier (kept there until it is airlifted away), a Syrian POW, a visiting higher officer, and a visiting Phalangist (Lebanese Maronite Catholic allied with Israel) who threatens the POW with torture and a gruesome death.
FOUR TRACK
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CinemaScope
Fox originally intended CinemaScope films to use magnetic stereo sound only, and although in certain areas, such as Los Angeles and New York City, the vast majority of theaters were equipped for 4-track magnetic sound (4-track magnetic sound achieving nearly 90 percent penetration of theaters in the greater Los Angeles area) the owners of many smaller theaters were dissatisfied with contractually having to install expensive three- or four-track magnetic stereo, and because of the technical nature of sound installations, drive-in theaters had trouble presenting stereophonic sound at all. Due to these conflicts, and because other studios were starting to release anamorphic prints with standard optical soundtracks, Fox revoked their policy of stereo-only presentations in 1957, and added a half-width optical soundtrack, while keeping the magnetic tracks for those theaters that were able to present their films with stereophonic sound. These so-called "mag-optical" prints provided a somewhat sub-standard optical sound and were also expensive to produce. It made little economic sense to supply those theaters which had only mono sound systems with an expensive striped print. Eventually Fox, and others, elected to supply the majority of their prints in standard mono optical sound form, with magnetic striped prints reserved for those theaters capable of playing them.
FOUR QUESTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Friend_or_Foe%3F_(TV_series)
The main game is played in two rounds. In each round, Kennedy asks a series of four multiple-choice questions, each with four answer choices. On each question, the teammates have 15 seconds to agree on an answer and simultaneously lock it in on separate keypads. Correct answers add $500 to the trust fund in round one, and $1,000 in round two; there is no penalty for incorrect answers or failing to respond in time. At the end of each round, the team with the lowest total is eliminated and must go to the "Trust Box" to determine the fate of their money. If there is a tie for low score, the team that took more time overall to lock in their answers for that round is eliminated.
There are four main types of harmony: radical, synthetic, sequential and parallel.[1] A "synopsis", much like a parallel harmony focuses on key events and brings together similar texts or accounts in parallel format, usually in columns.[1] Harmonies may also have a visual form and be undertaken to create narratives for artistic purposes, as in the creation of picture compositions depicting the Life of Christ.[8]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gospel_harmony
To illustrate the concept of parallel harmony, a simple example of a "synopsis fragment" is shown here, consisting of just four episodes from the Passion.[17] A more comprehensive parallel harmony appears in a section below.
Event Matthew Mark Luke John
Crown of thorns Matthew 27:29 Mark 15:17 John 19:2–5
Blood curse Matthew 27:24–25
Carrying the cross Matthew 27:27–33 Mark 15:20–22 Luke 23:26–32 John 19:16–17
Crucifixion of Jesus Matthew 27:34–61 Mark 15:23–47 Luke 23:33–54 John 19:18–38
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbie_as_the_Princess_and_the_Pauper
Barbie as the Princess and the Pauper is a 2004 direct-to-video computer animated Barbie film, and the first musical in the Barbie film series.[1] It is directed by William Lau and stars the voice of Kelly Sheridan, who has been voicing Barbie in all the CGI films to date, as both Anneliese and Erika. The story is loosely inspired by the Mark Twain novel The Prince and the Pauper, but it is unrelated to the 1939 film The Princess and the Pauper. It is the first movie not to be told by Barbie but instead narrated by her.
A video game for Game Boy Advance, PC, and Macintosh was released in 2004 by Vivendi Universal. In the Game Boy Advance title, the plot follows that of the movie: players must thwart Preminger's attempt to take over the kingdom by marrying Anneliese. Players control four characters: Anneliese, Erika, Serafina, and Wolfie.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barbie:_A_Fairy_Secret
Barbie: A Fairy Secret is a comedy fantasy animated movie and part of the Barbie film series.[1] It was released on March 15, 2011, and released in cinemas created by Cinedigm.[2][3]
They disguise as cooks to try to reveal princess Graciella about Crystal's love potion; however, Crystal reveals Taylor and Carrie by recognizing Taylor's shoes, and the princess locks the four in furyspheres.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pac-Man
In pac man near the corners of the maze are four larger, flashing dots known as power pellets that provide Pac-Man with the temporary ability to eat the enemies. The enemies turn deep blue, reverse direction and usually move more slowly. When an enemy is eaten, its eyes remain and return to the center box where it is regenerated in its normal color. Blue enemies flash white to signal that they are about to become dangerous again and the length of time for which the enemies remain vulnerable varies from one stage to the next, generally becoming shorter as the game progresses. In later stages, the enemies go straight to flashing, bypassing blue, which means that they can only be eaten for a short amount of time, although they still reverse direction when a power pellet is eaten; in even later stages, the ghosts do not become edible (i.e., they do not change color and still make Pacman lose a life on contact), but they still reverse direction
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
Powder Blue (2009)
6.3/10
Four Los Angelenos -- a mortician, an ex-con, a suicidal ex-priest, and a stripper -- are brought together on Christmas Eve by a mixture of circumstances. (106 mins.)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Three_Sisters_(play)
FOUR ACT PLAY- ONE OF CHECKHOVS FOUR MAJOR PLAYS- EACH FOUR ACTS 16 SQUARES IN QUADRANT MODEL
Three Sisters (Russian: Три сeстры, translit. Tri sestry) is a play by the Russian author and playwright Anton Chekhov. It was written in 1900 and first performed in 1901 at the Moscow Art Theatre. The play is sometimes included on the short list of Chekhov's outstanding plays, along with The Seagull and Uncle Vanya.
It has four acts
Act I
Act one begins with Olga (the eldest sister) working as a teacher in a school, but at the end of the play she is made Headmistress, a promotion in which she had little interest. Masha, the middle sister and the artist of the family (she was trained as a concert pianist), is married to Feodor Ilyich Kulygin, a schoolteacher. At the time of their marriage, Masha, younger than he, was enchanted by what she took to be wisdom, but seven years later, she sees through his pedantry and his clownish attempts to compensate for the emptiness between them. Irina, the youngest sister, is still full of expectation. She speaks of her dream of going to Moscow and meeting her true love. It was in Moscow that the sisters grew up, and they all long to return to the sophistication and happiness of that time. Andrei is the only boy in the family and the sisters idolize him. He is in love with Natalia Ivanovna (Natasha), who is somewhat common in relation to the sisters and suffers under their glance. The play begins on the first anniversary of their father's death, but it is also Irina's name-day, and everyone, including the soldiers (led by the gallant Vershinin) bringing with them a sense of noble idealism, comes together to celebrate it. At the very close of the act, Andrei exultantly confesses his feelings to Natasha in private and fatefully asks her to marry him.
Act II
Act two begins about 21 months later with Andrei and Natasha married with their first child (offstage), a baby boy named Bóbik. Natasha is having an affair with Protopopov, Andrei's superior, a character who is mentioned but never seen onstage. Masha comes home flushed from a night out, and it is clear that she and her companion, Lieutenant-Colonel Vershinin, are giddy with the secret of their mutual love for one another. Little seems to happen but that Natasha manipulatively quashes the plans for a party in the home, but the resultant quiet suggests that all gaiety is being quashed as well. Tuzenbach and Solyony both declare their love for Irina.
Act III
Act three takes place about a year later in Olga and Irina's room (a clear sign that Natasha is taking over the household as she asked them to share rooms so that her child could have a different room). There has been a fire in the town, and, in the crisis, people are passing in and out of the room, carrying blankets and clothes to give aid. Olga, Masha and Irina are angry with their brother, Andrei, for mortgaging their home, keeping the money to pay off his gambling debts and conceding all his power to his wife. However, when faced with Natasha's cruelty to their aged family retainer, Anfisa, Olga's own best efforts to stand up to Natasha come to naught. Masha, alone with her sisters, confides in them her romance with Vershinin ("I love, love, love that man"). At one point, Kulygin (her husband) blunders into the room, doting ever more foolishly on her, and she stalks out. Irina despairs at the common turn her life has taken, the life of a municipal worker, even as she rails at the folly of her aspirations and her education ("I can't remember the Italian for 'window'"). Out of her resignation, supported in this by Olga's realistic outlook, Irina decides to accept Tuzenbach's offer of marriage even though she does not love him. Chebutykin drunkenly stumbles and smashes a clock which had belonged to the Prozorov siblings' late mother, whom he loved. Andrei then vents his self-hatred, acknowledges his own awareness of life's folly and his disappointment in Natasha, and begs his sisters' forgiveness for everything.
Act IV
In the fourth and final act, outdoors behind the home, the soldiers, who by now are friends of the family, are preparing to leave the area. A flash-photograph is taken. There is an undercurrent of tension because Solyony has challenged the Baron (Tuzenbach) to a duel, but Tuzenbach is intent on hiding it from Irina. He and Irina share a heartbreaking delicate scene in which she confesses that she cannot love him, likening her heart to a piano whose key has been lost. Just as the soldiers are leaving, a shot is heard, and Tuzenbach's death in the duel is announced shortly before the end of the play. Masha has to be pulled, sobbing, from Vershinin's arms, but her husband willingly, compassionately and all too generously accepts her back, no questions asked. Olga has reluctantly accepted the position of permanent headmistress of the school where she teaches and is moving out. She is taking Anfisa with her, thus rescuing the elderly woman from Natasha.
Irina's fate is uncertain but, even in her grief at Tuzenbach's death, she wants to persevere in her work as a teacher. Natasha remains as the chatelaine, in charge and in control of everything. Andrei is stuck in his marriage with two children, the only people that Natasha cares about, besides herself. As the play closes, the three sisters stand in a desperate embrace, gazing off as the soldiers depart to the sound of a band's gay march. As Chebutykin sings Ta-ra-ra-boom-di-ay to himself,[nb 1] Olga's final lines call out for an end to the confusion all three feel at life's sufferings and joy: "If we only knew... If we only knew"
THe act ends "if we only knew". Knowing is the 16th square of the quadrant model.
FOUR ACTS FOUR PART CHEKHOV PROJECT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Three_Sisters_(play)
"Three Sisters by Anton Chekhov, adapted by Tracy Letts". Artists Repertory Theatre. Retrieved 26 October 2009. This adaptation of the Russian masterpiece was commissioned by Artists Rep as part three of its four-part Chekhov project. Letts gives us a fresh, new look at the decay of the privileged class and the search for meaning in the modern world, through the eyes of three dissatisfied sisters who desperately long for their treasured past.
Jump up ^
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Uncle_Vanya
FOUR ACT PLAY CHECKHOV HAS FOUR MAJOR PLAYS 4 ACTS EACH 16 acts in all 16 SQUARES OF QUADRANT MODEL
Uncle Vanya (Russian: Дядя Ваня – Dyadya Vanya) is a play by the Russian playwright Anton Chekhov. It was first published in 1897 and received its Moscow première in 1899 in a production by the Moscow Art Theatre, under the direction of Konstantin Stanislavski.
The play has four acts
Act I
A garden in Serebryakov's country estate. Astrov and Marina discuss how old Astrov has grown, and how he feels bored with his life as a country doctor. Vanya enters, yawning from a nap, the three complain about how all order has been disrupted since the professor and his wife, Yelena, arrived. As they’re talking, Serebryakov, Yelena, Sonya, and Telegin return from a walk. Out of the professor's earshot, Vanya calls him "a learned old dried mackerel," criticizing him for his pomposity and the smallness of his achievements. Vanya’s mother, Maria Vasilyevna, who idolizes Serebryakov, objects to her son’s derogatory comments. Vanya also praises the professor’s wife, Yelena, for her beauty, arguing that faithfulness to an old man like Serebryakov means silencing youth and emotions — an immoral waste of vitality. Astrov is forced to depart to attend a patient, but not before delivering a speech on the preservation of the forests, a subject he is very passionate about. Act I closes with Yelena becoming exasperated as Vanya declares his love for her.
Act II
The dining room, several days later. It is late at night. Before going to bed, Serebryakov complains of being in pain and of old age. Astrov arrives, having been sent for by Sonya, but the professor refuses to see him. After Serebryakov is asleep, Yelena and Vanya talk. She speaks of the discord in the house, and Vanya speaks of dashed hopes. He feels he’s misspent his youth, and he associates his unrequited love for Yelena with the devastation of his life. Yelena refuses to listen. Alone, Vanya questions why he did not fall in love with Yelena when he first met her ten years before, when it would have been possible for the two to have married and had a happy life together. At that time, Vanya believed in Prof. Serebryakov’s greatness and was happy to think that his own efforts supported Serebryakov's work; now he has become disillusioned with the professor and his life feels empty. As Vanya agonizes over his past, Astrov returns, the worse for drink, and the two talk together. Sonya chides Vanya for his drinking, and responds pragmatically to his reflections on the futility of a wasted life, pointing out that only work is truly fulfilling.
Outside, a storm is gathering and Astrov talks with Sonya about the suffocating atmosphere in the house; Astrov says Serebryakov is difficult, Vanya is a hypochondriac, and Yelena is charming but idle. He laments that it’s a long time since he loved anyone. Sonya begs Astrov to stop drinking, telling him it is unworthy of him to destroy himself. The two discuss love, during which it becomes clear that Sonya is in love with the Doctor and that he is unaware of her feelings.
When the doctor leaves, Yelena enters and makes peace with Sonya, after an apparently long period of mutual anger and antagonism. Trying to resolve their past difficulties, Yelena reassures Sonya that she had strong feelings for her father when she married him, though the love proved false. The two women converse at cross purposes, with Yelena confessing her unhappiness and Sonya gushing about the doctor’s virtues. In a happy mood, Sonya leaves to ask the professor if Yelena may play the piano. Sonya returns with his negative answer, which quickly dampens the mood.
Act III
Vanya, Sonya, and Yelena are in the living room, having been called there by Serebryakov. Vanya calls Yelena a water nymph and urges her, once again, to break free. Sonya complains to Yelena that she has loved Astrov for six years but that, because she is not beautiful, he doesn’t notice her. Yelena volunteers to question Astrov and find out if he’s in love with Sonya. Sonya is pleased, but before agreeing she wonders whether uncertainty is better than knowledge, because then, at least, there is hope.
When Yelena asks Astrov about his feelings for Sonya, he says he has none and concludes that Yelena has brought up the subject of love to encourage him to confess his own emotions for her. Astrov kisses Yelena, and Vanya witnesses the embrace. Upset, Yelena begs Vanya to use his influence so that she and the professor can leave immediately. Before Serebryakov can make his announcement, Yelena conveys to Sonya the message that Astrov doesn’t love her.
Serebryakov proposes that he solve the family’s financial problems by selling the estate, and using the proceeds to invest in interest-bearing paper which will bring in a significantly higher income (and, he hopes, leave enough over to buy a villa for himself and Yelena in Finland). Angrily, Vanya asks where he, Sonya, and his mother would live. He protests that the estate rightly belongs to Sonya and that Vanya has never been appreciated for the self-sacrifice it took to rid the property of debt. As Vanya’s anger mounts, he begins to rage against the professor, blaming him for the failure of his life, wildly claiming that, without Serebryakov to hold him back, he could have been a second Schopenhauer or Dostoevsky. In despair, he cries out to his mother, but instead of comforting her son, Maria insists that Vanya listen to the professor. Serebryakov insults Vanya, who storms out of the room. Yelena begs to be taken away from the country and Sonya pleads with her father on Vanya's behalf. Serebryakov exits to confront Vanya further. A shot is heard from offstage and Serebryakov returns, being chased by Vanya, who is wielding a loaded pistol. He fires the pistol again at the professor, but misses. He throws the gun down in disgust and sinks into a chair.
Act IV
As the final act opens, a few hours later, Marina and Telegin wind wool and discuss the planned departure of Serebryakov and Yelena. When Vanya and Astrov enter, Astrov says that in this district only he and Vanya were "decent, cultured men" and that ten years of "narrow-minded life" have made them vulgar. Vanya has stolen a vial of Astrov’s morphine, presumably to commit suicide; Sonya and Astrov beg him to return the narcotic, which he eventually does.
Yelena and Serebryakov bid everyone farewell. When Yelena says goodbye to Astrov, she admits to having been carried away by him, embraces him, and takes one of his pencils as a souvenir. Serebryakov and Vanya make their peace, agreeing all will be as it was before. Once the outsiders have departed, Sonya and Vanya pay bills, Maria reads a pamphlet, and Marina knits. Vanya complains of the heaviness of his heart, and Sonya, in response, speaks of living, working, and the rewards of the afterlife: "We shall hear the angels, we shall see the whole sky all diamonds, we shall see how all earthly evil, all our sufferings, are drowned in the mercy that will fill the whole world. And our life will grow peaceful, tender, sweet as a caress. . . . You've had no joy in your life; but wait, Uncle Vanya, wait. . . . We shall rest."
http://offthewallplays.com/search-plays-by-cast-size/plays-four-actors/
PLAYS FOR FOUR ACTORS
PLAYS FOR FOUR ACTORS
plays for four actors
DRAMAS
Aldous remembers – a drama about love
2M 2F
Length 80 minutes
Behind the nets – one act 1930’s period drama script
3F 1M
Length 20-25 minutes
Friends and Family – teen drama script
2M 2F
Length 25 minutes
Is this seat taken? Award winning British one act comedy drama
2M 2F
Length 40 minutes
Lies You Can’t Make up – a drama script about JFK
Anything from 1M 1F to 8 actors
Length two hours
Pigcat – two act challenging drama for four actors
3M 1F
Length 90 minutes
Pigeons – the story of a potential millionaire in 2 acts
2M 2F
Length 100 minutes
Restaurants at Beautiful times – a one act drama for four actors
4M
Length 15-20 minutes
Road toll – one act drama for 4 actors about a road death
2M 2F
Length 35-40 minutes
The Back Seat – drama about college rape
2M 2F
Length 120 minutes
The Box – one act drama script
4M
Length 35-40 minutes
The Investigation – award winning short drama script
2F 1M 1N
Length 10 minutes
The things that happen in New York – one act drama about a young couple losing their apartment
Cast 2M 2F
Length 35-40 minutes
Trailer Trash – a drama for four actors
3F 1M
Length 1 hour
Verbal prostitution – a psychological drama for four actors
3F 1M
Length 80 minutes
COMEDIES
An ordinary man – a comedy about being rather tired of being a werewolf
3M 1F
Length Thirty Minutes
Barred – short one act for 4 actors
2M 2F
Length 7 minutes
Death of a Gerbil – dark comedy about waking up dead
3M 1F
Length Thirty Minutes
Dinner at Dario’s – romantic gay comedies
4M
Length 35-40 minutes
For never, not always – one act comedy scripts
3M 1F
length 20-25 minutes
Hossback – a satire with cowboys in the old west
4M (4F)
Length 10 minutes
Hot air – romantic comedy scripts about bringing excitement (literally) into a marriage
2M 2F
Length 2.5 hours
Human rat Lab – hit comedy script
2M 2F
length 90 minutes
Love in the time of Tourette’s – one act romantic comedy for 4 actors
2M 2F
Length 15 minutes
Nuns – a two-act satire about rebellious nuns running riot
4F
Length 80 minutes
Out on a date – short romantic comedy
2M 2F/1M 3F
Length 7-10 minutes
Shapeless – a full length one act satire dealing with eating disorders
3F 1M
Length 90 minutes
Strip me to the bone – a one act sex comedy about a bachelorette party gone wrong
4F
Length 20-25 minutes
The Chicken or the Egg – a political satire
4M
Length 15-20 minutes
The Dane – ten minute comedy script about a Hamlet audition
4M but can be 3M 1F
Length 10 minutes
Tranquility Disturbed – a comedy drama in two acts
3F 1M
Length 70-80 minutes
Virtual Frenemies – a funny one act about online gaming rivalry
2M 2F
Length 30 minutes
You’re never too old – three act comedy script
2M 2F
Length 1.5 – 2 hours – three act play
[ad name=”Tweet”]
LEAVE A REPLY
You must be logged in to post a comment.
http://offthewallplays.com/category/play-in-four-acts/
Category Archives: Play in four acts
ACTION, DRAMAS, PLAY IN FOUR ACTS
THESEUS AND ARIADNE – MODERN CLASSIC GREEK PLAYS
MAY 11, 2014 LEAVE A COMMENT
THESEUS AND ARIADNE – Modern Classic Greek Drama Plays
modern classic greek plays
According to myth, King Minos sent his son, Androgeos to the Games in Athens. Androgeos was highly successful and incurred the jealousy of criminal gangs who watched the games. He was murdered by them.
In his anger, Minos demanded that the criminals be handed over. The Athenians did not know the identity of the culprits and instead gave up their City.
From that time onwards, Minos ordered that seven boys and seven girls be sent to Crete each year. They would be fed to the Minotaur.
Many years later, Theseus travels to Crete and makes his way inside the labyrinth. He is successful in defeating the Minotaur. Our story begins here…
Author: Jethro Dykes
Genre: Classic Greek Plays, Drama
Type: Four act play, 4 act play
Number of Actors: 18-28 10-18M, 9F
Ages of the actors: Adult to old age
Suitable for: All ages
Set: Various scenes from a road to Athens to a court to the underworld
Level of Difficulty: 8/10 – keeping the style of the Greek play with a modern script
Read a Sample of the script
PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!
Cost is $6
Contact Off The Wall Plays with any queries relating to Theseus and Ariadne
License Theseus and Ariadne for production
Copyright May 2014 Jethro Dykes and Off The Wall Play Publishers
Like this play? Other classic style plays:
The Scepter has departed – play about Isreal in world war 2
Return to Vardia – three act adventure for a large cast
The Faun – fictional drama about Michaelangelo
[ad name=”Tweet”]
4 ACT PLAYCLASSIC GREEK PLAYSMODERN GREEK STAGE PLAYPLAY FOR A LARGE CASTPLAYS BY PLAYWRIGHT AUTHOR JETHRO DYKESPUBLISH MY PLAY ONLINESCRIPT OF GREEK LEGEND
DRAMAS, PLAY IN FOUR ACTS
A HOUSE DIVIDED – A CIVIL WAR PLAY IN FOUR ACTS
JUNE 26, 2013 1 COMMENT
civil war play
A HOUSE DIVIDED – A CIVIL WAR PLAY IN FOUR ACTS
[ad name=”Tweet”]
This period drama in four acts is set around the time of the American Civil War. It looks at the lives of ordinary Americans, as well as that of the President and his wife. It examines how the war affected everyone, from the common soldier, the President and his family, to the Sioux Indians and Negroes now fighting in the war that was meant to free them. And although many people were crying out for an end to the war, it continued to its inevitable conclusion. For once events were set in motion, it became as impossible to stop, as it was possible to justify.
Author: Sterling Cullipher
Genre: Period drama, civil war play
Type: Four act play
Length: Two hours
Level of Difficulty: 8/10 – the Old English can be challenging for some actors and audiences
Number of actors:Twenty Nine (29) 18M, 11F
Ages of actors: All Teen to old age
Set: Various – A few offices, a bedroom, a hospital and a field.
Read more about playwright Sterling Cullipher
Read a Sample of the Script
PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!
Cost is $4 for this new play script
Contact Off The Wall Plays with any queries regarding A House Divided
Copyright June 2013 Sterling Cullipher Off The Wall Play Publishers
Like this play? Looking for something similar?
War Stories – a three act cop drama about a cop gone bad
The Scepter has Departed – a drama following the Israeli Palestinian Conflict in the Middle East
Boise, USA – drama about the homosexuality scandal in the 1950’s USA
Disney in Deutschland – a drama about the rumors surrounding the relationship between Hitler and Walt Disney
2 HOUR LONG PLAY4 FOUR ACT SCRIPTSBUY A DRAMA ONLINEBUY A DRAMA PLAY ONLINECIVIL WAR PLAYPLAY ABOUT NORTH AND SOUTHPLAY ABRAHAM LINCOLNPLAY FOR DRAMA STUDENTSPLAY LARGE CASTPLAY SCRIPT CIVIL WARSTERLING CULLIPHER
Taylor – four act play about loss of a spouse
DRAMAS, PLAY IN FOUR ACTS
TAYLOR – FOUR ACT PLAY ABOUT LOSS OF A SPOUSE
APRIL 28, 2013 LEAVE A COMMENT
four act drama
TAYLOR – A FOUR ACT PLAY ABOUT LOSS OF A SPOUSE
[ad name=”Tweet”]
‘Taylor’ is a drama play in four acts that deals with the metaphysical journey of a writer after he has lost his wife and is dealing with raising his young daughter as a single parent. In this four act play about loss, he also has to learn to allow himself to love again. This is a beautiful story about letting go of the past in order to move towards the future.
Author: Raymond Hobson
Genre: Drama
Type: Four act Play about loss
Suitable for: PG 10 – language at one point
Length: Full length play up to two hours with scene changes
Number of Actors: Eight, 8, 3M, 4F
Ages of actors: 1 F child, 2 middle aged F, 2 middle aged M, 1 older F, 1 older M, 1M any age
Set: Various – an office, a restaurant, a church
Level of Difficulty: 7/10 – getting the audience to identify with the actors
The author will allow workshopping of the play.
Read a Sample of the Script
PayPal - The safer, easier way to pay online!
Cost is $7
Contact Off the Wall Plays with any queries relating to Taylor
Copyright 2013 Raymond Hobson Off The Wall Plays
THE FOURTH IS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/George_Foreman%27s_KO_Boxing
George Foreman's KO Boxing is a boxing video game produced by Acclaim, featuring boxer George Foreman, released in 1992.
A knockout requires a boxer to knock his opponent down four times in a three-round match; on the fourth knockdown, the downed boxer will fail to answer the 10-count.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Emerald_City_of_Oz
The four tribes of Oz (the Munchkins, the Quadlings, the Gillikins, and the Winkies).
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Texas_Chainsaw_Massacre:_The_Next_Generation
Texas Chainsaw Massacre: The Next Generation, also known as The Return of the Texas Chainsaw Massacre,[2] is a 1994 American independent slasher film written and directed by Kim Henkel, and starring Renée Zellweger and Matthew McConaughey. The plot follows four teenagers who encounter Leatherface and his maniacal family in backwoods Texas on the night of their prom.
In 1995, four teenagers—Jennifer, Heather, Barry, and Sean—are celebrating during their senior prom. Heather finds Barry, her boyfriend, making out with another girl and attempts to drive away in his car alongside Jennifer and Sean. After Barry eventually gains access into the car, Heather scolds him angrily. The four are forced to take a detour off the freeway, and Heather makes a wrong turn, driving them into a remote area. Distracted after thinking she sees someone standing in the woods, Heather crashes into another driver, who passes out in the ensuing confusion. The four decide that Sean look after the driver, while the others look for help. Heather, Barry, and Jenny discover a rural real estate office occupied by Darla, an insurance agent, who calls up her boyfriend Vilmer, a tow truck driver, to help them. Meanwhile, Heather and Barry are separated from Jennifer.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Riders
Four Riders
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Four Riders
Directed by Chang Cheh
Produced by Runme Shaw
Screenplay by Chang Cheh
Ni Kuang
Starring David Chiang
Ti Lung
Chen Kuan-Tai
Wang Chung
Yasuaki Kurata
Distributed by Shaw Brothers Studio
Release date
22 December 1972
Country Hong Kong
Language Mandarin
Four Riders, a.k.a. Hellfighters of the East, is a 1972 Hong Kong film directed by Chang Cheh.[1] It stars David Chiang, Ti Lung Chen Kuan-Tai, Wang Chung and Yasuaki Kurata.
Four Riders was produced by Shaw Studios and distributed in the U.S. as "Strike 4 Revenge" by World Northal Corp. in 1983.
FOUR JUDGES THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Idol
The show had originally planned on having four judges following the Pop Idol format; however, only three judges had been found by the time of the audition round in the first season, namely Randy Jackson, Paula Abdul and Simon Cowell.[11] A fourth judge, radio DJ Stryker, was originally chosen but he dropped out citing "image concerns".[16] In the second season, New York radio personality Angie Martinez had been hired as a fourth judge but withdrew only after a few days of auditions due to not being comfortable with giving out criticism.[17] The show decided to continue with the three judges format until season eight. All three original judges stayed on the judging panel for eight seasons.
In season eight, Latin Grammy Award-nominated singer–songwriter and record producer Kara DioGuardi was added as a fourth judge. She stayed for two seasons and left the show before season ten.[18] Paula Abdul left the show before season nine after failing to agree terms with the show producers.[19] Emmy Award-winning talk show host Ellen DeGeneres replaced Paula Abdul for that season, but left after just one season.[20] On January 11, 2010, Simon Cowell announced that he was leaving the show to pursue introducing the American version of his show The X Factor to the USA for 2011.[21] Jennifer Lopez and Steven Tyler joined the judging panel in season ten,[22] but both left after two seasons.[23] They were replaced by three new judges, Mariah Carey, Nicki Minaj and Keith Urban, who joined Randy Jackson in season 12.[24] However both Carey and Minaj left after one season,[25] and Randy Jackson also announced that he would depart the show after twelve seasons as a judge but would return as a mentor.[26][27] Urban was the only judge from season 12 to return in season 13. He was joined by previous judge Jennifer Lopez and former mentor Harry Connick, Jr..[3] Lopez, Urban and Connick, Jr. all returned as judges for the show's fourteenth and fifteenth seasons.[28]
FOUR FEMALE PRESENTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Loose_Women
Loose Women is a British panel show that has been broadcast on ITV since 6 September 1999. The programme was originally broadcast from Norwich before moving to London and focuses on a panel of four female presenters, who interview celebrities, discuss their lives and discuss topical issues, ranging from daily politics and current affairs, to celebrity gossip. The show's current presenters are Ruth Langsford, Andrea McLean and Christine Lampard.
FOUR ITEMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Knockout_(game_show)
The object of the game was to find one item from a list of four items that was not related to the other three. Three players would be shown the four items, one at a time, and the first player to buzz-in would try to figure out which item did not belong. A correct answer earned a player a letter in the word "KNOCKOUT" which was displayed on his or her podium.
FOUR WORD PHRASE FOUR ANSWERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Match_Game
When the program returned in 1973, Goodson-Todman once again turned to Score Productions for a music package. A new theme, performed by "The Midnight Four", was composed by Score staff composer Ken Bichel with a memorable "funk" guitar intro,[27] and similar elements and instruments from this theme were also featured in the numerous "think cues" heard when the panel wrote down their answers. Alternate think cues were extracted from the music packages for Tattletales and The Money Maze. In keeping with the zany atmosphere, the music supervisors also used other notable musical works to add to humorous situations. Among the non-Score Productions music heard on occasion was the "burlesque" music titled "The Stripper", and a version of "Stars And Stripes Forever".
A two-to-four-word phrase was given, with part of the phrase blank, and the contestant attempted to fill-in the most common response based on a prior studio audience survey. The contestant consulted three celebrities for suggestions, and chose their favorite of those answers or one of their own. The top three answers were then revealed in ascending order. The most popular answer in the survey was worth $500, the second-most popular $250, and the third most popular $100. If a contestant failed to match any of the three answers, the bonus round ended. The idea for Family Feud (which Dawson began hosting in 1976) was derived from the Audience Match.
Ironically, the wheel stopped on Dawson the first time it was used, inspiring several panelists (including Dawson) to stand up from their places and leave the set momentarily out of disbelief.[6] Rayburn yelled, "Now wait a minute! Get back here!" He then got the four panelists to sit back down, after which guest panelist Mary Wickes said, "Do you know what that wheel cost us? And it's right back to Richard!"
These rules were roughly the same as those of Match Game PM with both contestants given three chances apiece to match each panelist once. The lone noticeable difference was in the tie-breaker. Four answers to a Super Match-like statement (example: "_____, New Jersey") were secretly shown to the contestants (examples: "Atlantic City", "Hoboken", "Newark", "Trenton"). They each chose one by number. Then, as was the case in Match Game PM, the host polled the celebrities for verbal responses, and the first panelist to give an answer selected by one of the contestants won the game for that contestant. The winner of the Match Game segment played the returning champion in the Hollywood Squares segment with the eventual winner of Squares playing the Super-Match.
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls050119858/
Four Rooms (1995)
6.7/10
Four interlocking tales that take place in a fading hotel on New Year's Eve. (98 mins.)
Director:
http://offthewallplays.com/2015/03/11/lets-get-rid-of-the-plump-people-modern-greek-comedy/
LET’S GET RID OF THE PLUMP PEOPLE! – MODERN GREEK COMEDY
MARCH 11, 2015 DEMMER DEWAN LEAVE A COMMENT
Greek comedy
LET’S GET RID OF THE PLUMP PEOPLE – MODERN GREEK COMEDY IN FOUR ACTS
Andreas Efraimoglou, the Greek minister of foreign affairs isn’t really the nicest person in the world. In order to get where he is today, he has had to make a few deals in his time. He’s set his mind on winning the election after the next, and has two suitcases full of money to give to the right people to ‘ensure’ he wins it. He’s going to become party leader this time round, you see. He’s also obsessed with the latest health fads – the anti smoking campaign, and the anti obesity campaign. But it’s all going to come back to bite him….in a bad way, in the end.
This English version is a translation from a well staged Greek play.
Author: PANAGIOTIS IATROU
Genre: Modern Greek Comedy (satire)
Type: Four act play
Length: Two- 2.5 hours
Cast: 18, 12M 6F
Ages of the actors: 1 child M, 11 years old, rest adult (middle aged up)
Suitable for: Adults
Set: The Minister’s office. On the right side of the stage with respect to the audience, there is a large, long table that is used for meetings. A television screen is turned toward the direction of the Minister’s office (the audience can see only the back side of the screen). The entrance is to the left of the stage with respect to the audience.
Level of difficulty: 8/10 – getting the irony and humour across in this comedy satire
Read a Sample of the Script
JERRY IS THE FOURTH DIFFERENT ONE
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Three_Friends_and_Jerry
The Three Friends and Jerry (Swedish: De tre vännerna och Jerry) is a Swedish animated television series which aired in the United States on Fox Family (alongside Stickin' Around as well as Freaky Stories, The Gogs, and Lava-Lava!), Nickelodeon (UK and Ireland), Nickelodeon (Latin America) , TG4 in Ireland and Fox Kids in Spain. A Swedish/German/United Kingdom co-production, the series was created by Magnus Carlsson[1] and produced by Fontana Pictures, Happy Life and TV Loonland.
The show first aired on Nickelodeon in the United Kingdom in 1998, and ended in 1999. The series made a brief reappearance through Sprout's video on demand service in 2005.
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Setting
3 Criticism and controversy
4 Characters
4.1 Main characters
4.2 Secondary characters
5 Episodes
6 References
7 External links
Plot[edit]
Jerry is the new kid in town who does not fit with any of his schoolmates. This series shows his best attempts to try to be liked by the 'Three Friends' who do not want him to be part of their group but still let him hang out with them as long as he helps them with their problems. They also fall for a group of the girls in town, who refuse to date them and refer to them as Ponks. Apart from school, the group have to contend with parents, bullies and their own conflicts.
FOUR ROUNDS Gameplay
1.1 Round 1
1.2 Rounds 2 & 3
1.3 The Double Feature Round
FOUR ACT PLAY
http://offthewallplays.com/2016/12/07/nietzches-nose-comedy-about-a-dysfunctional-family/
NIETZCHE’S NOSE – COMEDY ABOUT A DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILY
DECEMBER 7, 2016 DEMMER DEWAN LEAVE A COMMENT
comedy about a dysfunctional family
Nietzche’s Nose – Comedy about a dysfunctional family
A play about a seriously dysfunctional couple: Frederick: a slovenly, cantankerous husband, who firmly believes in his own superiority over everyone – including his talented wife Alice who somehow still manages to get the last word in! Frederick and Alice two are visited by his brother, Kurt who has news of their daughter, who was summarily thrown out of the family home some years previously. Kurt is also on a mission to get Frederick to help their ailing father, and has brought God with him as a Christian to use as a guilt trip in this comedy about a dysfunctional family.
When Frederick’s health suddenly gets worse, they all have to find the real source of the problem….
A comedy with abrupt mood swings that makes this a challenging play for actors, but nevertheless, quite enjoyable.
Other plays by George – Try psychology – melodrama in two acts.
Author: George Freek
Type: Four act play
Genre: Dark comedy about a dysfunctional family
Cast: 4-5M, 1F
Ages of the actors: Adult.
Suitable for:All ages
Set: FREDERICK and ALICE’S modest living-room
Level of difficulty: 8/10 – A comedy with abrupt mood swings that makes this a challenging play for actors, but nevertheless, quite enjoyable.
Read a Sample of the Script
FOUR ACT PLAY
http://offthewallplays.com/2016/03/25/heirs-three-act-british-comedy-script/
THE HEIRS – BRITISH COMEDY SCRIPT
MARCH 25, 2016 DEMMER DEWAN LEAVE A COMMENT
THE HEIRS – BRITISH COMEDY SCRIPT
Margaret Hubbard is rich; painfully and decadently rich. Mrs. Hubbard is also dead and according to her will she is determined to drive her husband crazy (one last, exquisite time) with a to-do list that would have him claim the will’s contents only upon the doings on the list being completed. In fact, the rest of those on the receiving end of said will (who are interestingly enough mostly Hubbard
Manors’ staff) may only receive their inheritance should Mr. Hubbard succeed. This is a story we have seen time and again: what adversity can teach the hero about themselves, when they commit to taking on the challenge and the tricky consequences thereof. It’s a story about our hero, Jeremy Hubbard, husband to a recently deceased dragon and how he endeavours to fulfil his destiny and
claim what is ‘rightfully’ his – a temptingly sumptuous inheritance, of course. Our hero faces the dragon beyond the grave with the help of the staff and the fire-breathing lizard’s lawyer. And the
lesson? It begins and ends as the story does; with insatiability.
Read about playwright Jean Blasiar. Other comedies (Am I good?) by Jean.
Author: Jean Blasiar
Genre: British Comedy Script
Type: Four act play
Cast: 2F 4M (mains)
Ages of the actors: Adult – all ages
Suitable for: All ages
Length: Two and a half to three hours
Set: A room with a high ceiling and one large window without curtains. A coffin stands in the room. The coffin is then removed at the scene change to make way for a coffee table with chairs, some bookshelves and decorations such as potted plants.
Level of difficulty: 8/10 – length. With four acts it is up to the director’s discretion iof they allow interval between acts, however this play has had a successful run.
http://offthewallplays.com/2013/04/28/taylor-four-act-play-about-loss/
TAYLOR – FOUR ACT PLAY ABOUT LOSS OF A SPOUSE
APRIL 28, 2013 DEMMER DEWAN LEAVE A COMMENT
four act drama
TAYLOR – A FOUR ACT PLAY ABOUT LOSS OF A SPOUSE
[ad name=”Tweet”]
‘Taylor’ is a drama play in four acts that deals with the metaphysical journey of a writer after he has lost his wife and is dealing with raising his young daughter as a single parent. In this four act play about loss, he also has to learn to allow himself to love again. This is a beautiful story about letting go of the past in order to move towards the future.
Author: Raymond Hobson
Genre: Drama
Type: Four act Play about loss
Suitable for: PG 10 – language at one point
Length: Full length play up to two hours with scene changes
Number of Actors: Eight, 8, 3M, 4F
Ages of actors: 1 F child, 2 middle aged F, 2 middle aged M, 1 older F, 1 older M, 1M any age
Set: Various – an office, a restaurant, a church
Level of Difficulty: 7/10 – getting the audience to identify with the actors
The author will allow workshopping of the play.
Read a Sample of the Script
http://offthewallplays.com/2015/06/20/the-judas-web-a-nigerian-drama-script/
FOUR ACT PLAY
THE JUDAS WEB – A NIGERIAN DRAMA SCRIPT
JUNE 20, 2015 DEMMER DEWAN LEAVE A COMMENT
Nigerian drama script
THE JUDAS WEB – NIGERIAN DRAMA SCRIPT
In this Nigerian drama script, ‘The Judas Web’ outlines the primary ills, which have bedeviled Nigeria – and in extension, Africa – for decades. And it adroitly captures in fiction, some of the key, and of course unscrupulous, characters that – through constant abuse of their various positions of power – are pointedly responsible for these evils.
These power-drunk individuals are the real enemies of State, who will stop at nothing to protect and maintain their selfish and perverted interests.
But their empire of gold soon crumbles – as the operatives of the Economic and Financial Crimes Commission (EFCC) – Nigeria’s foremost anti-graft agency – duly brings them to book.
Author: Ikenna C. Igwe
Genre: Traditional African Play
Type: Four act play
Cast: 17 main characters, mostly M and a few minor characters
Ages of the actors: Older teens to senior
Length: 1- 1.5 hours long
Suitable for: All ages
Set: Simple – staging at director’s discretion
Level of difficulty: 7/10 – traditional African play
Read a Sample of the Script
http://offthewallplays.com/2016/10/16/the-fourth-wall-one-act-teen-adventure-comedy/
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT- WHEN AN ACTOR BREAKS FOURTH WALL HE CONVERSES WITH AUDIENCE
THE FOURTH WALL – ONE ACT TEEN ADVENTURE COMEDY
OCTOBER 16, 2016 DEMMER DEWAN LEAVE A COMMENT
one act teen adventure comedy
THE FOURTH WALL – ONE ACT TEEN ADVENTURE COMEDY
For those of you that do not know the most important aspect of the moments leading up to the performance of a staged play, LISTEN UP! The fourth wall exists and to all kamikaze’s, beware! Jack,
Jason and Sarah fail to heed this fierce and true warning when they decide to do a bit of exploring on a blank stage, in ‘The Fourth Wall’ – a one act teen adventure comedy.
When the performers discover the kids, they call off their show in the beginning scene and attempt to catch them and take them to the stage manager. When one of the three kids get caught by the performers, the other two kids left must equip themselves with prop weapons and team up with theatre thugs to fight their way through egotistical lead roles, a stunned narrator, epic soldiers, chaotic scene changes and a short tempered stage manager to get their friend back.
In this comedy, a few frivolous minutes of exploration unravel a series of unfortunate events for a show that is already a hot mess. It is up to the Stage Manager to get it together before the show goes on, as he carefully weighs the risk, reward and raucousness of running a revue.
Author: Jonathan Smith
Type: One act teen adventure comedy play
Genre: Action, comedy, adventure, teen
Length: Thirty minutes
Cast: 6M, 2F, 6N (either M/F) Parts may be doubled
Ages of the actors: Three teen, rest are adult but can be played by any age from teens to adults
Suitable for: All ages
Set: Initially a blank stage, then the stage manager’s office with a desk and chair.
Level of difficulty: 7/10 – a fun filled play with a unique idea
Read a Sample of the Script
http://offthewallplays.com/2014/05/11/theseus-and-ariadne-modern-classic-greek-plays/
FOUR ACT PLAY
THESEUS AND ARIADNE – MODERN CLASSIC GREEK PLAYS
MAY 11, 2014 DEMMER DEWAN LEAVE A COMMENT
THESEUS AND ARIADNE – Modern Classic Greek Drama Plays
modern classic greek plays
According to myth, King Minos sent his son, Androgeos to the Games in Athens. Androgeos was highly successful and incurred the jealousy of criminal gangs who watched the games. He was murdered by them.
In his anger, Minos demanded that the criminals be handed over. The Athenians did not know the identity of the culprits and instead gave up their City.
From that time onwards, Minos ordered that seven boys and seven girls be sent to Crete each year. They would be fed to the Minotaur.
Many years later, Theseus travels to Crete and makes his way inside the labyrinth. He is successful in defeating the Minotaur. Our story begins here…
Author: Jethro Dykes
Genre: Classic Greek Plays, Drama
Type: Four act play, 4 act play
Number of Actors: 18-28 10-18M, 9F
Ages of the actors: Adult to old age
Suitable for: All ages
Set: Various scenes from a road to Athens to a court to the underworld
Level of Difficulty: 8/10 – keeping the style of the Greek play with a modern script
Read a Sample of the script
http://www.one-act-plays.com/castsize/plays_4_actors.html
ONE-ACT PLAYS FOR 4 ACTORS
10,000 Cigarettes - Comedy. Alex Broun. 4 f.
The Angel Intrudes - Comedy. Floyd Dell. 3 m., 1 f.
Carmen Dick: Feminist Private Eye - Comedy. Brian Rochlin. 2 m., 2 f.
Chitra - Drama. Rabindranath Tagore. 3 m., 1 f., extras.
The Cyclops - Comedy. Euripides. 4 m., extras.
Dog Park or Sexual Perversity in Magnuson - Comedy. Dennis Schebetta. 3 m., 1 f.
Echo - Drama. Joseph T. Shipley. 3 m., 1 f.
Ever Young - Drama. Alice Gerstenberg. 4 f.
The Game - Drama. Louise Bryant. 2 m., 2 f.
Her Tongue - Comedy. Henry Arthur Jones. 2 m., 2 f.
He Said and She Said - Comedy. Alice Gerstenberg. 1 m., 3 f.
His Return - Comedy. Percival Wilde. 1 m., 3 f.
King Arthur's Socks - Comedy. Floyd Dell. 1 m., 3 f.
A March Wind - Drama. Alice Brown. 2 m., 2 f.
Overtones - Drama. Alice Gerstenberg. 4 f.
The Philosopher of Butterbiggens - Comedy. Harold Chapin. 3 m., 1 f.
A Question of Sex - Comedy. Arnold Bennett. 2 m., 2 f.
Riders to the Sea - Drama. J.M. Synge. 1 m., 3 f., extras.
The Sequel - Comedy. Percival Wilde. 3 m., 1 f.
The Spotted Man - Comedy/Drama. Walter Wykes. 3 m., 1 f.
The Stepmother - Comedy. Arnold Bennett. 2 m., 2 f.
Sweet-and-Twenty - Comedy. Floyd Dell. 3 m., 1 f.
Thirty Minutes to Charlie - Comedy. Nick Zagone. 2 m., 2 f.
Thompson's Luck - Drama. Harry Greenwood Grover. 3 m., 1 f.
Two Slatterns and a King - Comedy. Edna St. Vincent Millay. 1 m., 2 f., 1 other.
While the Auto Waits - Comedy. O. Henry. 2 m., 2 f.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Act_(drama)
THIS FIVE ACT PLAY IS THE QUADRANT MODEL. THE FIRST SQUARE IS THE LIGHT- THE FIFTH SQUARE IS THE TRUE LIGHT. THE FIFTH SQUARE IS THE BEGINNING OF A NEW QUADRANT- THE FIRST SQUARE IS AUSPICIOUSNESS AND PEACE- HERE THE FIFTH SQUARE IS AS WELL RETURNING TO THE FIRST OF A NEW QUADRANT
A similar five-part structure is also used in traditional Japanese Noh drama, particularly by Zeami Motokiyo. Zeami, in his work "Sandō" (The Three Paths), originally described a five-part (five dan) Noh play as the ideal form. It begins slowly and auspiciously in the first part (jo), building up the drama and tension in the second, third, and fourth parts (ha), with the greatest climax in the third dan, and rapidly concluding with a return to peace and auspiciousness in the fifth dan (kyū).[7]
http://www.10-minute-plays.com/comedies/10000_cigarettes.html
FOUR ACTORS
10,000 CIGARETTES
by Alex Broun
CHARACTERS
GLORIA 1
GLORIA 2
GLORIA 3
GLORIA 4
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.theatrehistory.com/plays/chitra001.html
CHITRA
by: Rabindranath Tagore
A PLAY IN ONE ACT
CHARACTERS
GODS:
MADANA (Eros).
VASANTA (Lycoris).
MORTALS:
CHITRA, daughter of the king of Manipur.
ARJUNA, a prince of the house of the Kurus. He is of the Kshatriya or "warrior caste," and during the action is living as a Hermit retired in the forest.
VILLAGERS from an outlying district of Manipur.
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/cyclops.html
FOUR ACTORS
THE CYCLOPS
a play in one-act
by Euripides
The following one-act play is translated by E.P. Coleridge. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
SILENUS, old servant of the CYCLOPS
CHORUS OF SATYRS
ODYSSEUS
THE CYCLOPS
COMPANIONS OF ODYSSEUS
[Before the great cave of the CYCLOPS at the foot of Mount Aetna. SILENUS enters. He has a rake with him, with which he cleans up the ground in front of the cave as he soliloquizes.]
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.10-minute-plays.com/comedies/dog_park.html
DOG PARK
OR SEXUAL PERVERSITY IN MAGNUSON
by Dennis Schebetta
CHARACTERS
TIGER
JAKE
DUKE
BAMBI
SETTING
Magnuson dog park, Seattle
http://www.one-act-plays.com/dramas/echo.html
FOUR ACTORS- KING OF A QUATERNITY WITH MARY THE WIFE BEING THE DIFFERENT ONE
ECHO
a play in one-act
by Joseph T. Shipley
The following one-act play is reprinted from Ten Minute Plays. Ed. Pierre Loving. New York: Brentano's, 1923. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
HAROLD, the author
MARY, his wife
MYSELF, the rational side of the author's mind
I, the emotional self
http://www.one-act-plays.com/dramas/ever_young.html
FOUR ACTORS- ALSO HAS FOUR STRANDS OF A NECKLACE AND SHE TALKS ABOUT EACH ONE AND HOW THE FOURTH IS THE LONGEST- the first three from three husbands- the fourth from new fiancee
EVER YOUNG
a play in one-act
by Alice Gerstenberg
The following one-act play is reprinted from A Book of One-act Plays. Ed. Barbara Louise Schafer. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Company, 1922. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
MRS. PHOEBE PAYNE-DEXTER
MRS. AGNES DORCHESTER
MRS. WILLIAM BLANCHARD
MRS. CAROLINE COURTNEY-PAGE
MRS. COURTNEY-PAGE: This fourth strand, the largest and longest, is the gift of my new fiancé. I am down here waiting for time to pass--we shall be married as soon as it seems correct.
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/dramas/game.html
THE GAME
a morality play in one act
by Louise Bryant
The following one-act play is reprinted from The Provincetown Plays. New York: Frank Shay, 1916. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
LIFE
DEATH
YOUTH
THE GIRL
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/he_said_and_she_said.html
HE SAID AND SHE SAID
a play in one-act
by Alice Gerstenberg
The following one-act play is reprinted from Ten One-Act Plays. Alice Gerstenberg. New York: Brentano's, 1922. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
DIANA CHESBROUGH, a society girl
ENID HALDEMAN, her friend
FELIX Haldeman, her husband
MRS. CYRUS PACKARD, their friend
SETTING
Living-room at the Haldemans, before dinner.
HIS RETURN
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/his_return.html
a play in one-act
by Percival Wilde
The following one-act play is reprinted from Eight Comedies for Little Theatres. Percival Wilde. Boston: Little, Brown, and Co., 1922. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
HELEN HARTLEY
JOHN HARTLEY
SYLVIA BEST
A MAID
TIME
The Summer of 1918
KING ARTHUR'S SOCKS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/king_arthurs_socks.html
a comedy in one-act
by Floyd Dell
The following one-act play is reprinted from King Arthur's Socks and Other Village Plays. Floyd Dell. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1922. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
-
GUENEVERE ROBINSON
VIVIEN SMITH
MARY
LANCELOT JONES
http://www.one-act-plays.com/dramas/march_wind.html
A MARCH WIND
a play in one-act
by Alice Brown
The following one-act play is reprinted from One Act Plays. Alice Brown. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1921. It is believed to be in the public domain and may be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
MELIA, a middle-aged New England woman
ENOCH, her husband
ROSIE, Enoch's child
JOSIAH PEASE, Melia's cousin
TIME
The early afternoon of a wintry day.
FOUR CHARACTERS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/dramas/overtones.html
OVERTONES
a play in one-act
by Alice Gerstenberg
The following one-act play is reprinted from Washington Square Plays. Ed. Edward Goodman. New York: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1916. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
HARRIET, a cultured woman
HETTY, her primitive self
MARGARET, a cultured woman
MAGGIE, her primitive self
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/philosopher_of_butterbiggens.html
THE PHILOSOPHER OF BUTTERBIGGENS
FOUR ACTORS
a play in one-act
by Harold Chapin
The following one-act play is reprinted from The Atlantic Book of Modern Plays. Ed. Sterling Andrus Leonard. Boston: Atlantic Monthly Press, 1921. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
DAVID PIRNIE
LIZZIE, his daughter
JOHN BELL, his son-in-law
ALEXANDER, John's little son
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/philosopher_of_butterbiggens.html
THE PHILOSOPHER OF BUTTERBIGGENS
FOUR ACTORS
a play in one-act
by Harold Chapin
The following one-act play is reprinted from The Atlantic Book of Modern Plays. Ed. Sterling Andrus Leonard. Boston: Atlantic Monthly Press, 1921. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
DAVID PIRNIE
LIZZIE, his daughter
JOHN BELL, his son-in-law
ALEXANDER, John's little son
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/question_of_sex.html
A QUESTION OF SEX
a farce in one-act
by Arnold Bennett
The following one-act play is reprinted from Polite Farces for the Drawing-Room. Arnold Bennett. New York: George H. Doran Company, 1900. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
GEORGE GOWER, 27
FRANCIS GOWER, his Well-preserved Bachelor Uncle
MAY FORSTER, his Married Sister, 25
HELEN STANTON, his Wife's Married Sister, 28
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/sequel.html
FOUR ACTORS
THE SEQUEL
a play in one-act
by Percival Wilde
The following one-act play is reprinted from Eight Comedies for Little Theatres. Percival Wilde. Boston: Little, Brown, and Co., 1922. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
HE
SHE
THE BUTLER
HORROCKS, INC.
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/dramas/riders_to_the_sea.html
RIDERS TO THE SEA
a play in one-act
by John Millington Synge
The following one-act play is reprinted from Riders to the Sea. John M. Synge. Boston: John W. Luce, 1911. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
MAURYA, an old woman
BARTLEY, her son
CATHLEEN, her daughter
NORA, a younger daughter
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/stepmother.html
THE STEPMOTHER
a farce in one-act
by Arnold Bennett
The following one-act play is reprinted from Polite Farces for the Drawing-Room. Arnold Bennett. New York: George H. Doran Company, 1900. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
CORA PROUT, a Popular Novelist and a Widow, 30
ADRIAN PROUT, her Stepson, 20
THOMAS GARDNER, a Doctor, 35
CHRISTINE FEVERSHAM, Mrs. Prout's Secretary, 20
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/sweet_and_twenty.html
SWEET-AND-TWENTY
a play in one-act
by Floyd Dell
The following one-act play is reprinted from King Arthur's Socks and Other Village Plays. Floyd Dell. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1922. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
THE YOUNG WOMAN
THE YOUNG MAN
THE AGENT
THE GUARD
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/thirty_minutes_to_charlie.html
THIRTY MINUTES TO CHARLIE
a play in one-act
by Nick Zagone
The following one-act play is reprinted here with the author's permission. Inquiries concerning all rights, including amateur and professional performing rights, should be directed to the author at: zagonenick@icloud.com
CHARACTERS
REID - a fast Public Relations man, 30’s
KLINE - a fellow PR man, late 20’s
DARLENE - a slow hospital assistant
NURSE - a slow large admitting nurse
SETTING
The waiting area of a hospital Emergency Room in Las Vegas. There are some plastic chairs bolted to the floor. A couple of cubicles for admitting nurses. A door to the ER. A pay phone. A functional clock that says 7:30 am. Time September 11th, 2001 This play takes place in real time. At the end of the play the clock on the wall should read no later than 8:05 am.
http://www.one-act-plays.com/dramas/thompsons_luck.html
THOMPSON'S LUCK
a tragedy in one-act
by Harry Greenwood Grover
The following one-act play is reprinted from Twenty Contemporary One-Act Plays. Ed. Frank Shay. New York: D. Appleton and Company, 1922. It is now in the public domain and may therefore be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
STEPHEN THOMPSON
MRS. THOMPSON, his wife
WATERMAN HOLMES, a neighbor
HIRAM PRATT, a neighbor
http://www.one-act-plays.com/comedies/two_slatterns_and_a_king.html
TWO SLATTERNS AND A KING
A Moral Interlude
by Edna St. Vincent Millay
The following one-act play is reprinted from Contemporary One-act Plays of 1921. Ed. Frank Shay. Cincinnati: Stewart Kidd Co., 1922. It is now in the public domain and may be performed without royalties.
CHARACTERS
THE KING
CHANCE, The Vice
TIDY, The False Slattern
SLUT, The True Slattern
The Prologue and the Epilogue are spoken by CHANCE.
FOUR ACTORS
http://www.10-minute-plays.com/comedies/while_the_auto_waits.html
WHILE THE AUTO WAITS
by O. Henry
adapted for the stage by Walter Wykes
CHARACTERS
GIRL
YOUNG MAN
WAITRESS
CHAUFFEUR
TIME
1920s
https://actinginlondon.co.uk/most-important-plays-every-actor-should-read/#
Long Day’s Journey into Night
by Eugene O’Neill
Another Pulitzer Prize-winning play, Long Day’s Journey into Night is a captivating drama in four acts written by one of the greatest American playwrights – Eugene O’Neill. The play is considered O’Neill’s masterpiece, and it was written around the early 1940s (but published in 1956). Perfectly staged scenes and monologues for thespians, as well as incredibly chilling view of a family torn by career, disease, and apathy.
https://actinginlondon.co.uk/most-important-plays-every-actor-should-read/#
The Glass Menagerie
by Tennessee Williams
First playwright to appear twice on this list of most important plays every actor must read, Tennessee Williams’ The Glass Menagerie is truly important for many actors to learn about. It’s a four-character memory play which premiered in 1944 and catapulted Williams from obscurity to fame. A haunting play filled with wonderful material for actors and some of the finest scenes in the Williams canon.
The 4-Act Story Diamond
http://rageagainstthepage.blogspot.com/2006/01/4-act-story-diamond.html
Share2
Update: new version of the 4-Act Story Diamond graphic here.
I don't believe in the three-act screenplay story structure. It's four acts, plain and simple. I said so ten years ago on Jack Stanley's Scrnwrit list, and nothing has changed since. Four acts, no more, no less.
I'm sorry those screenwriting gurus sold you on three acts and then five acts and then seven acts or -- what are we up to now? Nine? Twelve? Look, we're all grasping for the magic template that will reign in the chaos and tame our wild stories, so I don't blame you for listening to those guys.
The four acts were there all along and the screenwriting gurus knew it, or at least sensed it. Certainly Syd Field knew it, although he failed to make a clean break from the dogmatic Aristotle three-act structure.
I swear, if I hear once more that line about "Get your hero up a tree, throw rocks at him, then get him down"... It's a god-awful illustration of the three-act structure and an even worse representation of storytelling. I wouldn't be surprise if every time he hears it, looking down on us from his heavenly pantheon, Aristotle gets the itch to hurl a lightning bolt at the speaker. I've yet to learn of any working screenwriters struck by real lightning, so I'll go ahead and assume Aristotle's patience runs a lot deeper than mine.
So what on earth does that pithy gem describe, really? I get that the 'up a tree' part stands for Act One: the inciting incident, the trigger, the destabilisation of the hero's world, jeopardy. And I get that the 'rocks' represent Act Two and conflict. It's not mentioned but it's a given that the rocks get larger and meaner with each throw, to create rising conflict.
... then get him down... ?? Is it just me or is that just a teensy bit anti-climactic? As a third act that simply will not do. Not around here.
Having exhausted our supply of rocks, it's time to get serious about making tree-guy suffer. Remember that chainsaw you stole from the set of Evil Dead: Army of Darkness? (Yes, I know about that; No, I never told The Chin, but I think he suspects.) Go get it. Because the writer's job is not to get the hero out of the tree. Your job is to make your protagonists suffer to the point where they have only one way out, where only one thing can transform the suffering into a solution: change.
I'm talking earthquake-fault-line-sized change. I'm talking about straddling the abyss with one foot on either side as it groans and cracks and widens beneath your hero, forcing a decision to go left or right, zig or zag, one way or the other, or do nothing and perish. At that moment, for the hero, standing still is no longer an option.
Change.
Get him down, indeed. Replace this with Get him to change and I'll be partially happy about the whole sordid tree affair.
OK, we were talking about screenwriting modelers. Some of these guys hedged their bets with their three-act structures by introducing little fudges to the middle of the second act, to help explain that amorphous thing dogging them near page 60, that annoying lump under the carpet they couldn't beat down -- the 'tentpole' or 'midpoint' in guru speak. They wanted their models to have the semblance and effect of a four-act structure without needing to chop in two that long middle act. They wanted page 60 to behave like an Act boundary without having to acknowledge it as an Act boundary.
Here's some advice: forget the screenplay gurus and their pet theories. Instead of paying $200 to sit on your ass and be lectured to by some guy in a tweed suit whose name will never appear on IMDB.com under a Writer - filmography title -- instead of that, go out and figure it out yourself.
Yes, teach yourself. Find a list of the 20 top-grossing movies of all time, pick five titles, and go buy copies of the screenplays or download them off the Net. Don't spend your $200 to have some guy tell you about the gold; go buy the gold!
And don't think you can get away with only referencing electronic copies of scripts. Get copies of the real deal, the stuff you can hold in your hands and thumb through and fold the corners and curse at when the front-cover brad holes tear away and you have to sticky-tape them back together. Out of all the scripts on my shelf, my favourite is not the Revised Fourth Draft March 15, 1976 of The Adventures of Luke Starkiller as taken from the "Journal of the Whills" by George Lucas; my favourite is my own 147-page draft of an unfinished script titled Oblivion. At some point long ago, my daughter mercilessly scribbled all over the cover. There's black pen and red marker, green and purple and orange pencil, some indecipherable shapes, creases, smiley faces, and my kids names scrawled here and there, among other doodles. Magic stuff. So, novice scribes, work with electronic copies of screenplays, yes. But as soon as you can, get your hands on paper copies of scripts that were actually used in movie production. Reading a screenplay on your computer monitor gives you very little sense of page layout, for one. More importantly, you don't get the buzz of excitement that comes from holding an actual screenplay, a screenplay identical in all respects (except for the atoms it's built from) to the one that Spielberg or John Ford or Hitchcock or [insert favourite movie director here] held when making the movie! That's the gold: screenplays. For the novice screenwriter it's the only currency you need to deal in (after you've learned the craft of writing and storytelling).
So you've got your five screenplays culled from the list of 20 top-grossing movies of all time.
Read them. Again.
And again.
Now, break down those scripts in terms of conflict and change. With practice you'll get good and fast at it.
Look at the elements in conflict and determine which realm they belong to:
Protagonist against self
Protagonist against family, friends, lovers
Protagonist against own society
Protagonist against another society
Protagonist against nature
Protagonist against god (links back to 'self' conflict)
Having identified the major hotspots (points of conflict) in a script, next identify which ones lead to transformations in character or situation. If you're looking at a well-told story, all conflict leads to some measure of change, but for our purposes we want to identify the most significant, dramatic instances.
In a moment we'll go through a couple of produced screenplays and do exactly that. But first, and without further "procrastibation" (skip dictionary.com and go ask Craig), here is the one true screenplay structure:
Act One, 1–30
One Ring to rule them all
Act Two, 30–60
One Ring to find them
Act Three, 60–90
One Ring to bring them all
Act Four, 90–120
And in the darkness bind them
For these leaner times of idealized 100–105-page screenplays, those act boundaries fall roughly every 25 pages, with a couple pages more at the end to handle your post-climax denouement.
For those ready to flame me for being an arrogant s.o.b. for claiming the one true screenplay model, I was kidding. Of course there's no single method for structuring a great screenplay. And yet, did I just hear some of you utter a heartfelt sigh of relief?
I'm not surprised. Gone is that crazy, elastic, pace-sapping 'middle' section running sixty loooong pages. That midpoint/tentpole is still there at page 60, but now we're allowed to give it the same importance as the other 'turning points.' It's now a fully fledged Act boundary.
Go examine the Story Diamond (click on the thumbnail at top right). Spend a few minutes studying it -- in fact, print it out and jot your own notes all over it as we work through some examples. Every act ends with a turning point, where the story direction swings around sharply, whipping off in a new direction. All four turning points are critical story moments that affect the characters deeply and yield significant consequences. They are moments of no return, where something is changed forever and there's no going back to the way it was before. Plans must be drastically altered, allegiances are forged or broken -- that sort of thing.
As promised, now we'll play with some real-world examples and see if they fit the four-act paradigm.
Aliens
You probably saw that coming -- if you've read one of my earlier posts. Just a terrific action script with some solid character foundations.
Script length: 105 pages.
Let's look for the first turning point that marks the end of Act One. Where does the story first take a sharp turn due to an action that cannot be revoked? Where is the first significant change in the protagonist, Ripley?
Bam! Page 18, no doubt about it.
RIPLEY
Burke, just tell me one thing. That you're going out there to kill them. Not to study. Not to bring back. Just to burn them out... clean... forever.
BURKE
That's the plan. My word on it.
RIPLEY
All right. I'm in.
...
CUT TO:
EXT. DEEP SPACE - THREE WEEKS LATER
An empty starfield. Metal spires slice ACROSS FRAME, followed by a mountain of steel. A massive military transport ship, the SULACO. Ugly, battered... functional.
Ripley is now committed. She accepted her new Call To Adventure. There's no way she can back out and return to Earth. She has crossed over from her Home domain into the Netherworld.
Moving on, let's root out the Act Two turning point. This is the half way marker. We can expect to find any of several key events: a near-death experience, a reversal in some aspect of the story, a new approach, etc. Let's look at the script...
HUDSON
Movement!
APONE
What's the position?
HUDSON
Can't lock up...
APONE
Talk to me, Hudson.
HUDSON
Uh, multiple signals... they're closing!
APONE
Go to infrared. Look sharp people!
...
Dietrich, standing near a wall of the structure, grips her flamethrower tightly. She doesn't see the nightmarish figure emerge from the wall behind her. It strikes, seizing her. She FIRES, reflexively, wild. The jet of flame ENGULFS FROST, nearby.
Crowe and Wierzbowski turn, horrified, to see the human torch drop his flaming satchel full of pulse-rifle magazines. They run. VOOM! They are catapulted forward by the blast, with Crowe striking a pillar head-on.
...
RIPLEY
GET THEM OUT OF THERE! DO IT NOW!
This is about as good as it gets for turning points, at least for action stories. We have a big confluence of conflict and change:
Reversal: the marines have just discovered what happened to the colonists. The mission was supposed to be Search and Rescue. That mission has abruptly turned into Get the hell out of here, alive! The hunters become the hunted.
Near death experience for the marines.
Ripley's worst fears are now realized: she's face to face with not just one but a whole nest of aliens.
As shown on the Story Diamond, they have crossed over from the Netherworld to a very Evil Domain.
And all this happens on page 50, at the halfway point in the script.
The final turning point, at the end of Act Three, is likely to lie around page 75 or so.
I think we have a winner at page 79:
RIPLEY
Sssh. Don't move. We're in trouble.
Newt nods, now wide awake. They listen in the darkness for the slightest betrayal of movement. Ripley reaches up and, clutching the springs of the underside of the cot, begins to inch it away from the wall.
...
She snaps her head around. A SCUTTLING SHAPE LEAPS TOWARD HER. She ducks. The obscene thing hits the wall above her. Reflexively she slams the bed against the wall, pinning the creature inches above her face. Its legs and tail writhe with incredible ferocity.
...
A figure appears at the observation window, a silhouette behind the misted-over glass. A hand wipes a clear spot. Hick's eyes appear. He steps back. WHAM! A burst of pulse-fire shatters the tempered glass. Hicks dives into the crazed spiderweb pattern and explodes into the room. He hits rolling, and slides across to Ripley. He gets his fingers around the thrashing legs of the vicious beast and pulls. Between the two of them they force it away from her face, though Ripley is losing strength as the tail tightens sickeningly around her throat. Hudson leaps into the room, flings Newt away from the desk to go skidding across the wet floor, and blasts the second creature against the wall. Point-blank. Acid and smoke.
So we have Ripley and Newt experiencing near-death. We have another massive revelation (Burke's treachery) that spins the plot in a new direction. Lump on top of this a new crisis with the aliens breaching their perimeter and forcing them to hightail it out of their stronghold. Clearly we have begun the final dash for the home plate and the final conflict.
We are into Act Four, and Ripley has entered her Martyr phase (RIPLEY: We're not leaving!).
Well, this article is getting long, so I'll leave further script-act analyses for future posts. Have a play with your favourite screenplays and see how many easily fall into the four-act story model.
END.
Posted by Belzecue at Sunday, January 22, 2006 |
Labels: structure
http://freedrama.net/small4.html
Small Cast Plays for Four Actors
by D. M. Larson and Art by Shiela Larson
"Cell Phone Zombies" Short sketch comedy skit about cell phones and time travel. Written for 4 actors of either gender. From the published play "Control the Future" ISBN-13: 978-1540666581
"Looks Get in the Way" Short comedy about finding the perfect person. 2-3 m 1-2 w (4 total).
"Stung" A short comedy about someone who wants to be one with nature but nature doesn't like her. (4 speaking parts [either gender] with possible extras)
"Pity the Fool" Short play about an artist looking for some pity. 2 m 2 w.
Death Takes the Train A short play for four actors about Death's new mode of transportation.
"Music Maybe" short comedy play for four actors about an all drummer rock group - "male version" or "female version"
"Rock, Sword, Firecracker!" Short comedy about the legend behind the game of Rock, Scissors, Paper. 3+ actors (any gender)
"Hipster Hobos" Short sketch comedy skit about being too cool is too annoying. 1+ m 1+ w (3-6+ total). From the published play “When Mel Fell for Nell“ ISBN-13: 978-1512007183
"Fart-Zen" - very short play for three or more actors (any gender)
"Gossip" - Short Comedy - 2-5 more actors
A play for mature actors
"Rednecks vs Aliens" - short comedy for 4 actors (2 male 2 female)
"D&D BnB (The Hands of Fate)" - Short comedy play for 4 actors
"Princess from Another Planet" Short play about an artist looking for some pity. 2+ m 2 w with possible extras.
"A Little Private Education" - One Act - 2 w 2 m
"Flowers in the Desert" - Short Drama - 2w 2m
"Billy Graham Bingo" - One Act - 2 w 2 m
"Borders" - One Act about prejudice along the Texas border - 3 w 1 m
"Seeing Beyond with Maya Fantasma" - Short Comedy - 3 w 1 m
"Waiting on Trains" Comedy - 2 w 2 m
"Signs of the Times" Short sketch comedy skit about money, taxes, politics and homelessness. Written for 3 males and 1 female but works for 4 actors of either gender. (link goes to Freedrama blog)
"PokyMonster Murders" short dramatic play for 4 or more actors about the darkside of Pokemon Go
"Kiss Me, I'm Irish" Short comedy about love and stereotypes. 3w 1m
"Heart Attack" Short play about a good man who finally gets rewarded and the woman who saves him from a heart attack. 2 m 2 w.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coast_to_Coast_AM
Louis Turi was born and raised in Provence, France.[18] Following four UFO experiences he was influenced to re-kindle Nostradamus' methods of Divine Astrology and spent many years reviving the Seer's cabalistic healing method.
YOU HAVE TO RESCUE FOUR CREW MEMBERS FROM FOUR DIFFERENT COLORED PLANETS
Bucky O'Hare at its core is very similar to the Mega Man series of games. Initially you can select from 1 of 4 themed planets (fire, ice, jungle, mechanical) wherein you rescue one of 4 crew members and use their powers to rescue the others. Their individual abilities are:
Bucky navigates the Yellow Planet using fast-moving asteroids as platforms.
- Bucky (a green rabbit) has a straight-shot (like Mega Man) and can also charge up for an extra high jump.
- Blinky (a robot) shoots an arc shot that can break ice and stone blocks and can hover for a short time after charging up.
- Jenny (a cat) has a fast moving attack and can charge a hovering, controllable shot that can attack enemies at a range.
- Deadeye (a duck) has a short range spread shot and when charged can climb walls for a period.
- Willy (a nerd) has a strong gun that can be charged up to be very strong shot.
Once a character has been unlocked, players can switch between them in real time.
Plot[edit]
Bucky O'Hare and his crew have been attacked by the evil toads and his crew has been captured and are being held on four color-coded planets. It is up to you, Captain Bucky O'Hare, to rescue your crew and use their unique abilities to rescue the others and take down the toad menace. Let's croak us some toads!
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bucky_O%27Hare_(NES_video_game)
QUADRANT
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Burai_Fighter
The player can also choose from three difficulty settings: Eagle, Albatross, and Ace; but the fourth difficulty setting, Ultimate, must be unlocked.
FOUR BABIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Tommy_in_Scavenger_Hunt.jpg
QUADRANT GAME BOARD
Rugrats: Scavenger Hunt is an interactive board video game developed by Realtime Associates for the Nintendo 64.
Players control one of four babies including Tommy, Chuckie, Phil, and Lil. Angelica serves as the main antagonist during the Temple of Gloom board, trying to snatch items in question before the others
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rugrats:_Scavenger_Hunt
Angelica's Temple of Gloom has an Aztec setting, and is the only one of the three boards that is played cooperatively. Stu brings home statues that Angelica accidentally shatters. The babies must recover all of the missing statue pieces (four times the number of active players) before Angelica finds hers to win. Pirate Treasure Hunt involves the babies scuba diving under water to find hidden treasure near a sunken ship. After Stu shows the babies his replica of a pirate ship, Grandpa Lou tells (the beginning of) a story about pirates with treasure. They must find all four kinds of "pirate treasure" to win. Reptar Rally is the only stage that changes the babies into dinosaurs (resembling the form of Reptar). Here they collect different types of candy on an island made of sweets. If they successfully collect candy from everyone else's stash, they win.
FOUR CHARACTERS https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Captain_America_and_The_Avengers
Captain America and the Avengers (キャプテンアメリカアンドジアベンジャーズ Kyaputen Amerika ando ji Abenjāzu?) is an arcade game developed and released by Data East in 1991
Players can choose to play as one of four members of the Avengers: Captain America, Iron Man, Hawkeye, and the Vision.
The original arcade game was sold in two forms. One version allowed four players to play simultaneously, with each player position controlling a specific character. An alternate version featured two-player gameplay, with players able to select from any of the available four characters.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chessmaster
THE FOURTH IS DIFFERENT
Notable games[edit]
Larry Christiansen vs. Chessmaster 9000 (September 2002), annotated at GameKnot: Game 1, Game 2, Game 3, Game 4
Chessmaster won the four-game match against Christiansen held in September 2002, by a score of 2½-1½.[10] The Chessmaster program was operated by John Merlino, the Project Manager of Chessmaster at the time of the match. Four different personalities were used in the match, the first three of which were based on famous human Grandmasters: Alexander Alekhine, Bobby Fischer, and Mikhail Botvinnik. The final game of the match used the default "Chessmaster" personality. Christiansen won the first game, lost the second and third games, and the fourth game resulted in a draw.
THERE ARE FOUR LEVELS FOUR EVENTS FOUR SKATING EQUIPMENT--- THERE IS A TOTAL OF 16 EVENTS THROUGH FOUR HUBS- THERE IS 16 SQUARES IN THE QUADRANT MODEL
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/720°
From official materials:
720 DEGREES VIDEO GAME
"It's just you, your trusty skateboard, and a hundred bucks as you skate, jump, slide, spin and move through four levels of difficulty, picking up loose cash, earning money through events, and finally, earning a ticket to one of the big skate parks! If you're lucky, you'll get to buy some rad equipment to make you the coolest skateboarder alive."
The game begins with the player controlling a skateboarder skating around a middle-class neighborhood using common objects as ramps for jumps.
The player begins with a number of "tickets," each of which granting admission to one of four skate parks, or "events," in Skate City, the "hub" between the parks. When a park is entered, one ticket is expended. The player gains additional tickets from earning points. Whenever the player isn't in an event, a bar counts down the time remaining until the arrival of deadly, skateboarder-hungry killer bees. Once the bees arrive the player still has a small amount of time with which to get to a park, but the longer the player delays this the faster the bees become, until they are unavoidable. Getting caught by the bees ends the game, though on default settings the player may elect to continue his game by inserting more money. Reaching a park with a ticket gives the player the chance to earn points, medals and money with which to upgrade his equipment, and resets the timer.
The player is constantly racing to perform stunts, both in the events and in the park itself, in order to earn the points needed to acquire tickets. Thus, the player’s score is directly tied to the amount of time he has to play the game. In order to win, the player must complete a total of sixteen events through four hubs, a difficult task.
Structure[edit]
The "Skate or Die" message appearing, as the player is running out of time
The game consists of four levels each consisting of four events:
Ramp: the player climbs around a half-pipe structure, trying to gain more and more height and performing tricks in the air to earn the most possible points. This ends when the timer runs out.
Downhill: a long course consisting of slopes and banks must be navigated to reach a finish line. The quicker the player reaches the finish, the more points are earned.
Slalom: an obstacle course in which the player is required to pass between pairs of yellow flags scattered across the course. Each gate passed grants a little extra time, and scoring depends on time remaining upon crossing the finish line.
Jump: the player jumps from a series of ramps, attempting to hit a bull’s-eye target off the screen. There are cryptic marks on the ramp before the jump that provide clues as to the location of the target. This ends when the timer runs out or the player crosses the finish line, whichever comes first.
Scattered through the levels are several 'map' icons placed on the ground which when activated show a map with the roads, parks, shops, and the player's location marked on it. Also scattered about the level are hazards and obstacles, jumping over hazards earns points.
The player earns points and money for high scores in each event, and doing well at the events earns the cash needed to buy equipment that improves player performance, and a chance at a bronze, silver, or gold medal. Completing all four events in all four classes completes the game.
EACH WORLD IS DIVIDED INTO FOUR STAGES- AND EACH STAGE IS DIVIDED INTO FOUR CHECKPOINTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adventure_Island_(video_game)
Hudson's Adventure Island (高橋名人の冒険島 Takahashi Meijin no Bōken Jima?, "Master Takahashi's Adventure Island"), also known simply as Adventure Island, is a side-scrolling platform game produced by Hudson Soft that was first released in Japan for the Famicom and MSX on September 12, 1986. It was later released in North America for the Nintendo Entertainment System on September 1988 and in the PAL region in 1992 under the title of Adventure Island Classic.
The player controls Master Higgins (known as Takahashi Meijin in Japanese versions), a young man who ventured to Adventure Island in the South Pacific after hearing that the Evil Witch Doctor kidnapped Princess Tina. To rescue her, Higgins must survive a series of 32 stages. There are eight worlds called "areas", which are divided four stages or "rounds" each, which are further divided into four checkpoints. When the player reaches the fourth round of each area, he must confront a boss at the end to continue to the next area. The game is completed when the player saves the girl after defeating the eighth and final form of the evil lord.
HIGGINS RIDES FOUR DIFFERENT TYPES DINOSAURS THROUGH THE ISLANDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adventure_Island_II
Adventure Island II (高橋名人の冒険島Ⅱ Takahashi Meijin no Bōken Jima Tsū?, lit. "Great Takahashi's Adventure Island II"), is a side-scrolling platform game developed by Now Production and published by Hudson Soft that was released for the Nintendo Entertainment System in 1991.
There are four types of dinosaur friends that Higgins can ride. These animal friends are summoned when the player collects a playing card suit hidden inside an egg. The blue camptosaurus (summoned by a heart card) attacks with his tail; the red camptosaurus (spade) can breathe fire and swim over lava until certain point; the pteranodon (clover) can fly over obstacles and drop stones; and the elasmosaurus (diamond) is the only dinosaur that can survive in underwater stages (the others will be lost when used underwater) and can help Higgins swim faster.
Princess Leilani may be safe, but her sister, the sweet and beautiful Tina, has just been kidnapped by the Evil Witch Doctor's persistent followers. Eight perilous islands are in control of the various monster minions, although four friendly dinosaurs will gladly ally themselves with those willing to brave the islands' dangers and defeat their common oppressors. Thinking of how grateful his favorite lady will be when he comes to her rescue, Master Higgins embarks on a daunting quest to get to his honey.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Josie_and_the_Pussycats_(TV_series)
"The Four-Eyed Dragon of Cygnon" November 18, 1972 60-11
The Pussycats encounter two aliens, who attempt to convince Josie and the gang into helping them against a dragon that is menacing them. Can the Pussycats figure out who is the true menace before it's too late?
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Monkees_(TV_series)
The Monkees is an American situation comedy that aired on NBC from September 12, 1966 to March 25, 1968. The series follows the adventures of four young men (the Monkees) trying to make a name for themselves as a rock 'n roll band. The show introduced a number of innovative new-wave film techniques to series television and won two Emmy Awards in 1967. The program ended on Labor Day 1968 at the finish of its second season and has received a long afterlife in Saturday morning repeats (CBS and ABC) and syndication, as well as overseas broadcasts.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Mommies_(TV_series)
"Four Mommies and a Funeral"
Plot formats[edit]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monk_(TV_series)
Episodes about a murder generally follow one of four basic plot outlines:
The killer is known, and how the crime was committed is known. The episode is spent trying to find evidence to arrest that person, and these episodes are hence patterned similarly to many episodes of Columbo.
Monk knows who the killer is, and knows what the motive is, but the killer has a seemingly air-tight alibi. The episode is spent trying to break that alibi and find out how the killer did it.
In a number of episodes, the plot involves trying to find out the killer, how the murder was done, and why.
In some episodes, the killer's M.O. is known, but not who did it or why.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sonic_Underground
Queen Aleena would reunite with her children to form the "Council of Four," and overthrow Robotnik
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Inbetweeners
The Inbetweeners is a British sitcom that originally aired on E4 from 2008 to 2010. Created and written by Damon Beesley and Iain Morris, the show followed the life of suburban teenager Will (Simon Bird) and his friends Simon (Joe Thomas), Neil (Blake Harrison), and Jay (James Buckley) at the fictional Rudge Park Comprehensive. The episodes involved situations of school bullying, broken family life, indifferent school staff, male bonding, and largely failed sexual encounters.
Main characters[edit]
The four main characters are seen in every episode as well as the 2011 and 2014 films. They consist of:
-
Will McKenzie (Simon Bird) is the show's central character, with his voiceover introducing and concluding each episode. In the first episode he has been transferred from a private school, following his parents' divorce, to Rudge Park Comprehensive, where he eventually befriends the others. He is an unconventional hero – although he is generally the wittiest and most level-headed of the group, he is prone to making bad choices and his sarcasm occasionally leads to him making outrageous and offensive remarks. Will is intelligent, focused and eager to get into a good university. However, he is shown to be romantically frustrated, and pessimistic about his chances, due to his awareness of his lack of any kind of suave or social grace.
-
Jay Cartwright (James Buckley) is the most immature and arrogant of the boys. He is also the most vulgar of the group and harbours a generally misogynistic outlook. He is obsessed with sex, with almost all his comments being about the subject. In his mind, he is the most sexually experienced of the group. He frequently tells wild and fictitious stories about his experiences (sexual or otherwise), and hands out highly dubious advice which demonstrates that in reality he has very little understanding of the subject discussed. In fact he is actually the least sexually experienced of the group, frequently relying on pornography to attain gratification, as he finds it difficult to engage with girls. In addition to his sexual stories, Jay compulsively lies about just about anything to make himself seem cooler, no matter how wildly unbelievable.
-
Simon Cooper (Joe Thomas) is the most cynical and grumpy of the group, being prone to bouts of hysterical swearing at the slightest provocation – such as gentle goading, family rules, or even kindly advice – from his family or peers. However, he is also shown in several scenes to be the friendliest and most trustworthy member of the group, and he maintains a closer relationship with Will than any of the others. Simon considers himself to be the most romantic of the boys, his on-off relationship with Carli propelling many of the plots.
-
Neil Sutherland (Blake Harrison) is known to be the slow, somewhat dim-witted, kind and gullible "nice guy" member of the group. He often fails to appreciate he is responsible for the bad situations he causes, and fails to pick up on sarcasm, often taking comments seriously and consistently believes Jay's compulsive and blatant lies. Neil's simpler mind means he is often happy and positive as well as more accepting of Will and he displays less of the selfishness and obsession with sex as the others. He tends to be the most sexually experienced member of the group.
-
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
The Golden Girls (1985 TV Series)
7.8/10
Four previously married women live together in Miami, sharing their various experiences together and enjoying themselves despite hard times. (30 mins.)
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
Sisters (1991 TV Series)
7.6/10
"Sisters" follows the lives and loves of four close, but very different, sisters of the Reed family living in Winnetka... (60 mins.)
Stars: Swoosie Kurtz, Patricia Kalember, Sela Ward, Elizabeth Hoffman
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
Designing Women (1986 TV Series)
7/10
The misadventures of four women and their handyman running a design firm in Atlanta, Georgia. (30 mins.)
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
http://www.crushable.com/2009/01/26/entertainment/rihanna-as-fourth-charlies-angel/
It was just announced recently that there is going to be a third “Charlie’s Angel” movie and during an interview with Drew Barrymore and Nancy Juvonen, who both are producing the movie, Rihanna’s name popped up.
They mentioned that they may very well add a fourth Angel to the pack. Juvonen says, “I’m having a Rihanna fixation myself.”
Read more: http://www.crushable.com/2009/01/26/entertainment/rihanna-as-fourth-charlies-angel/#ixzz4ca2r5iQQ
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charlie%27s_Angels
Four women (including future star Tea Leoni were selected to be in a show called Angels '88, which was to serve as an updated version of the show. The show was later named Angels '89 after production delays, but the project was abandoned before notice was taken.[22] From 1998–1999, Telemundo and Sony produced a show called Ángeles.[23] The weekly hour format did not catch on with Hispanic viewers, who are accustomed to watching telenovelas nightly and the series was soon canceled. In 2002, a German version of Charlie's Angels, Wilde Engel,[24] was produced by the German channel RTL. The show was known as Anges de choc in French-speaking countries, and as Three Wild Angels in English-speaking ones.
Girlfriends (2000 TV Series)
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
7.0/10
A look at the lives, loves, and losses of four different women, Toni, Maya, Lynn, and Joan. (30 mins.)
Hot Properties (2005 TV Series)
6.4/10
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
A look at the lives of four women who work at a Manhattan real estate office. (30 mins.)
Related (2005 TV Series)
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
7.7/10
Revolves around the lives of four close-knit sisters, of Italian descent, raised in Brooklyn - living in New York City. (60 mins.)
FOUR WOMEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Girls_(TV_series)
Girls is an American television series that premiered on HBO on April 15, 2012. Created by and starring Lena Dunham, Girls is a comedy-drama following the lives of four young women living in New York City. The show's premise and major aspects of the main character were drawn from Dunham's own life.[2]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:MakeItorBreakIt_Cast.jpg
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_It_or_Break_It
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
THE FOUR MAIN CAST OF MAKE IT OR BREAK IT
Make It or Break It (2009 TV Series)
7.6/10
Follows a group of FOUR teen Olympic hopefuls as they train and prepare for their day in the spotlight. (45 mins.)
Stars: Ayla Kell, Josie Loren, Cassandra Scerbo, Candace Cameron Bure
Add to Watchlist
Make It or Break It (2009 TV Series)
7.6/10
Follows a group of teen Olympic hopefuls as they train and prepare for their day in the spotlight. (45 mins.)
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0828392/
John comes into contact with four breast cancer sufferers. The first is his mother, the second is his childhood nanny, the third is his wife, and the final is his sister.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2638662/
Four American counsellors at a European summer camp must deal with the outbreak of a rage-inducing plague that starts in the animals.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carriers_(film)
Carriers is a 2009 American post-apocalyptic horror film written and directed by Àlex and David Pastor. It stars Lou Taylor Pucci, Chris Pine, Piper Perabo and Emily VanCamp as four people fleeing a viral pandemic.
FOUR CONTESTANTS
Panic Button
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Panic_Button_(2011_film)
Four young people win the competition of a lifetime; Jo (Scarlett Alice Johnson), Max (Jack Gordon), Gwen (Elen Rhys) and Dave (Michael Jibson) head off on an all expenses paid trip to New York, courtesy of the social network All2gethr.com. As they board the private jet, they are asked to relinquish their mobile phones and take part in the in-flight entertainment – a new online gaming experience.
As Jo climbs into the car she hands her daughter a cell phone so they could text each other. As she leaves a man enters her mother's house and kills the mother. What happens to the daughter remains unknown.
The four contestants soon meet; Dave, is soon to be married but has a little bit of a self-control problem around women. Jo, is a single mother who had just gotten out of rehab. Gwen seems to be a sweet girl and is a counselor on All2gether.com but doesn't take her own advice. Max is a liar and a strange guy.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Super_Street_Fighter_II_Turbo
In street fighter there is the final four boss opponents. These bosses are known as the Four Grand Masters.
GODDESS FREYA LOVEMAKING WITH THE FOUR DWARFS
Freyja was the goddess of love, beauty, magic and death in Norse mythology.
http://mysticalnumbers.com/number-4-in-mythology/
She owned a gorgeous necklace named Brisingamen.
One day when she was out walking, she came to a huge stone where some dwarfs lived. The stone was open and Freyja entered.
Once inside she saw the most beautiful necklace she had ever laid her eyes on.
The four dwarfs living in the stone had made it. Dwarfs were masters of craftsmanship.
Freyja begged to purchase the necklace. The dwarfs would not sell it for any amount of gold.
Freyja asked them to name their price. They replied that she may keep the necklace if she would spend one night with each of the four dwarfs. Freyja went along with the deal.
After four night of lovemaking, she walked away with the necklace. That is how Freyja became the owner of Brisingamen.
The show survivor had 2 3 or four tribes. It never went beyond four. The fourth is always different. The fifth is always questionable.
Tribes may be pre-determined by production before filming starts. Often this is done to equalize the sexes and age ranges within both tribes. Other seasons have had the tribes separated by age, gender, or race. In other cases, the tribes may be created on the spot through schoolyard picks. Most often, only two tribes are featured, but some seasons have begun with three or four tribes. Once assigned a tribe, each castaway is given a buff in their tribe color to aid the viewers in identifying tribal alliance. Tribes are then subsequently given names, inspired by the local region, and directions to their camps.
Panama, Cook Islands, Fiji, Micronesia, Gabon (first switch) - A schoolyard pick was held, starting with a captain for each tribe chosen at random, or (in the case of Gabon) designated by each tribe as the most important player to the tribe. In every case, each player would pick a player from his or her original opposing tribe. In Panama, each player chose a player of the opposite sex; as there were an odd number of players at the time, the player not chosen was sent to Exile Island and later joined the new tribe that first voted a member off (this also occurred in Fiji and Gabon). In Cook Islands (which started with four tribes), four captains were chosen (two men and two women), with each player choosing a player of the opposite sex and from an original tribe not yet represented in his or her new group; the four groups then were randomly paired to form two new tribes.
During the 1999 season the contestants were initially divided into four tribes. This twist would later be used in the American version of Survivor during Survivor: Exile Island and Survivor: Cook Islands.
One of the more novel merchandising items has been the interactive Survivor: The Ride thrill ride at California's Great America in Santa Clara, California. The ride includes a rotating platform on which riders are divided into one of four "tribes." As the ride moves along an undulating track, riders can be sprayed by water guns hidden in oversized tribal masks while drums and other familiar Survivor musical accents play in the background. Other theming includes Survivor memorabilia throughout the queue line and other merchandise for sale in nearby gift shops.[20] The ride has since been rethemed as Tiki Twirl.
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dudaktan_Kalbe
Dudaktan Kalbe ("From the Lips to the Heart") is a Turkish television series
The story concerns four main characters - Kenan, Lamia, Cemil and Cavidan - and the complicated relationships that develop as they experience the triumphs and tragedies of life. The supporting characters provide a colorful and realistic background and the settings showcase the beauty of the Turkish islands.
FOUR MAIN CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timeless_(TV_series)
Timeless is an American science fiction time travel drama series that premiered on NBC on October 3, 2016. It follows the adventures of Lucy Preston (a history professor) (Abigail Spencer), Rufus Carlin (a scientist) (Malcolm Barrett) and Wyatt Logan (a soldier) (Matt Lanter) as they attempt to stop Garcia Flynn (Goran Višnjić) from changing the course of American history through time travel.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0368975/
Four best friends, desperate to improve their social status, enter into an all-night scavenger hunt against the popular clique in their school.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/After_Tiller
After Tiller is an Emmy-winning 2013 documentary film directed by Martha Shane and Lana Wilson that follows the only four remaining doctors in the United States who openly perform late-term abortions. In 2015, After Tiller won the News and Documentary Emmy Award for Best Documentary.[3] The title of the film refers to George Tiller, a doctor who performed abortions and was murdered in 2009.[1][4]
The film follows the daily work and lives of doctors LeRoy Carhart, Warren Hern, Shelley Sella, and Susan Robinson, the only four doctors in the United States who openly perform late-term abortions after the 2009 assassination of Dr. George Tiller.
THIS STUFF IS IN MY OVER 50 BOOKS
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saving_Private_Ryan
Meanwhile, in Washington, D.C, at the U.S. War Department, General George Marshall is informed that three of the four brothers of the Ryan family were killed in action and that their mother is to receive all three telegrams on the same day. He learns that the fourth son, Private First Class James Francis Ryan, is a paratrooper and is missing in action somewhere in Normandy. Marshall, after reading Abraham Lincoln's Bixby letter, orders that Ryan must be found and sent home immediately.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1848826/
Weaving interviews of policy experts and startling facts with the lives and careers of four teachers, American Teacher tells the collective story by and about those closest to the issues in... See full summary »
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Teacher
American Teacher is a 2011 documentary film co-directed by Vanessa Roth and Brian McGinn and produced by The Teacher Salary Project. It follows the format of the book Teachers Have It Easy: The Big Sacrifices and Small Salaries of America’s Teachers.
Contents [hide]
1 Summary
2 Production
3 Screenings
4 References
5 External links
Summary[edit]
American Teacher uses a large collection of teacher testimonies and contrasts the demands of the teaching profession alongside interviews with education experts and education reform news from around the country. There are four principal characters in the film whose lives and careers are closely portrayed over the course of several years. Alongside the stories of these four characters is interwoven a mixture of interviews with teachers, students, families, and education leaders, as well as animation conveying startling facts surrounding the teaching profession.[2]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Space_Cowboys
Space Cowboys is a 2000 American space disaster drama film directed and produced by Clint Eastwood. It stars Eastwood, Tommy Lee Jones, Donald Sutherland, and James Garner as four older "ex-test pilots" who are sent into space to repair an old Soviet satellite.
FOUR OFFICERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Courageous_(film)
The personal lives of these officers are observed: Mitchell adores his nine-year-old daughter, Emily, but is distant from his fifteen-year-old son, Dylan, because Mitchell doesn't share Dylan's interest in 5k runs. Hayes never knew his biological father, instead treating a neighbor as his father (even giving him Father's Day cards annually), but would risk his life to save his three children; however, his teenage daughter Jade (Taylor Hutcherson), resents him because he has a strict policy about dating. Fuller is divorced, as were his parents, and has joint custody of his son. Thomson is young and single.
THE GAME IS ON A QUADRANT GRID
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tic-Tac-Dough
Tic-Tac-Dough is an American television game show based on the paper-and-pencil game of tic-tac-toe. Contestants answer questions in various categories to put up their respective symbol, X or O, on the board. Three versions were produced: the initial 1956–59 run on NBC, a 1978–86 run initially on CBS and then in syndication, and a syndicated run in 1990. The show was produced by Barry & Enright Productions.
I discussed tic tact toe is played on a quadrant grid
FOUR ACT STRUCTURE
https://www.facebook.com/groups/1104918552964255/permalink/1106826276106816/
Screenplay Structure in Four Easy Pieces
By Jengo Robinson
Share |
All plays, whether on the screen or on the stage, have a format more defining than any other form of literary expression. Screenplays are, perhaps, the toughest. They have a structure as steely and rigid as the support towers of the Golden Gate Bridge. They are more restrictive than the Japanese seventeen-syllable, set-in-concrete poem known as haiku. The best comparison is to picture a novel a vat of mushroom soup, and a screenplay as a stock cube, same intensity of flavor, but powerfully compressed. If writing a novel is swimming in the ocean, screenwriting is swimming in the bath.
Every story must have a beginning, must have a middle, and must have an end. And don't think you can write it until you know what that end is. These elements can also be called set-up, conflict and resolution. You can dance around this formula until you're blue in the face, but you're always going to come back to it. Set-up. Conflict. Resolution. That's the way it always has been. That's the way it always will be. And the key to screenplay structure is hitting the right page with the right beat.
Set up. Conflict. Resolution. Act I, Act II, Act III. Scripts are mathematical. Structuring them is a numeric problem. They are meticulously engineered; yet must disguise their geometric precision.
Act II is so long — 60 pages — it must be divided in half to create Act II A and Act II B, which leaves four Acts. Plain and simple. But the trick is to split Act II at the central turning point of the entire movie. This can sometimes be called the flip-the-script moment, or the mid-point, and it happens exactly halfway through all movies. This turning point in the drama must be established long before you begin writing. And it must take the audience from Act II A into Act II B.
Each Act should be 30 pages. Four of those make 120, the Hollywood length. Act I, II A, II B and III. But, unlike the theatre that has a curtain to divide Acts, or television dramas where they are consistent with commercials, how can you tell when an Act has changed in the cinema? Being able to spot this, and understanding why Acts change, and grasping what each Act must achieve is something you must master.
Act I
This introduces the main characters, establishes 'the rules of the world', and sets-up the hero's goal for the rest of the movie. But this can't be an arbitrary decision. In all great scripts, there lies within Act I the Inciting Incident. This is the event, usually found on page 10-15 that sparks the desire your hero needs in order to pursue his goal. When you study films, it can be identified easily. Watch out for the event that occurs in the hero's life that doesn't happen every day. This is the Inciting Incident.
Act I ends on page 25-30. Study opening scenes from films you know. Why have they chosen to start this way? How does this opening reveal character, introduce the hero or nemesis? The opening to a movie must be chosen carefully. The Incident that sparks the story, must, above all, be credible. Not some cockamamie idea that will cause everyone in the cinema to say, "Yeah, right!"
Act II A
The hero begins his journey. It must be filled with conflicts and obstacles that are constantly being thrown in his way. The trickiest part is inventing that turning point on page 60. It must change the course of the story, yet keep the hero pursuing the same goal. A great example is in Derailed. At the end of Act II A, Clive Owen suddenly realizes Jennifer Anniston is no longer the sweet blond with a bad marriage, but his real nemesis. You must come up with something that will literally turn the script around, making the audience gasp. This turning point is so critical you may want to structure the entire story around this one event. Watch films and identify this point. A History of Violence contains another great example.
Act II B
At the beginning of this Act, a ray of hope must shine upon the hero. With his original goal from Act I, and with the drama now aimed in a new direction, conflicts must start again, sliding towards the low-point, where the hero reaches an all-time low. This must happen on page 90. It marks the end of Act II. It's the now-or-never moment, and everything you write is aimed resolutely towards this point. You must keep telling yourself, "I've got to get my hero to the page 90 abyss in the next x amount of pages." You'll find it easier to work backwards. That will stop you over-shooting and ending up page 96, which makes Act II B too long, too long, too long. Then you've got to cut it, which is even more difficult than writing it.
Act III
This contains two parts. The final battle with the nemesis, where the hero achieves his goal against all odds, and then, the long awaited resolution - only a few pages long. The end of the script is the most important part. You must know where your hero is going before you write one word of the script. You write towards the end. This will allow you to plant and foreshadow the drama. You cannot operate until the end has been established. If you start writing without knowing the end, you will fail, probably catastrophically.
Mastering this information.
Once you know the basic story, spend the next five hours trying to work out the last two minutes of the movie. Then you can begin to establish the low-point, moving backwards to the much more tricky mid-point.
The easiest Act to write is the first, because it's an introduction and establishes the Goal. However, Act I requires diligent research and more detail than any other part of the script. Act II is very hard, and this is where almost every script fails, leading up to the turning-point. And if you feel this is going wrong, you might as well turn off your computer and start again.
Ultimately, you live and die between page 30 and page 60. It's a four Act structure, no ifs, ands or buts. Keep the reader or audience hooked, load in the surprises, and no goofing off cruising through three or four pages without much happening. You can't afford it in screenwriting.
Watch films with all these points in mind. Pay attention to Act breaks, (time them on your watch — about every half hour). Count the conflicts being hurled at the hero. Watch how the nemesis always seems more powerful. This is the making of a hero. He must overcome the seemingly insurmountable struggle to achieve his goal.
Thrillers, action films, Westerns and horrors are great genres to grasp these principles. High Noon, The Wizard of Oz and Star Wars all possess the geometric precision I have outlined. The watchword is structure. And it's as critical to your writing as those towers that hold up the Golden Gate Bridge.
Here's an excerpt from QMR
The fantastic four, made by Stan Lee, is a superhero team made up of four characters. They are
Square 1: The Invisible Girl- related with the first square element air
Square 2: Mr Fantastic- related with the second square element water
Square 3: The Thing- related with the third square element earth
Square 4: The Human Torch- related with the fourth square element fire
Here's an excerpt from my book QMR
The Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles show had four characters that fit the quadrant model pattern. They were
Square 1: Leonardo- he is melancholic
Square 2: Donatello- he is phlegmatic
Square 3: Leonardo- he is sanguine
Square 4: Raphael- he is choleric
FOUR MURDEROUS THUGS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/While_She_Was_Out
While She Was Out is a 2008 American thriller film starring Kim Basinger and Lukas Haas. Basinger plays a suburban housewife who is forced to fend for herself when she becomes stranded in a desolate forest with four murderous thugs.
She confronts the car, and four young men emerge—Huey, Vingh, and Tomás—led by Chuckie. They threaten to rape her. Della insults Chuckie, and a security guard intervenes, but he is shot dead by Chuckie. As the gang realizes that they have committed a murder, Della manages to start her car and drive away. They follow her, intending to kill her, as she is the only witness. As they pursue her some distance, she eventually crashes her car in a deserted area where homes are under construction. She takes a road flare and a toolbox out of her car and hides behind a backhoe.
The Four Just Men was a 1959 television series produced by Sapphire Films for ITC Entertainment. It was broadcast for one season of 39 half-hour monochrome episodes.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Four_Just_Men_(TV_series)
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Cast and characters
3 Production
4 Episode list
5 DVD
6 References
7 External links
Plot[edit]
The series, based on a sequence of novels by Edgar Wallace including a novel titled The Four Just Men, presents the adventures of four men who first meet while Allied soldiers in Italy during the Second World War. The men later reassemble, and decide to fight for justice and against tyranny, using money donated for the purpose by their late commanding officer. They operate from different countries: Jeff Ryder is a professor of law at Columbia University in New York, Tim Collier is an American reporter based in Paris, Ben Manfred is a crusading independent MP who works from London and Ricco Poccari is an Italian hotelier based in Rome. Their reputation as the "Four Just Men" is well known.
The series is unusual in having the four main actors appear alternately (except in the first episode); one or occasionally two makes a brief appearance in each other's episode, often using a telephone.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Newlywed_Game
For the first round, the wives are taken off the stage while the husbands were asked three questions. The wives were then brought back on stage and were asked for their answers for the same three questions. Once the wife gave her answer, the husband revealed the answer that he previously gave, which was written on a blue card. A match for that question was worth 5 points for the couple.
The roles were reversed in the second round, where the husbands were taken off the stage and the wives were asked four questions before the husbands were brought back on stage to give their answers. The first three questions in this round were worth 10 points each, and the final question was worth 25 points; Eubanks referred to this as the "25-point bonus question." The maximum possible score for any couple was 70 points. The couple with the highest score at the end of the second round won a prize that was "chosen just for you". (Actually, the couples had requested a certain prize and competed with other couples that had requested the same prize.) By 1987, this practice was eliminated.
The grand prize was never a car or cash, but it could include just about anything else: appliances, furniture, home entertainment systems, a trailer or motorcycles, trips (complete with luggage and camera), etc. In the 1997 remake, the grand prize was always a trip, this time referred to as "a fabulous second honeymoon" instead of "a grand prize chosen just for you."
Prior to taping the show, each couple was asked to predict the total points they would earn. In the event of a tie for first place, the tied couples reveal a card showing this predicted score. The couple that had the closest guess without going over their actual total won. If all the tied couples went over, the couple who had the closest guess won. An exact guess awarded an additional prize to the winners.
For the first half of the 1988–89 season, the scoring system was changed: all correct answers paid off in cash ($25 to start with, three questions each worth $25 in round one, followed by two each worth $50 in round two), and during the final question the couples could wager any part of their earnings up to that point. All couples kept any money won (maximum of $400), but only the winners took home the grand prize.
This scoring format was dropped, and the old one reinstated, when Paul Rodriguez took over as host in December 1988, although the number of couples competing was then reduced to three.
When Gary Kroeger took over in Fall 1996 the show was overhauled with a new format. Like with the 1988–89 season of The New Newlywed Game, three couples competed in a series of rounds.
Round 1[edit]
Each spouse was shown a videotape of their mates who gave a statement mostly about their spouse. The tape was paused near the end which gave the spouse in control a chance predict how his/her mate completed the statement. Then the tape played again, and a correct answer earned 10 points. First the husbands' tapes were shown and the wives took a guess, and then it went the opposite direction.
Round 2[edit]
Kroeger asked the couples a multiple-choice question in which one half of the couples had given answers in advance, and the other must guess what they chose. Each match again earns 10 points. First the wives predicted what their husbands said, then the process was reversed.
Round 3[edit]
In this round before the show, either the wives or the husbands gave some very weird facts about themselves. Kroeger gave the facts to the other half of the couple, who were equipped with heart-shaped signs that say "That's My Wife/Man!" If they recognized that fact, all they had to do was to raise the sign and yell out "THAT'S MY WIFE/MAN!" Correct recognitions won 10 points for their team, but wrong ones lost 10 points for the team. Only the first person to raise the sign could win or lose. Seven facts were played.
Round 4[edit]
In this final round of the game, Kroeger read a series of choices (ex: Candy or Potato Chips, Rocket Scientist or Space Cadet, Ketchup or Mustard, etc.) and the wives held cards with one of the choices on it. Then the husbands chose one of the two things that most applies to them. Each match earned points. There were seven questions, and each question was worth 10 points more than the previous question with the last question worth even more. So 310 points were possible for any couple who answer all seven questions correctly in this round.
Question 1 – 10 points
Question 2 – 20 points
Question 3 – 30 points
Question 4 – 40 points
Question 5 – 50 points
Question 6 – 60 points
Question 7 – 100 points
The couple with the most points would win the game and the second honeymoon trip. If there was a tie, a tie-breaker question was played until only one couple correctly answered the question; that couple would then win. If two couples answered correctly or incorrectly, this tie-breaker was repeated with a new question. This also applied to all three couples who answered right or wrong, or two of the three couples in the tie-breaker who answered correctly.
This format was mostly disliked by fans of the original show, so for the second season of this version, it reverted to its original format and theme, with original host Eubanks back at the helm.
FOUR MALES FOUR FEMALES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Temptation_Island_(TV_series)
Temptation Island is an American reality television program broadcast on Fox in which several couples agreed to live with a group of singles of the opposite sex, in order to test the strength of their relationships. The first season of the show was taped on Ambergris Caye in Belize.
A ratings hit, Season 1 premiered on January 10, 2001 and aired its finale on February 28, 2001. The show was controversial from the get-go, something that Fox hoped would drive ratings. Four male contestants lived in one section with a dozen female models, and the four female contestants lived in another section with a dozen attractive men. The initial couples were Kaya Wittenburg and Valerie Penso, Mandy Lauderdale and Billy Cleary, Ytossie Patterson and Taheed Watson, and Andy Lukei and Shannon Roghair. Patterson and Watson were removed from the show when the producers learned that the pair had children together. The remaining three couples continued. Season 2 premiered on October 31, 2001 and delivered poor ratings.[1] After a nearly two-year layoff, a third edition of the series premiered on August 28, 2003. Like Season 2, Season 3 also delivered poor ratings.[2]
FOUR THIEVES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Home_Alone_3
Petr Beaupre, Alice Ribbons, Burton Jernigan, and Earl Unger, four internationally wanted hitmen working for a North Korean terrorist organization, have stolen a $10 million missile-cloaking computer chip. The thieves put it inside a remote control car to sneak it past security at San Francisco International Airport. However, a luggage mix-up occurs, causing a woman named Mrs. Hess to inadvertently take the thieves' bag containing the remote control car, while returning home to Chicago. The four thieves arrive in Chicago and systematically search every house in Mrs. Hess's suburban neighborhood to find the chip.
FOUR SOLDIERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monsters:_Dark_Continent
Ten years after the events of the previous film, four closely knit friends from Detroit—Michael, Frankie, Inkelaar and new father Williams—are U.S. soldiers deployed to the Middle East for their first tour as they must deal with the monsters and a new insurgency on the rise. They meet their team leaders, Forrest and Frater. Frater, who has already gone through nine tours, has become estranged from his wife and daughter, who he says is afraid of him. On their first mission, they investigate a farm house and interrogate the owner. During the encounter, one of the gigantic monsters approaches the group and they are forced to gun it down. Three months into their tour, the team receives a search and rescue mission for four soldiers who have gone missing along a particularly active area.
During a drive, the team's convoy hits a hidden IED which disables both vehicles, killing Forrest and two of their team. Williams, disoriented by the explosion, wanders onto another IED, which detonates, blowing his legs off. The group is then set under fire by insurgents. Rushing Williams to safety, Inkelaar is unable to stabilise Williams, who dies shortly after. Forced to abandon his body, the four remaining escape on foot. After finding another shelter and while recovering from what has happened, Inkelaar is killed by a sniper while Frankie is wounded before a group of insurgents surrounds them. Frater leads the others into surrendering. After being captured, Michael and Frater are bound and forced to watch as Frankie bleeds to death in front of them. That night, Frater uses the distraction of an approaching monster to disarm and kill one of their guards, and the two of them escape on motorcycles, determined to finish their mission.
FOUR SOLDIERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monsters:_Dark_Continent
Ten years after the events of the previous film, four closely knit friends from Detroit—Michael, Frankie, Inkelaar and new father Williams—are U.S. soldiers deployed to the Middle East for their first tour as they must deal with the monsters and a new insurgency on the rise. They meet their team leaders, Forrest and Frater. Frater, who has already gone through nine tours, has become estranged from his wife and daughter, who he says is afraid of him. On their first mission, they investigate a farm house and interrogate the owner. During the encounter, one of the gigantic monsters approaches the group and they are forced to gun it down. Three months into their tour, the team receives a search and rescue mission for four soldiers who have gone missing along a particularly active area.
During a drive, the team's convoy hits a hidden IED which disables both vehicles, killing Forrest and two of their team. Williams, disoriented by the explosion, wanders onto another IED, which detonates, blowing his legs off. The group is then set under fire by insurgents. Rushing Williams to safety, Inkelaar is unable to stabilise Williams, who dies shortly after. Forced to abandon his body, the four remaining escape on foot. After finding another shelter and while recovering from what has happened, Inkelaar is killed by a sniper while Frankie is wounded before a group of insurgents surrounds them. Frater leads the others into surrendering. After being captured, Michael and Frater are bound and forced to watch as Frankie bleeds to death in front of them. That night, Frater uses the distraction of an approaching monster to disarm and kill one of their guards, and the two of them escape on motorcycles, determined to finish their mission.
FOUR PLAYER CHESS VARIANT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chaturaji
Chaturaji (meaning "four kings", and also known as choupat, IAST Caupāṭ, IPA: [tʃɔːˈpaːʈ]) is a four-player chess-like game. It was first described in detail c. 1030 by Al-Biruni in his book India.[1] Originally, this was a game of chance: the pieces to be moved were decided by rolling two dice. A diceless variant of the game was still played in India at the close of the 19th century.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heresy_(radio_series)
The pilot and first series had four guests on each episode, but this has since been reduced to three.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heresy_(radio_series)
The pilot and first series had four guests on each episode, but this has since been reduced to three.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Super_35
Super 35 is a production format. Theatres do not receive or project Super 35 prints. Rather, films are shot in a Super 35 format but are then — either through optical blowdown/matting or digital intermediate — converted into one of the standard formats to make release prints. Because of this, often productions also use Super 35's width in conjunction with a 3-perf negative pulldown to save costs on "wasted" frame area shot and accommodate camera magazines that could shoot 33% longer in time with the same length of film.
If using 4-perf, the Super 35 camera aperture is 24.89 mm × 18.66 mm (0.980 in × 0.735 in), compared to the standard Academy 35 mm film size of 21.95 mm × 16.00 mm (0.864 in × 0.630 in) and thus provides 32% more image area than the standard 35-mm format. 4-perf Super 35 is simply the original frame size that was used in 35 mm silent films. That is, it is a return to the way the film stock was used before the frame size was cropped to allow room for a soundtrack.
FOUR PLAYERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Game_Game
The game involved one contestant and three celebrities. All four players would participate in a type of personality test, with the intent of answering the focal question of the particular episode (like "How courageous are you?" or "How impulsive are you?"). Before the game, the civilian player would predict whether he/she would score higher or lower than the celebrities; if this prediction proved to be correct at the end of the show, he/she would win a prize (but all players won a small prize for participating). The tests consisted of 5 questions, all with 4 multiple-choice answers. Each player answered the question, then host McKrell read the point value for each answer (either 0, 5, 10, or 15 points).
FOUR ROUNDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Game_of_Life_(game_show)
Gameplay
1.1 Round 1
1.2 Round 2
1.3 Bonus Spin
1.4 Round 3
1.5 Grand Prize Round
The player with the most money after four rounds won the game and went on to play the bonus round. Both players kept their money and prizes.
FOUR CELEBRITIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hot_Potato_(game_show)
On April 23, 1984 the show became Celebrity Hot Potato. From that point until the show's cancellation, teams consisted of one contestant and two celebrity players. Each set of four celebrities appeared on the show for one week, and the team assignments of the celebrities were shuffled after each game in order to maintain variety (usually, one celebrity from the champion's team would remain in place, while the other switched places with one of the celebrities on the challenger's team). A few weeks were played where all three players on a team were celebrities (usually sharing a common bond, such as comedians or stars of a particular TV series]), with their winnings going to various charities.
On July 2, Hot Potato was replaced by repeats of Diff'rent Strokes, which had ended its sixth season on the network a month earlier. The repeats in turn only ran until September 21, with the game show replacing it – Super Password – lasting over four and a half years at Noon.
16 CONTESTANTS 16 SQUARES QMR FOUR IN EACH OF THE FIRST FOUR MATCHES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Krypton_Factor_(U.S._game_show)
Sixteen contestants competed in this five-week series, with four contestants competing in each of the first four matches and the winners of those four matches returning for the Krypton Final at the end of the series. In this adaptation, a player's score was called their "Krypton Factor," as was the case on the original UK version.
This round featured an obstacle course run that was pretaped in advance. Unlike the UK version, the course was designed to be fair to both men and women, so neither sex or age received a head start. The race began with a death slide into an inflatable mat, then players had to cross a pontoon bridge, crawl through tubes, drive a motor vehicle, ride a swing in order to kick down a door, and complete the course by walking in an inflatable wheel. The contestants earned points according to how they finished.
Scoring was as follows:
1st Place: 20 points
2nd Place: 15 points
3rd Place: 10 points
4th Place: 5 points
Phase IV—Observation[edit]
In the fourth round, the players were tested on memory. They were shown a scene from a current motion picture, and each player was asked a four-point question pertaining to visual or verbal detail with two possible answers and a six-point question requiring them to recall specific dialogue. Then all players were shown a lineup of six similar-looking actors, one of whom had a key part in the film clip. Each player separately locked in their guess as to the correct actor, and each player who identified the correct actor earned ten points. A possible total of 20 points can be earned in this phase.
When the show returned, it stayed the same except there were four rounds and the contestants were now teenagers. Two girls and two boys competed in each episode.
Round 1—Intelligence[edit]
Each player in was shown a picture pertaining to a specific category, and had ten seconds to identify the subject of the picture for ten points. Afterward, three toss-up questions were asked pertaining to the set of four pictures, and all players used the buttons on their chairs to buzz in, but only the first player to do so could answer. A correct answer was worth five points, but an incorrect answer cost a player two points. Two sets of pictures were played in this manner.
Round 2—Observation[edit]
This round was played like round four in the original version; for this was where players were tested on memory. For they were shown a scene from a public domain film or cartoon, and they were asked two questions about it, which could be either visual or verbal information, in turn in reverse order. Each correct answer was worth 10 points. There was also a bonus round in which the players were directed to the Krypton Cart, which concealed an object seen or mentioned in the film. The players were given five clues to its identity, and had to jump in to answer. A correct answer was worth 10 points but each player could only jump in once during the bonus round.
Cashmere Mafia (2008 TV Series)
6.6/10
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
A group of FOUR successful female executives who have been friends since college turn to each other for guidance as they juggle their careers with family in New York City. (60 mins.)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mistresses_(U.S._TV_series)
Mistresses is an American mystery drama and soap opera television series based on the 2008–10 U.K. series of the same name, about the lives of four female friends and their involvement in an array of illicit and complex relationships
THE GAME IS A QUADRANT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liubo
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:LiuboBoardDiagram.png
Liubo boards and game equipment are often found as grave goods in tombs from the Han Dynasty. Various types and sizes of Liubo board have been unearthed, made from a variety of materials, including wood, lacquered wood, pottery, stone and bronze. Some of the boards are simple square slabs of stone or wood, but others are supported by knobs at the four corners, and some are built as tables with long legs. Regardless of their size or shape, the common feature of all Liubo boards is the distinctive pattern that is carved or painted on their surface:
LiuboBoardDiagram.png
All excavated boards have the angular V-shaped marks at the corners and L-shaped marks at the center of the edges, as well as the central square and T-shaped protrusions, and most boards also have four marks (usually circular but sometimes a decorative pattern) between the corner mark and the central square. However, on some boards each circular mark is replaced by a straight line joining the corner mark to the corner of the inner square, and in a few cases there is no mark between the corner and the square at all.
Pretty Little Liars (2010 TV Series)
7.6/10
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
Four friends band together against an anonymous foe who threatens to reveal their darkest secrets, while unraveling the mystery of the murder of their best friend. (44 mins.)
Devious Maids (2013 TV Series)
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
7.9/10
Four Latina maids with ambition and dreams of their own work for the rich and famous in Beverly Hills. (60 mins.)
Mistresses (2013 TV Series)
http://www.imdb.com/list/ls052764913/
7.1/10
A drama about the scandalous lives of a group of four girlfriends - each on her own path to self-discovery... (43 mins.)
http://www.infoplease.com/entertainment/gays-in-pop-culture-timeline.html
The NBC sitcom, Will & Grace debuts. The series is built around four main characters, two gay men and two heterosexual women. The series goes on to air for 8 years, win 16 Emmys and become part of NBC's highly successful Thursday night "Must See TV" lineup.
https://mic.com/articles/137122/7-hbo-tv-shows-that-feature-prominent-gay-characters#.575jTF6ED
True Detective: The second season of True Detective is broadly centered on four main characters — three of whom are cops: Ray (Colin Farrell), Ani (Rachel McAdams) and Paul (Taylor Kitsch) — in a fictional city outside of Los Angeles. As was true in the first season of the anthology series, each of the lead characters deals with their own set of personal turmoil and trauma.
In the books, there are a few characters who never left the page. Glass is one of the four main characters and just before she is sent to Earth with the others, she escapes and stays on "The Colony," aka The Ark. Her character provides the POV of life in space as the Colony begins to run out of oxygen. Other major characters missing from the show are Thalia (Clarke's BFF), Asher, and Graham.
In the books, Clarke is one of four main characters who shares their POV on being a delinquent sent to Earth. She has training in the medical field, and that becomes very useful once on the ground. And both of her parents were scientists, who were executed for going against policy.
In the show, she is much more of a leader, and a ruthless one at that. She was originally locked up as an innocent girl who just knew too much, but in the books, she is arrested and convicted of treason. And there isn't a broken bond between her and her mother, as Abby has a huge role on the show and not in the books.
DRAMA SERIES HAVE A FOUR ACT STRUCTURE
https://www.writersstore.com/the-rules-of-series-tv/
Drama series have a 4 Act structure
Put away your books on three-act structure. Television dramas on networks have for decades been written in four acts, though some shows now use five acts, and in 2006, ABC began mandating six acts for all hour dramas. For now, think about what happens every 13 to 15 minutes on a traditional network show. You know: a commercial break. These breaks aren't random; they provide a grid for constructing the episode in which action rises to a cliffhanger or twist ("plot point" may be a familiar term if you've studied feature structure). Each of the four segments are "acts" in the same sense as plays have real acts rather than the theoretical acts described in analyzing features. At a stage play, at the end of an act the curtain comes down, theatre lights come up, and the audience heads for refreshments or the restrooms. That's the kind of hard act break that occurs in television. Writers plan towards those breaks and use them to build tension.
Once you get the hang of it, you'll discover act breaks don't hamper your creativity; they free you to be inventive within a rhythmic grid. And once you work with that 15-minute block, you may want to use it off-network and in movies. In fact, next time you're in a movie theatre, notice the audience every fifteen minutes. You may see them shifting in their seats. I don't know whether 15-minute chunks have been carved into contemporary consciousness by the media, or if they're aspects of human psychology which somehow evolved with us, but the 15-minute span existed before television. In the early 20th century, motion pictures were distributed on reels that projectionists had to change every 15 minutes. Then, building on that historical pattern, some screenwriting theorists began interpreting features as eight 15-minute sequences. Whatever the origin, four acts are the template for drama series on the networks, but not off-network. Syndicated series, like the various Star Trek incarnations, have to leave time for local advertising on individual stations which buy the shows, and that means more commercial breaks. So syndicated series are written in five acts, and may also have a teaser which is sometimes almost as long as an act, giving an impression of 6 acts, each around 10 pages long. On the other side of the spectrum, cable series like those on HBO have no act breaks, and may be structured more like movies.
FOUR MAIN CHARACTERS
http://bratzfan.wikia.com/wiki/Bratz_(TV_series)
Bratz is a computer-animated television series, based on a line of toy dolls of the same name. It is produced by Mike Young Productions and MGA Entertainment, and premiered on 4Kids TV on the Fox Television Network.
Contents[show]
Series Overview
The four main characters are Cloe, Sasha, Jade and Yasmin. The girls live in a high-glam contemporary-style metropolis called Stylesville. They own and run their (own) eponymous magazine company, Bratz Magazine, which was established after Jade was fired from an internship. They also attend Stylesville High where they take their favorite classes, including a fashion course, and they are also cheerleaders. Their rival magazine company is Your Thing Magazine, owned and run by their business rival, Burdine Maxwell, who self-proclaims herself as the "Reigning Queen of Fashion". The girls' adventures are exploited throughout the series, both in and outside of Stylesville.
http://www.tv.com/shows/impractical-jokers/
IMPRACTICAL JOKERS
Four lifelong friends are constantly striving to embarrass each other in public by using hidden cameras.
https://www.rottentomatoes.com/m/four_friends/
The American dream of the 1960's is captured in this tale of four friends. A young woman and the three men that love her are reunited after years apart since high school. They have much to learn from each other's experiences.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jessie_(TV_series)
Jessie is an American sitcom that originally aired on Disney Channel from September 30, 2011 to October 16, 2015. The series was created and executive produced by Pamela Eells O'Connell and stars Debby Ryan as Jessie Prescott, a small town Texas girl who moves to New York City to try to become an actress, but instead she becomes a nanny to a high-profile couple's four children: Emma Ross (Peyton List), Luke Ross (Cameron Boyce), Ravi Ross (Karan Brar), and Zuri Ross (Skai Jackson).
FOUR CHILDREN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Bugaloos
The Bugaloos is an American children's television series, produced by brothers Sidney Krofft and Martin Krofft, that aired on NBC on Saturday mornings from 1970 to 1972. The show features a musical group composed of four British-accented teenagers, who live in fictional Tranquility Forest. They wear insect-themed outfits with antennae and wings which allow them to fly, though on occasion, they are shown flying on surfboards. They are constantly beset by the evil machinations of Benita Bizarre, played by comedian Martha Raye. Bizarre, being untalented and ugly herself, is covetous of the Bugaloos' musical prowess.[1]
Touted as the British version of The Monkees, The Bugaloos attracted more than 5,000 young actors and actresses to audition for the show's four lead roles, each having to demonstrate aptitude in dance, singing, and acting. Among those auditioning in spring 1970 were Elton John's future manager John Reid, and Phil Collins, who joined the art rock band Genesis later that year.[2][3]
THE A TEAM
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0084967/
Four Vietnam vets, framed for a crime they didn't commit, help the innocent while on the run from the military.
3. Originally the show was going to focus on just four characters: Monica, Ross, Rachel, and Joey. Phoebe and Chandler were going to be supporting characters.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt5556054/
Four Kids and It (2017)
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/My_Four_Children
My Four Children is a 2002 documentary about an Israeli mother who takes in four foster children with Down syndrome after two of her own children were killed.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stand_by_Me_(film)
Stand by Me is a 1986 American coming-of-age drama film directed by Rob Reiner and starring Wil Wheaton, River Phoenix, Corey Feldman, and Jerry O'Connell. The film, whose plot is based on Stephen King's novella The Body (1982) and title is derived from Ben E. King's eponymous song, which plays over the ending credits, tells the story of four boys in a small town in Oregon who go on a hike to find the dead body of a missing child.
FOUR CHILDREN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nobody_Knows_(2004_film)
Nobody Knows tells the story of four children: Akira, Kyōko, Shigeru and Yuki, who are aged between five and twelve years old. They are half-siblings, with each of them having different fathers. Because three of the children are in the apartment illegally, they cannot go outside or be seen in the apartment, and do not attend school. Their mother leaves them alone for weeks, and finally does not return; they were forced to survive on their own.[2] Over time, they can only rely on each other to face the multiple challenges in front of them.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ladybird,_Ladybird_(film)
It is a drama-documentary about a British woman's dispute with Social Services over the care and custody of her four children. The title comes from a traditional nursery rhyme of the same name. Crissy Rock won the Silver Bear for Best Actress award at the 44th Berlin International Film Festival.[2]
She has four children by four different fathers and all of her children are in care. Jorge is a Paraguayan who is afraid to return to his own country for fear of persecution there.
http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/frontline/film/children-of-syria/
The story of four children surviving in war-torn Aleppo, and their escape to a new life in Germany.
The story of Cinema My Darling revolves around the trials and tribulations of some such people. The film has four main leads ' Vihaan Gowda, Manojava Galgali, Shashi Deshpande and Shreyas Narasimha ' all of whom land up in Bengaluru, the heartland of Sandalwood, to try their luck in Kannada cinema.
FOUR CHARACTRS IN GAME
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ratchet_%26_Clank:_All_4_One
Unlike previous games in the series which were mostly single-player-only games, All 4 One focuses on a four-player cooperative multiplayer mode which allows for drop-in and drop-out online as well as offline multiplayer. Players can each take the role of one of the four main characters of the game, namely Ratchet, Clank, Qwark and Doctor Nefarious.[4]
FOUR ANIMALS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madagascar_(2005_film)
Madagascar is a 2005 American computer-animated comedy film produced by DreamWorks Animation and released to theaters on May 27, 2005. The film tells the story of four animals from the Central Park Zoo who unexpectedly find themselves stranded on the island of Madagascar. It features the voices of Ben Stiller, Chris Rock, David Schwimmer, and Jada Pinkett Smith, with Sacha Baron Cohen, Cedric the Entertainer, and Andy Richter voicing secondary characters.
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Craft_(film)
The Craft is a 1996 American supernatural horror film directed by Andrew Fleming and starring Robin Tunney, Fairuza Balk, Neve Campbell, and Rachel True. The film's plot centers on a group of four teenage girls who pursue witchcraft and use sorcery for their own gain but soon encounter negative repercussions from their actions. The film was released on May 3, 1996, by Columbia Pictures and it was a surprise hit, earning $55 million against a budget of $15 million.
Nancy lusts for more power and encourages the others to join her in a rite called "Invocation of the Spirit". The four enact the ceremony on the beach, where each of the girls "Call the Corners" and invoke the four elements. On completion of the spell, Nancy is struck by lightning, and all four girls fall unconscious. The next morning Nancy is seen walking on water and claims to be infused with the essence of Manon. She lacks empathy and begins taking risks with her life and those of others.
FOUR PART TALE ON THE COVER IS A CROSS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islands_in_the_Stream_(film)
Islands in the Stream is a 1977 American drama film, an adaptation of Ernest Hemingway's novel of the same name. The film was directed by Franklin J. Schaffner and starred George C. Scott, Hart Bochner, Claire Bloom, Gilbert Roland, and David Hemmings.[1][2]
Artist Thomas Hudson is an American who has left the civilized world for a simple life in the Caribbean. Schaffner tells the tale in four parts:
The Island - Introduces Hudson and the people he knows. It is set in The Bahamas, circa 1940. Tom is concerned about his friend Eddy, who loves to drink and brawl with anyone he finds. Later the residents of the island and Tom celebrate the Queen Mother's anniversary.
The Boys - Weeks after the celebrations for the Queen Mother, Tom is reunited with his three sons. It is a bittersweet reunion, because he left them and his wife Audrey four years before. Later they go on a challenging fishing trek to catch a Marlin. The segment ends as the boys return to the United States, where oldest son Tom joins the Royal Air Force in time for the Battle of Britain. Their father writes and tells them in a monolog how much he misses them.
The Woman - Tom's wife Audrey is introduced. Hoping she can give him companionship and love, Audrey returns to Tom to try to find what feelings may still exist between them. Tom finds he still loves his wife, but her real motive is revealed as the segment ends: she is there to tell him that young Tom is dead. This spoils her attempt at a reconciliation.
The Journey - Tom attempts to help refugees escape the Nazis. He is accompanied by Joseph and Eddy. Leaving the British-owned Bahamas for the waters near neutral Cuba, Tom finds the refugees and tries to conduct them to the port of Havana, and ultimately to the U.S. He worries that he may not be able to trust "rummy" Eddy, that the refugees may not survive the voyage, and this trip may be suicide for all concerned if they face the Cuban Coast Guard. (In the novel's climax, Tom battles a U-boat off the coast of Bimini.)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elementals_(Comico_Comics)
When a centuries-old sorcerer named Lord Saker built a machine called the Shadowspear to harness the supernatural powers of the world, he upset the natural order of the universe. In response, the four elements, unimaginably powerful spirits who together formed the foundation of existence, each chose an ordinary human who had been killed by their element, and resurrected him or her. They granted each control of that particular element, eternal youth, and the ability to heal from any wound (given sufficient time). These four were the Elementals, sent to oppose Saker.
The team consisted of:
Morningstar, aka Jeanette Crane, a Los Angeles homicide detective who had burned to death while confronting a serial arsonist; she received various fire-related abilities, including pyrokinesis and an immunity to fire.
Vortex, aka Jeff Murphy, a Coast Guard pilot who was asphyxiated in a helicopter crash; he received various air-related abilities, including flight and wind-blasts.
Fathom, aka Becky Golden, a flighty debutante who fell off a boat and drowned; she received various water-related abilities, as well as bright green skin and webbed fingers. She was also able to convert her body entirely into sentient water and shoot high-pressure streams.
Monolith, aka Tommy Czuchra, a brilliant if introverted teenaged boy who was crushed to death by a landslide; he received the ability to become an enormous super-strong stone/earth golem. Later, Tommy came to follow Saker's view that the supernatural beings were entitled to be in charge across earth, and he quit the Elementals and absorbed some of Saker's 'black' magic, to become one of his generals. Monolith was then re-embodied in a deceased insurance salesman (Donald Ridgeway), who neither wanted the power, nor ever understood fully how to use it or how to integrate with the other three Elementals.
The four eventually defeated Saker and his minions, the Destroyers, a team of six: Shapeshifter, Annihilator, Chrysalis, Behemoth, Ratman (who later changed sides), and Electrocutioner. (The Destroyers and an early version of Saker known as Doctor Apocalypse originally appeared in Death Duel with the Destroyers and The Island of Dr. Apocalypse, two Willingham-written supplements for the superhero roleplaying game Villains and Vigilantes). Unfortunately, Shadowspear, once released from Saker's control, formed a giant malevolent thunderstorm that circled the globe, occasionally transforming animals and corpses into monsters, thus keeping the Elementals busy for many years.
FOUR STORIES LINKED TOGETHER
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2297604/?ref_=tt_rec_tt
Four gritty no-holds-barred human stories of the streets, all linked together in some respect.
Four Women of Egypt
http://www.wmm.com/filmcatalog/pages/c452.shtml
A film by Tahani Rached
Canada/Egypt, 1997, 90 minutes, Color, DVD
Order No. W99629
Amina Rachid was raised in a non-religious, Westernized, aristocratic household before embracing Socialism and fighting for social justice. Another deeply committed activist, Shahenda Maklad, a Muslim, was a student demonstrator in Egypt’s national movement who lost her husband to a political assassination before pursuing political office herself. Her mentor, Wedad Mitry, a devout Christian, is a militant nationalist leader and author. Their friend, Safynaz Kazem, is a political journalist and strict Muslim. These four women are the subject of this impressive documentary exploration of opposing religious, social, and political views in modern-day Egypt.
FOUR NONCHRISTIAN WRITERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Historical_reliability_of_the_Gospels
In addition to the internal and textual reliability of the gospels, external sources can also be used to assess historical reliability. There are passages relevant to Christianity in the works of four major non-Christian writers of the late 1st and early 2nd centuries – Josephus, Tacitus, Suetonius, and Pliny the Younger. Of the four, Josephus' writings, which document John the Baptist, James the Just, and Jesus, are of the most interest to scholars dealing with the historicity of Jesus
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt5354588/
A devastating pandemic sweeps through New York City on Black Friday, and one by one, basic services fail. Within weeks, society collapses into chaos, and the government activates The Division, a classified unit of self-supporting agents. Leading seemingly ordinary lives among us, Division agents are trained to operate independently of command when all else fails. In Tom Clancy's The DivisionTM: Agent Origins, four newly activated agents must serve as civilization's last line of defense after a man-made virus devastates New York City. Based on the video game by Ubisoft®, this action-packed film introduces the world of The Division to fans of Tom Clancy movies.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/My_Generation_(game_show)
My Generation is a game show on VH1 that was hosted by comedian Craig Shoemaker and announced by Lindsay Stoddart. Its 48 episodes aired for a brief period in 1998, and due to its similar format and emphasis on music is considered to be a revival of the 1969 ABC series The Generation Gap.
Contents [hide]
1 Format
1.1 Round 1: The Singles Round
1.2 Round 2: The CD Round
1.3 Round 3: The Speed Round
1.4 Bonus Round: The Time Warp
FOUR CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/How_Much_Is_Enough%3F
How Much Is Enough? is a game show that aired on Game Show Network from January 8, 2008 to March 28, 2008. The show was hosted by Corbin Bernsen with four contestants competing with a "money clock" to avoid being the "greediest" contestant.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Postmodernity
Criticisms of the postmodern condition can broadly be put into four categories: criticisms of postmodernity from the perspective of those who reject modernism and its offshoots, criticisms from supporters of modernism who believe that postmodernity lacks crucial characteristics of the modern project, critics from within postmodernity who seek reform or change based on their understanding of postmodernism, and those who believe that postmodernity is a passing, and not a growing, phase in social organization.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Four_(film)
The Four is a 2012 Chinese-Hong Kong wuxia film directed by Gordon Chan and Janet Chun. It is the first film adaptation of Woon Swee Oan's novel series Si Da Ming Bu (四大名捕; The Four Great Constables), which has previously been adapted to a television series. In all adaptations and interpretations, the nicknames of the Four remained the same — Emotionless, Iron Hands, Life Snatcher and Cold Blood. They dedicated their special skills to the service of their chief, Master Zhuge, in solving crimes and apprehending powerful criminals.
Quadrant Cinema 2
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Eyed_Monsters
Four Eyed Monsters, a film by Susan Buice and Arin Crumley premiered at the slamdance film festival in 2005.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Four_Just_Men_(TV_series)
The Four Just Men was a 1959 television series produced by Sapphire Films for ITC Entertainment. It was broadcast for one season of 39 half-hour monochrome episodes.
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Cast and characters
3 Production
4 Episode list
5 DVD
6 References
7 External links
Plot[edit]
The series, based on a series of novels by Edgar Wallace including a novel named The Four Just Men, presents the adventures of four men who first meet while Allied soldiers in Italy during the Second World War. The men later reassemble, and decide to fight for justice and against tyranny, using money donated for the purpose by their late commanding officer. They operate from different countries: Jeff Ryder is a professor of law at Columbia University in New York, Tim Collier is an American reporter based in Paris, Ben Manfred is a crusading independent MP who works from London and Ricco Poccari is an Italian hotelier based in Rome. Their reputation as the "Four Just Men" is well known.
The series is unusual in having the four main actors appear alternately (except in the first episode); one or occasionally two makes a brief appearance in each other's episode, usually as using a telephone.
Cast and characters[edit]
Richard Conte, Dan Dailey, Jack Hawkins, and Vittorio De Sica
Richard Conte as Jeff Ryder
Dan Dailey as Tim Collier
Jack Hawkins as Ben Manfred
Vittorio De Sica as Ricco Poccari
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/M*A*S*H_(TV_series)
M*A*S*H maintained a relatively constant ensemble cast, with four characters – Hawkeye, Father Mulcahy, Margaret Houlihan, and Max Klinger – on the show for all 11 seasons. Several other main characters departed or joined the program midway through its run. Also, numerous guest actors and recurring characters were used. The writers found creating so many names difficult, and used names from elsewhere; for example, characters on the seventh season were named after the 1978 Los Angeles Dodgers.[10]
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1942919/
Comedy following the misadventures of four buddies who work together at a magazine.
FOUR MAN BOB SLEDDING TEAM
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cool_Runnings
Cool Runnings is a 1993 American comedy sports film directed by Jon Turteltaub, and starring Leon, Doug E. Doug, Rawle D. Lewis, Malik Yoba and John Candy.
The four try to find various ways to earn money to get in the Olympics but no sponsor takes the idea seriously and their various enterprises, from singing on the street to arm wrestling, and holding a kissing booth, all fail. Junior comes through for them when he sells his car, which gets the team the money that they need. Later on in a hotel room, Junior reprimands Sanka for hurting Yul's feelings over his ambitions. Junior tells the team about his own father's struggle and how he became rich with hard work. He encourages Yul not to give up on achieving all of his goals and the two begin to show a mutual respect for one another.
The comedy of humours is a genre of dramatic comedy that focuses on a character or range of characters, each of whom exhibits two or more overriding traits or 'humours' that dominates their personality, desires and conduct
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Lavater1792.jpg
The four 'humours' or temperaments (Clockwise from top right; choleric; melancholic; sanguine; phlegmatic).
THE FOURTH IS DIFFERENT
http://www.themaneater.com/stories/2015/1/27/tragedy-and-comedy-combine-mu-theatres-performance/
Tragedy and comedy combine in MU Theatre’s performance of “Endgame”
The absurdist play has a cast of four, with three characters being immobile.
By Mackenzie Altvater
Jan. 27, 2015
Tags
MU Theatre Department
Theatre
Share via
GOOGLE+
The MU Department of Theatre will premiere the tragicomedy “Endgame” Feb. 4 at Corner Playhouse. The play will run for five days.
Written by Samuel Beckett, the father of absurdist theatre, “Endgame” tells the story of four people - a mother, a father, a cynical son and a servant - as they face the end of the world. The family of characters are immobilized throughout the entire play, leaving the movement to the family’s servant.
The small cast of four created an intimate kind of preparation. Graduate student William Palmer plays the part of the father, Negg. Although he is studying to be a professor, he is still able to take part in stage productions.
Through the interactions between these four characters, Beckett does not reveal to the audience the meaning behind “Endgame,” Palmer said. Several theories shroud the setting behind “Endgame.” Because of Beckett’s involvement in the French Resistance, many believe “Endgame” to be a mirror of the events during World War II. The play was published in the late ‘50s
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1298649/
Four men who form a neighborhood watch group as a way to get out of their day-to-day family routines find themselves defending the Earth from an alien invasion.
FOURSOME
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stadium_Nuts
Stadium Nuts
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Les Fous du Stade
Directed by Claude Zidi
Produced by Christian Fechner
Written by Claude Zidi
Jacques Fansten
Starring Gérard Rinaldi
Jean Sarrus
Gérard Filipelli
Jean-Guy Fechner
Paul Préboist
Martine Kelly
Music by Gérard Rinaldi
Jean Sarrus
Gérard Filipelli
Jean-Guy Fechner[1]
Cinematography Paul Bonis
Release date
22 September 1972
Running time
80 minutes
Country France
Language French
Les Fous du Stade (English: Crazy boys of the game / Stadium Nuts) is a 1972 French comedy film directed by Claude Zidi.
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Cast
3 References
4 External links
Plot[edit]
The foursome(Gérard Rinaldi, Jean Sarrus, Gérard Filipelli, Jean-Guy Fechner) are on a holiday. The Little Olympic flame is to be passed through their village. A grocer (Paul Préboist) calls upon them for help in decorating the village. On their job Gérard falls for the grocer's daughter Délice (Martine Kelly). However she runs away with the sportsman with the flame. The four then enter the Little Olympics to try to win her back and cause havoc in the process.
http://www.cbn.com/entertainment/screen/elliottb_apostlesofcomedy.aspx?mobile=false
The film features funny men Jeff Allen, Brad Stine, Anthony Griffith, and Ron Pearson. All four guys have worked in secular venues, but have purposely kept their comedy family-friendly and free of crude jokes and bad language because of their Christian faith.
THERE ARE FOUR INGREDIENTS IN BEER
http://web.gastongazette.com/interactive/beer-and-the-movies/
DRINKING BUDDIES (2013)
“Drinking Buddies” is much like the brewing process. They’re both meticulous, drawn out and steady. There are four ingredients to beer, and four main characters in the film – two couples – who catalyze the plot.
FOUR CATEGORIES FOUR STAAGES SHOW FOUR JUDGES- XS THEMSELVES ARE QUADRANTS AND JUDGES TAP FOUR XS MAKING FOUR QUADRANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_X_Factor_(U.S._TV_series)
The show began airing on September 21, 2011,[3] and aired annually from September through December until 2013. The series employed a panel of judges who critiqued the contestants' performances. Each contestant was assigned to one of four categories. The group acts were one category and the others were based on age or gender. For example, in season 1 the categories were girls, boys, groups, and over 30s. Each judge was assigned to one of the categories,[4] and acted as mentor to the contestants in his or her category, helping to decide song choices, styling, and staging, while also judging contestants from the other categories after each of the live performances. They competed with each other to try to get one of the contestants in their category to win the competition, thus making them the winning judge. The most successful contestants to have emerged from the series are Fifth Harmony, namely.[5]
Stages for season 3[edit]
There are four stages to the competition:
Stage 1: Producers' audition (these auditions decide who will sing in front of the judges)
Stage 2: Judges' auditions
Stage 3: Six-chair challenge
Stage 4: Live shows (finals)
Ties are possible as there are four judges voting on which of the two to send home. In the event of a tie the result goes to deadlock, and the act who came last in the public vote is sent home. The actual number of votes cast for each act is not revealed, nor even the order. However, a twist occurred in season two where the rankings of the acts based on the public vote for the week were revealed after the eliminations on the show. Once the number of contestants has been reduced to four, the act which polled the fewest votes is automatically eliminated from the competition (the judges do not have a vote; their only role is to comment on the performances).
FOUR MEN
https://www.aspergerstestsite.com/1516/aspergers-us-documentary-film-aspergers-comedy/
Intrigued, Lehmann did further research and found them in USA Today, Scientific Journal, The Boston Globe, and NPR. He then reached out to the four-man, Massachusetts-based comedy team. What he discovered was a group of extraordinarily talented, extremely funny men who love Monty Python and don’t find the humor in poking fun at those with Asperger’s—or any group of people, for that matter.
Asperger’s Are Us’ humor is born out of absurdity and the normalcies we all accept and take for granted. Its members—Noah Britton, Ethan Finlan, Jack Hanke and New Michael Ingemi—met at a North Shore, Massachusetts, summer camp for kids with Asperger’s in 2010. The rest is comedy history.
Inspired by the four men, their resolve, and their brand of humor, Lehmann set off to produce and direct an independently funded documentary film chronicling the Asperger’s Are Us story. Over the course of the past year, he has followed the troupe through the challenge of putting on the biggest show of their lives: their grand finale. But the film is about more than just comedy. It’s about friendship, relationships, honesty, love, imagination, coming of age, superheroes, never giving up, and breaking stereotypes.
https://www-laughingas-net.seatengine.com/shows/46714
Monte Allen has performances ranging from colleges to rock concerts and has also stared in the lead role in a feature length movie, Let's Jack Jimmy, a film about four men that try to rob a drug dealer and it all goes sour. You have also seen his face on numerous TV shows such as Last Comic Standing, ABCs Good Day Alabama, "NASCAR Live," and the list goes on. His rapid-fire comedy stylings are based on an outstanding ability to take everyday dull life and turn it into gut busting laughter.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chaturanga_(film)
Chaturanga (Bengali: চতুরঙ্গ "Four Chapters") is a 2008 Bengali film. Directed by Suman Mukherjee, the movie featured Rituparna Sengupta, Dhritiman Chaterji, Subrata Dutta, Joy Sengupta and Kabir Suman.[1][2][3]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mishima:_A_Life_in_Four_Chapters
Mishima: A Life in Four Chapters is a 1985 American film co-written and directed by Paul Schrader. The film is based on the life and work of Japanese writer Yukio Mishima, interweaving episodes from his life with dramatizations of segments from his books The Temple of the Golden Pavilion, Kyoko's House, and Runaway Horses. It was executive produced by Francis Ford Coppola and George Lucas.
Kyoko's House contains four equally ranking storylines, featuring four different protagonists, but Schrader picked out only the one which he considered convenient.[3]
MAIN GAME HAD FOUR QUESTIONS
You Bet Your Life is an American quiz show that aired on both radio and television. The original and best-known version was hosted by Groucho Marx of the Marx Brothers, with announcer and assistant George Fenneman. The show debuted on ABC Radio on October 27, 1947, then moved to CBS Radio debuting October 5, 1949 before making the transition to NBC-TV and NBC Radio on October 4, 1950. Because of its simple format, it was possible to broadcast the show simultaneously on radio and television. June 10, 1960 was the last episode aired in its radio broadcast format. For its final season debuting September 22, 1960, the TV show was renamed The Groucho Show and ran a further year.
Main game[edit]
After the contestants' introduction and interview, the actual game began. Couples chose from a list of 20 available categories before the show, then tried to answer a series of questions within that category. From 1947 to 1956, couples were asked FOUR questions.
1947–1953 – Each couple began with $20, wagering part or all of their bankroll for each question.
1953–1954 – Each couple now began with $0, but selected values from $10 to $100 (in $10 increments). A correct answer added the value of the question to their bankroll, while an incorrect answer did nothing. According to co-director Robert Dwan in his book As Long As They're Laughing, Guedel changed the scoring format because too many couples were betting, and losing, most or all of their money.
1954–1956 – The format was slightly altered to start each couple with $100. Incorrect answers now cut their bankroll to that point in half.
1956–1959 – Two couples (reduced from three) answered questions until they either gave two consecutive incorrect responses or answered four consecutive questions correctly for a prize of $1,000.
1959–1961 – For the last two seasons, couples picked four questions worth $100, $200, or $300 each, potentially winning up to $1,200. Winning at least $500 qualified the team to go for the jackpot question.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR QUESTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Card_Sharks
If neither contestant had guessed all the cards in his or her row correctly, or if one had frozen his or her position, play continued with another toss-up question. The first two rounds consisted of a maximum of four questions each (changed from four questions to three briefly in the Rafferty run), and the third tie-breaker round contained a maximum of three questions (briefly changed to two on the Rafferty version). If the contestants still had not cleared their row of cards prior to the last question of the round, that question was played as "sudden death." The winner of the sudden death question could either play their cards and change their base card if they desired or pass to their opponent, who had to play without changing. If either contestant guessed incorrectly, their opponent automatically won the game.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chain_Reaction_(game_show)
Four chains
Each chain comprised seven words. The teams were reduced to two civilian players each and each was given one responsibility. One teammate was the letter giver and decided whether to give a letter to his or her partner or to other team's word guesser. As before, a correct response was worth points and control of the board. In Round One, each word guessed was worth 10 points, but the final word guessed in that chain was worth 20 (changed to 15 in season two). In Round Two, these values escalated to 20 points each and 40 points for the final word. In the event that a fourth chain was needed to decide the game, the point values were 40 points per word and 80 for the final word. The first team to score 200 points won the game. That team played the bonus game and returned on the next show.
During the run, two methods of earning bonus money were used. In the first season, the middle word of the second chain was also a bonus word (designated first by an asterisk, then by a dollar sign) worth $250 for the team that guessed it. For seasons two to four, the players played a Missing Link. The team in the lead would be shown the first and last words of a three-word chain. If they could guess the word in between with no letters revealed, the team received $500. Every wrong guess added a letter while taking away $100 from the potential payoff.
For seasons three and four, only solo players participated and a score of 300 won the game. The players now had to decide whether to take a letter for themselves or give one to their opponent.
FOUR ROUNDS AND A QUADRANT GRID
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catchphrase_(U.S._game_show)
Correct answers added money to a bank. To determine how much money would be added to the bank for a correctly solved catch phrase, a randomizer was used before the start of each round of play. A total of nine dollar amounts were displayed on the screen and, to begin the game, the challenger would select one by hitting his/her buzzer to stop the randomizer. The amounts on the board ranged from $100 to $200 for the first round, $225 to $350 in round two, $375 to $500 in round three, and $525 to $700 in round four. Also, for each subsequent round, control of the randomizer was given to the trailing contestant.
In the bonus game, the champion faced a board of 25 squares, each concealing a catch phrase and marked with a letter from A through Y. The board was laid out in a five-by-five grid, and the champion had to make a horizontal, vertical or diagonal line by solving catch phrases. The phrase hidden behind the letter M, in the center of the board, was always the most difficult. The champion had 60 seconds to complete a line, and could pass on phrases and return to them later if desired.
FOUR CONTESTANTS AND FOUR QUESTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Chase_(UK_game_show)
A team of four contestants individually attempt to amass as much money as possible, which is later added to a prize fund if the contestant survives his or her individual chase. The chaser's job is to catch each contestant during their individual chase, eliminating that person from the game and preventing the money from being added to the collective prize fund. Any contestants who survive their individual chase later play collectively as a team for an equal share of the prize fund against the chaser.[5]
It is possible for all four contestants to be caught by the chaser; in the event that this happens, the prize fund is set to £4,000 and the team nominates one contestant to proceed to the Final Chase.
FOUR QUESTIONS- 4 weeks
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Million_Pound_Drop
At the beginning of each round, the contestants have to pick a category of two choices they are given. If the contestants take too long to choose, a coin is flipped to decide. Each question is multiple-choice, with the first four questions having four choices, the next three questions having three, and the final question having just two choices.
McCall switched back and forth between the live telethon, hosted alongside Alan Carr and Dr Christian Jessen, and the two Drop segments. The celebrity relay banked £200,000 for Stand Up to Cancer, with the final four pairs wagering the entire amount on a single answer on each question. This special was included in the ninth series of the show (as that series was in progress), unlike the Channel 4 'mash-up' which was a separate edition.
Celebrity Games series[edit]
This section does not cite any sources. Please help improve this section by adding citations to reliable sources. Unsourced material may be challenged and removed. (September 2013) (Learn how and when to remove this template message)
Over four weekends, beginning Friday 20 July 2012, four teams (consisting of six pairs) of celebrities would take on The Million Pound Drop. Their aim was to collectively win £1,000,000 for Paralympics-related charities over the four weekends to celebrate Channel 4's status as host broadcaster of the 2012 Summer Paralympics. Every weekend, if the six couples managed to collectively win £150,000 the show would add another £100,000 to the pot. While one couple played the game, the remaining five couples would play the game online backstage in the "Games Room". The couple who played the online game best would be the next couple to take on the drop.
Week 1[edit]
The first team consisted of Vic Reeves and Bob Mortimer (team captains), Ben Shephard and Kate Garraway, Natalie Cassidy and Frankie Cocozza, Aled Jones and Sara Cox, Ola Jordan and James Jordan, Jonathan Edwards and Colin Jackson.
On Friday 20 July, Vic and Bob played and managed to make it to question 8 with £225,000 but lost all their money. Natalie Cassidy and Frankie Cocozza played next but dropped out on question 6 with £125,000. Aled Jones and Sara Cox took on the drop next and won £125,000. Jonathan Edwards and Colin Jackson were the last couple to take on the drop and won £100,000 meaning the team collectively won £225,000 for charity. The show also added an extra £100,000 to the pot, meaning the total win was £325,000.
Week 2[edit]
The second team consisted of Professor Green and Big Lew (team captains), Rachel Riley and Mark Foster, Joe Swash and Jessica-Jane Clement, Debra Stephenson and Jon Culshaw, and Martin Kemp and his son, Roman Kemp.
Professor Green and Big Lew played first but lost on question 4. Rachel Riley and Mark Foster did best playing in the game room so were next to take on the drop, they won £50,000. Joe Swash and Jessica-Jane Clement played next but lost all of their money on question 6. Debra Stephenson and Jon Culshaw played fourth. They made it to question 7 with £100,000 but bet all their money on the wrong answer. Martin and Roman Kemp played last, but didn't make it past question 2. At the end of the second weekend of games, the total raised so far was £375,000.
Week 3[edit]
The third team consisted of Steps (team captains), Dr Dawn Harper and Dr Christian Jessen from Embarrassing Bodies, Hugo and Binky from Made in Chelsea, and John McCririck and Frankie Dettori. As there are five members of Steps, they would play in pairs, each answering two questions.
Lisa and H from Steps answered the first two questions correctly. Claire and Lee played next, but lost their money on question 4. Dawn and Christian played next. They made it to question 8 with £50,000 but unfortunately bet it all on the wrong answer. Hugo and Binky were up next and won £25,000 for charity.
The next game would be played as a relay, with different pairs being selected to answer each question. Each pair can only answer two questions. John and Frankie went first and answered the first question correctly. They were followed by H and Faye from Steps, Dawn and Christian, Hugo and Binky, Steps' Claire and Lisa, Dawn and Christian and Hugo and Binky. John and Frankie were left to answer the final question with the remaining £125,000. They placed the money on the winning drop, taking the total weekend winnings to £150,000. As they raised over the £150,000 target, an extra £100,000 was added to the prize. At the end of the third weekend of games, the total raised so far was £625,000.
Week 4[edit]
The fourth team consisted of Ade Adepitan and Iwan Thomas (team captains), radio DJs Lisa Snowdon and Dave Berry, cricketers Stuart Broad and James Anderson, and Irish entertainers Jedward.
Ade and Iwan played first, but they crashed out on question 6. Lisa and Dave played next and won £25,000. Next up were Jedward, but lost their remaining £300,000 on question 3. The last pair to face the drop were Stuart and James, who made it to the final question but lost their remaining £25,000 on the final question.
All four pairs then faced a bonus question 8 at the end of the show, which featured each of them playing a single question for £50,000, meaning that there was an extra £200,000 up for grabs, in addition to the possible £100,000 bonus if they could hit a combined total of £150,000. First up for their bonus question were Ade and Iwan, but they answered incorrectly and lost their £50,000. Next were Lisa and Dave, who met the same fate, as did Stuart and James, meaning that it was down to Jedward to salvage some money. Jedward correctly answered their question and won £50,000 for charity, bringing the total for the final weekend to £75,000 and the grand total for the series to £700,000.
FOUR ROUNDS FOUR QUESITONS- FIRST THREE QUESTIONS WORTH TEN FOURTH WORTH 25- THE FOURTH IS ALWYAS DIFFERENT/TRANSCENDENT---- IN LATER VERSIONS OF THE SHOW IT WAS FOUR ROUNDS- fourth was different
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Newlywed_Game
The roles were reversed in the second round, where the husbands were taken off the stage and the wives were asked four questions before the husbands were brought back on stage to give their answers. The first three questions in this round were worth 10 points each, and the final question was worth 25 points; Eubanks referred to this as the "25-point bonus question." The maximum possible score for any couple was 70 points. The couple with the highest score at the end of the second round won a prize that was "chosen just for you". (Actually, the couples had requested a certain prize and competed with other couples that had requested the same prize.) By 1987, this practice was eliminated.
For the first half of the 1988–89 season, the series adopted a new scoring format where each correct answer paid cash. In the first half, four questions were played at $25 per right answer. The second half featured three questions and the first two paid off at $50 for a right answer. The third question saw the couples wager any or all of their money, with right answers adding the amount of the wager and wrong answers deducting it. The couple in the lead at the end of the game still won the grand prize, but any money that the other three couples won was theirs to keep. This scoring format was dropped, and the old one reinstated, when Paul Rodriguez took over as host in December 1988, although the number of couples competing was then reduced to three.
1996–97 version[edit]
When Gary Kroeger took over in Fall 1996 the show was overhauled with a new format. Like with the 1988–89 season of The New Newlywed Game, three couples competed in a series of rounds.
Round 1[edit]
Each spouse was shown a videotape of their mates who gave a statement mostly about their spouse. The tape was paused near the end which gave the spouse in control a chance predict how his/her mate completed the statement. Then the tape played again, and a correct answer earned 10 points. First the husbands' tapes were shown and the wives took a guess, and then it went the opposite direction.
Round 2[edit]
Kroeger asked the couples a multiple-choice question in which one half of the couples had given answers in advance, and the other must guess what they chose. Each match again earns 10 points. First the wives predicted what their husbands said, then the process was reversed.
Round 3[edit]
In this round before the show, either the wives or the husbands gave some very weird facts about themselves. Kroeger gave the facts to the other half of the couple, who were equipped with heart-shaped signs that say "That's My Wife/Man!" If they recognized that fact, all they had to do was to raise the sign and yell out "THAT'S MY WIFE/MAN!" Correct recognitions won 10 points for their team, but wrong ones lost 10 points for the team. Only the first person to raise the sign could win or lose. Seven facts were played.
Round 4[edit]
In this final round of the game, Kroeger read a series of choices (ex: Candy or Potato Chips, Rocket Scientist or Space Cadet, Ketchup or Mustard, etc.) and the wives held cards with one of the choices on it. Then the husbands chose one of the two things that most applies to them. Each match earned points. There were seven questions, and each question was worth 10 points more than the previous question with the last question worth even more. So 310 points were possible for any couple who answer all seven questions correctly in this round.
Question 1 – 10 points
Question 2 – 20 points
Question 3 – 30 points
Question 4 – 40 points
Question 5 – 50 points
Question 6 – 60 points
Question 7 – 100 points
The couple with the most points would win the game and the second honeymoon trip. If there was a tie, a tie-breaker question was played until only one couple correctly answered the question; that couple would then win. If two couples answered correctly or incorrectly, this tie-breaker was repeated with a new question. This also applied to all three couples who answered right or wrong, or two of the three couples in the tie-breaker who answered correctly.
This format was mostly disliked by fans of the original show, so for the second season of this version, it reverted to its original format and theme, with original host Eubanks back at the helm.
FOUR CONTESTANTS AND FOUR LINES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Elimination_Round.jpg
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Now_You_See_It_(U.S._game_show)
The first round of Now You See It under its original format began with four new contestants split into two teams, each with one "outside" and one "inside" contestant. This round, called the Elimination Round, was played on an electronic game board on the opposite side of the stage from the contestant desks. The board consisted of four numbered lines, with fourteen letters in each line. The letters were referred to as "positions" for scoring purposes. The board was shown to the contestants momentarily, then quickly turned off before any of them could fully memorize it.
16 IS THE SQUARES FO THE QUADRANT MODEL- 16 POSITIONS
The winning team advanced to the Semi Finals, where they competed against each other for the right to play in the Finals. In this portion of the game, a second board with sixteen positions was used
Whoever guessed four words correctly won the round and a prize package, in addition to moving on to face the champion. During the first two weeks, no prize package was given to the winner. Also, during the third week, it took five words to win the round; this would become permanent when the second format was introduced.
FOUR CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Roulette_(game_show)
The Russian Roulette set consists of a circle with six trapdoors (referred to as "drop zones" by the host), four of which are occupied by the episode's contestants.[citation needed]
The four contestants are each given $150 at the beginning of the episode, and questions in the first round are all worth that same amount.
The round ends when a contestant drops and is eliminated. If time expires before this happens, one contestant is eliminated at random via one final handle pull at the center of the stage. The contestant with the highest score is granted immunity from the drop by coming to the center of the stage to pull the handle. If there is a tie for the lead, host Walberg pulls the lever himself, with all four contestants in danger of elimination. The eliminated contestant's money (if any) is distributed evenly among the remaining three contestants.
The second round is played similarly to the first, with the three remaining contestants answering questions valued at $200 each, and questions now having four possible answers. In round three, the two remaining contestants face off with questions valued at $300 (season 1) or $250 (season 2). Play is similar to rounds 1 and 2, except that the player who first hears the question may elect to answer it themselves or challenge their opponent. At the conclusion of round 3, the remaining contestant keeps all their money and goes to the bonus round.
FOUR CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/w…/The_Singing_Bee_(U.S._game_show)
The first four people (three people in season two) who get a song lyric correct move on to the second round, and any contestant who hasn't had a chance loses and returns on a future episode.
The contestants who advanced go up in pairs to play a mini-game. The winner of the game advances to the championship round. In the CMT version, all four contestants play 3 mini-games for points, the two players with the most points moves on to the Chorus Showdown.
THERE WERE FOUR POSSIBLE SCORING OPTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Twenty_One_(game_show)
Questions were still worth 1 to 11 points, but all main-game questions were multiple-choice, with no "multiple-part" questions. Questions worth 6 or fewer points had one correct answer out of three choices. Questions worth 7 to 10 points had one correct answer out of four choices; for 10-point questions, "None of the above" was an option. Questions worth 11 points had two correct answers out of five, and both were required.
FOUR DIGIT CODE AND FOUR CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Vault_(game_show)
At the start of each show, the contestants (which numbered seven in series 1, eight in series 2 and nine in series 3) tried to guess the four-digit combination to the Vault, which contained the jackpot money, starting at £100,000 and increasing by a further £100,000 every week it remained unopened.
The four contestants who guessed the closest to the actual Vault combination became players, and the other four became brokers, who could offer answers to questions in return for cash that players earned in the question rounds. In the final round, 10 home brokers were also on hand to offer their answers for similar cash rewards, which they negotiated with the player.
After the first round, which consisted of the four players being given three minutes to answer 10 general knowledge questions correctly, and the two highest scoring players going through to the semi-final, came the final round, which saw the player with the highest amount of money trying to unlock the vault by answering a further ten questions correctly. If they reached the ninth question and answered that correctly, the clock would be stopped and the player would be given three categories for their last question. If they answered that correctly, then they had the knowledge to unlock the Vault and would win the jackpot contained within it.
FOUR PART GAME
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/20Q_(game_show)
20Q is an American game show based on the online artificial intelligence and handheld computer game of the same name. Licensed to and produced by Endemol USA, it premiered on June 13, 2009 during Big Saturday Night airing on GSN, and is hosted by Cat Deeley of So You Think You Can Dance with the voice of the computer (named Mr. Q) provided by Hal Sparks.
The game is divided into four parts.
Preliminary game[edit]
The first part involves members of a randomly selected row of the studio audience. Mr. Q gives a category, and clues to the identity are revealed one at a time. The first contestant to come up with the correct answer qualifies to play the main game. Three qualifiers are determined in each preliminary round.
Main game[edit]
The three players then play the main game head-to-head. The computer gives a category, and then are given a choice of two questions. For example, if the category is Food and Drink, the questions would be "Is it caffeinated?" or "Is it served for breakfast?" A player in control asks either of the two questions, and if the answer is yes, that player retains control of the board; otherwise, s/he loses control. On each turn, after a question has been asked, the player can either choose a question that hasn't been played yet, or ask for a new pair of questions and ask one of those questions. If the player asks for 2 new questions she/he has to choose one of them. Or s/he can choose to attempt to come up with the correct answer. If correct, the player wins the game, $5,000, and a chance to play the semi final round against the winner of the second main game; a wrong answer loses control.
Semi-final[edit]
In the semi-final round, the players compete one at a time in the same category, with one player (via coin toss) on stage, and the other player offstage in a soundproof isolation booth. The first player is given a category, and then a series of clues. Every few seconds (signaled by two short low-pitched beeps), another clue appears on the screen. The player's objective is to guess the subject using as few clues as possible. The other player then plays the same category, and tries to come up with the answer in fewer clues. The player that can figure out the subject with fewer clues wins a prize and goes to the end game.
End game[edit]
In the end game, the player is given selection of two categories, and the computer must play the game as the contestant asks questions from a provided list of 20. While the computer can attempt to answer at any time, the contestant is only given one chance to guess the answer. At a critical point in the game, the computer goes into "sleep mode" and the host asks the contestant if s/he has any idea what the answer is, after which Mr. Q. awakens from his "nap". If the player buzzes in with the right answer before the computer does, s/he wins $20,000; if the computer is wrong, the human contestant gets one chance to win; should s/he be incorrect or the computer comes up with the right answer first, nothing additional is won.
FOUR TYPES OF QUESTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/500_Questions
There are four types of questions, which are randomly distributed throughout the board. The type remains unknown until the question is selected.
Regular questions: The contestant must correctly answer the question within a ten-second time limit. Multiple guesses are allowed, but the contestant only earns $1,000 for the question if the first response given is correct. Not providing a correct answer to the question within ten seconds results in a wrong.
Battle questions: The contestant and challenger face off, going back and forth giving answers to a question with a limited number of correct answers. Before the question is revealed, the contestant chooses whether to go first or second based solely on the category. Only five seconds are allotted per response, and only the first answer is accepted. If the challenger gives an incorrect response or runs out of time, the battle ends and it counts as a correct answer for the contestant, who earns $1,000. An incorrect response or exceeding the time limit from the contestant counts as a wrong answer. If all correct responses are given, the battle ends in a draw, the contestant does not earn $1,000, does not get a wrong, and does not have any accumulated wrongs eliminated.
Top Ten Challenge questions: The contestant had to provide five out of ten possible correct answers (incorrect guesses are allowed) within a fifteen-second time limit. Doing so earned $1,000, but if the contestant ran out of time, it counted as a wrong. Before the question was revealed, the contestant had the option pass this question to the challenger. If the challenger succeeded, the contestant received a wrong; however, if the challenger failed, the contestant earned $1,000.
Triple Threat questions: Triple Threat questions have three correct answers. The contestant had to provide all three correct answers (incorrect guesses are allowed) within a ten-second time limit to earn $3,000. Running out of time resulted in a wrong.
FOUR ROUNDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/All_About_Faces
Each team started with $50 and could bet up to that amount in each round; the team with the most money after four rounds won the game, with their winnings donated to their favorite charity.
FOUR CELEBRITY PANEL FOUR STARS LIT AND A QUADRNAT GRID
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/All-Star_Blitz
Two contestants, one usually a returning champion, competed to uncover and solve hidden word puzzles with the help of a four-celebrity panel. The puzzles, which varied in length from two to six words, were concealed behind a grid of six monitors above the panel, and a star was positioned at the corner of each monitor. There were 12 stars in all, arranged in four columns of three with one column above each celebrity's seat. Each monitor contained a portion of only one word, and the last word on the top row did not continue onto the bottom one.
The object for the contestants was to light the stars around the monitors. To begin play, the home audience was shown how many words were in the puzzle and a certain number of stars (originally two, later four) were lit at random. The contestant in control, usually the challenger, chose a celebrity and a position (top, middle, bottom). The star in that position was lit, and Marshall then asked a question to the chosen celebrity. The contestant either had to correctly agree or disagree with the given answer, in much the same manner as Hollywood Squares and Battlestars. Choosing correctly allowed the contestant to keep control and pick again, but making a wrong decision passed control to the opposing player who could choose another star.
Once all four stars around a monitor were lit, its part of the puzzle was uncovered and the contestant in control had the option to guess the puzzle or continue playing. An incorrect guess forfeited control to the opponent. Each part of the puzzle could only be uncovered with a correct agree/disagree choice, meaning that a celebrity could potentially have to answer multiple questions as control passed back and forth.
FOUR REGIONAL EVENTs- FOUR TEAMS OF CELEBRITIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/It%27s_a_Knockout#United_States:_.22Almost_Anything_Goes.22
In the first season, there were four regional events (North, East, South, and West); each had teams representing cities with populations of 20,000 or smaller from three different states, and each city had to be within 200 miles of the other two. The four winners then met in a national final. The second season consisted of 14 episodes, broken up into nine episodes where all three cities were from a particular state, three regional finals (East, South, and West – there was no North regional in the second season) consisting of three state winners, a national final consisting of the three regional winners, and a "Supergames" where the second season winner competed against the first season winner and a team of celebrities representing Hollywood.
Two charity specials were made in the 1980s. The Grand Knockout Tournament of 1987 featured four teams of celebrities, each figureheaded by a member of the British royal family. The event, held at the Alton Towers theme park, was widely derided as a failure, particularly in terms of public perception of the royal family.
THERE WERE FOUR TEAMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Grand_Knockout_Tournament
The Grand Knockout Tournament (colloquially also known as It's a Royal Knockout) was a one-off charity event which was shown on British television on 19 June 1987, in addition to airing on American TV via the USA Network on 12 August 1987. It followed the format of It's a Knockout (the British version of Jeux Sans Frontieres), a slapstick TV gameshow which was broadcast in the UK until 1982.
1 Synopsis
1.1 Team One
1.2 Team Two
1.3 Team Three
1.4 Team Four
The Duke of Abercorn, the Duke of Westminster, the Duke of Gloucester and the Duke of Roxburghe acted as impartial judges for each of the four teams.
FOUR CELEBRITIES COMPETE
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Animal_Crack-Ups
Animal Crack-Ups is an ABC game show which aired in primetime from August 8 to September 12, 1987, after which it aired on Saturday mornings from September 12, 1987 to December 30, 1989 and again from June 2 to September 1, 1990.
Four celebrities competed. Host Thicke introduced a video clip about an animal; at some point, the video was paused and Thicke asked a question about the clip. The celebrities give their answers, after which the remainder of the clip was played, revealing the answer.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Beat_the_Geeks
FOUR ROUNDS FOUR GEEKS FOUR PARS OF QUESTIONS
On the show, contestants face off in trivia matches against "geeks" who are well-versed in music, movies, and television, as well as a fourth guest geek with an alternate area of expertise which varies from episode to episode. The object is to outsmart the geek at their own subject; as a handicap, the geeks are given questions of considerably greater difficulty than the contestants. Beat the Geeks was taped at the Hollywood Center Studios.
In the first season, the three contestants compete against each other to answer eight questions, two from each category; the Geeks do not play in this round. The first four questions (one per category) are worth 5 points each, and the second four are worth 10 points each. Occasionally, the geeks would give a fact after the question.
The format was changed for the second season, wherein the three contestants compete against each other and the Geeks to answer four pairs of questions, one from each category. The first question of each pair is a toss-up for the contestants, and is worth 10 points. The one who answers it then faces the relevant Geek to answer a follow-up question which they must ring in to answer. During this face-off, if the contestant rings in and gets the question wrong or the Geek rings in and gets it right, the contestant loses 5 points. However, if the contestant gets the question right or the Geek gets it wrong, the contestant wins another 10 points. In almost all episodes Blaine waited until the first follow-up question to explain this, using the line "here's how the follow-up works: if you beat the geek you get 10 points, if he beats you, he knocks you back five."
In the first season, four questions are asked, alternating between the contestant and the Geek, whose questions are much more difficult. If the Geek gives a wrong answer, the contestant wins the challenge, scores points, and gets to wear the Geek's medal for the rest of the game. If the contestant misses a question, the challenge ends and the opponent may score 10 points by giving the correct answer.
If all four questions are answered correctly, a Geek-off is played to decide the challenge. The player has 15 seconds to name as many items that fit a certain category as they can think of; the Geek must then do the same in a much harder category. If the Geek cannot come up with more answers, the contestant wins the challenge (ties are broken in the contestant's favor).
Resident Geeks' medals are worth 20 points each, while the Guest Geek's medal awards 30.
Season 2[edit]
A maximum of four questions are asked as in Season 1. Now, though, if the contestant misses a question, the Geek must answer it correctly to win the challenge, and vice versa. The opponent does not get a chance to score from a missed question. If both sides miss the same questions or if all four questions are asked, a Geek-off is played.
Resident and Guest Geek medals award 20 and 40 points, respectively.
FOURTH ROUND
Final Round: Geek to Geek Showdown[edit]
In the final round, the contestant chooses one of the four Geeks to challenge. The contestant and Geek alternate questions, beginning with the contestant. Each turn, the host gives a category, then the player chooses whether to answer a 1-point (easiest), 2 point (harder), or 3 point (hardest) question; the Geek may not choose a point value lower than the contestant's previous question. If answered correctly, they earn the number of points chosen; otherwise there is no penalty. The first player to reach 7 points wins; if the contestant wins they are awarded $5,000 worth of prizes related to the category of Geek they challenged for the final round.
FOUR QUESTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Big_Payoff
Contestants were selected from men who mailed in letters explaining why the women in their lives deserved prizes. The men were asked four questions (delivered on a silver tray by "Question Girl" Susan Sayers) in order to win prizes like a mink coat or a vacation. Late in the network run, the format changed to three competing couples. For the 1962 revival, there were only two couples.
On Tuesdays, the format changed to the "Little Big Payoff" in which children sent in a letter in which they voiced the reason that they should appear. Four questions were asked, and prizes awarded for each correct answer.
FOUR MISSING WORDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blackout_(game_show)
The object of the game was to solve word puzzles that consisted of a sentence or short paragraph with four blank spaces, usually incorporating a pun or play on words. Each blank represented a word, and the object of the game was for one of the players to guess the word based on clues provided by their partner. A typical puzzle: "The _____ wasn't _____, he just had a _____ in his _____ ." With the words "sick," "code," "spy," and "nose," the solution would be: "The spy wasn't sick, he just had a code in his nose."
Play in the first round began with the red team. The celebrity was shown one of the four missing words and had 20 seconds to describe it, while the contestant donned a pair of headphones and his/her seat was moved forward to prevent him/her from seeing or hearing anything. The celebrity's comments were recorded; after time was up, the contestant was brought back into the game to hear the playback. However, the opposing team's celebrity could use a plunger on his/her desk, known as a "blackout button," to silence portions of the audio in an attempt to hinder the contestant's attempt to guess. The blackout button could be used for a maximum of seven seconds, with one extra second added for every instance of the celebrity repeating a significant word or phrase in his/her description.
If the contestant correctly guessed the word, he/she won $100. An incorrect response allowed the opposing team to guess, with the advantage of having heard the entire description. The team that guessed the word was then given a chance to solve the puzzle by filling in all four blanks; successfully doing so scored one point. If neither team guessed a word, it was put up on the board and play continued with the next word. Teams alternated describing the four words in the puzzle. Saying the word or any form of it in the description immediately awarded $100 and a free guess at the puzzle to the opposing team. If both teams missed the fourth word, Goen read a definition of it as a toss-up, and the first team to buzz in with the answer received the $100 and a guess at the puzzle. If the team that guessed the fourth word failed to solve the puzzle, their opponents were given a chance to solve it.
FOUR DIGIT CHECK
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blank_Check_(game_show)
Six players competed for an entire week of shows, trying to fill in a four-digit check.[1]
If the check writer was able to complete three digits in their check, the check writer played a game against a studio audience member. The audience member was shown four prizes and their values, and asked to pick one. The check writer had to guess the prize the audience member selected. If incorrect, the audience member won that prize, and the process repeated with the remaining prizes. If the check writer incorrectly guessed three times, the check writer lost their position and the audience member won all four prizes.
If the check writer guessed correctly at any point, the game ended with the audience member winning all prizes accumulated to that point and the check writer earned the chance to place a fourth digit in their check. James then asked one last question to the gallery contestants. The correct respondent tried to guess the final digit selected by the check writer for the thousands digit in their check. If successful, the respondent became the new check writer. If the correct digit was not guessed, the number was placed in the check and the check writer won that amount in cash.
Once a check writer completed a four-digit check (or if they lost the audience game), another question was asked to the remaining five contestants. The person with the correct answer then exchanged places with the former check writer.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boggle_(game_show)
Wink Martindale and Bill Hillier created and produced four "interactive" games for FAM, Boggle being one of them. The other three were Trivial Pursuit, Shuffle, and Jumble. Wink hosted all four. Randy West was the announcer for all four of these shows as well.
FOUR CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Born_Lucky
Born Lucky is an American television series in which contestants earned mall money and prizes. It was hosted by Bob Goen and announced by Jonathan Coleman. Four contestants competed in a stunt game show taped at various shopping malls for a chance at $2,000 in mall money. The first week's shows of Born Lucky were taped at the Glendale Galleria in California.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bowling_for_Dollars
The Los Angeles version awarded a portable television set for three consecutive strikes, and a car for four.
FOUR CELEBRITIES THEY COULD SCORE UP TO FOUR CATEGORIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Celebrity_Bowling
Each week, the show featured four celebrities, on a pair of AMF or Brunswick lanes installed inside KTTV's studios, pitted against each other in teams of two. Victorious teams won prizes for home viewers, based upon the level of winning scores; there was an additional prize for the viewer associated with the team that bowled the most strikes.
Four celebrities played each game, separated into two pairs (usually each pair included one man and one woman). The rules of the game were known as "best ball"; for each frame, both members of each team would roll a ball on their own lane. If neither of the two teammates rolled a strike, then the person who rolled the worse shot (either a split or whoever knocked down the fewest pins) would then roll for the spare on the other lane. Players alternated lanes after each frame.
Each team was tied to a person in the audience, who would win prizes based upon the score the pair accumulated in the game. The viewer would win increasingly valuable prizes, mostly home appliances, if a team scored 120, 150, 180, or 210 points (with the highest category usually resulting in the viewer winning a car or vacation; the top category was reached only once in the show's history).
HAS A CROSS
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Crosswits_%2786.jpg
For a time, the fourth celebrity was also a participant in the car round, and a corresponding fourth box was added to the mix; if chosen, it was worth $1,000 to the contestant.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Fearless_Four_(film)
The Fearless Four (German: Die furchtlosen Vier) is a 1997 animated film about four funny animals that all have one thing in common: they want to sing, but can't for various reasons. Production began in March 1995 when the studio was founded. It combined traditional animation with computer animation. The film was produced by Munich Animation and released by Warner Bros. Family Entertainment. The film won a Bavarian Film Award for outstanding achievement in Germany.
FOUR TEENAGERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Breaking_Away
Breaking Away is a 1979 American coming of age comedy-drama film produced and directed by Peter Yates and written by Steve Tesich. It follows a group of four male teenagers in Bloomington, Indiana, who have recently graduated from high school. The film stars Dennis Christopher, Dennis Quaid, Daniel Stern, Jackie Earle Haley, Barbara Barrie, Paul Dooley, and Robyn Douglass.
http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Film/TaxiDriver
Crazy-Prepared: Travis spends much of the movie becoming this — a big part of the film's dramatic interest has to do with what he's actually doing it for. He works out intensively, and buys four guns: a .38 revolver, a .44 Magnum, a .25 automatic and a .380 Walther PPK, more than he can possibly carry in his hands. He then builds an arm-mounted slide to conceal the .25 up his sleeve so it can be delivered right into his hand, and also tapes a knife to his boot. It all pays off in the final shootout; he shoots Sport with the .38, blows half the Old Man's hand off with the .44 Magnum but is then shot in the neck by Sport. Travis takes Sport down with the .38 in his other hand, dropping the Magnum. Holding his left hand over his neck wound, he finishes Sport off with the .38 and also wounds the Old Man with it, and goes upstairs, the Old Man pursuing him. The Detective, who's been in the room with Iris the whole time, comes out and shoots Travis in the arm, making him drop the .38. Travis sinks to the floor, slides the .25 into his hand and shoots the Detective with it, several times. He then goes into the room and the Old Man jumps on him, but Travis uses his boot-mounted knife to skewer the Old Man's other hand, and then borrows the Detective's gun to blow the Old Man's brains out.
Four is Death: Travis buys four guns from Easy Andy. He also kills a total of four people over the course of the movie (first the burglar at a convenience store, then the three thugs near the end of the movie).
TRUTH HALL
It's about four female friends from college
one was raped and got pregnant in college and now she is a lawyer and lonely
another is a lesbian and in love with her friend
another is a slut and slept with her friend's fiancé and they find out all the secrets at the wedding.
http://harrypotter.wikia.com/wiki/Fantastic_Beasts_and_Where_to_Find_Them_(film)
The four main characters: Tina Goldstein, Newt Scamander, Queenie Goldstein and Jacob Kowalski
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saroja_(film)
The film, which is based on the 1993 Hollywood film Judgment Night,[1] follows the journey of four young men who travel from Chennai to Hyderabad to watch a cricket match. Due to a road accident, they are forced to take a diversion off the main road to arrive on time. This leads them to a gang who have kidnapped a schoolgirl, Saroja, the only daughter of a rich millionaire.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sixteen_Deluxe
Sixteen Deluxe is an alternative rock band from Austin, Texas. They were mainly active in the 1990s, recording initially for Butthole Surfer drummer King Coffey's Trance Syndicate label. They issued one album on Warner Bros. Records and several other indie labels. Sixteen Deluxe disbanded in 2000, and re-formed in 2010. In 2012, Sixteen Deluxe were inducted into the Austin Chronicle's Austin Music Hall of Fame.
MAZE FOUR ZONES- FOUR CATEGORIES- FOUR GAMES- FOUR TEAMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Crystal_Maze
The Crystal Maze is a British game show devised by Jacques Antoine and shown on Channel 4 in the United Kingdom. The show is set within "The Crystal Maze" - a labyrinth consisting of four different "zones" and its centrepiece called "The Crystal Dome". Each show has a team of contestants travel across the zones, competing in a range of different challenges, with a "time crystal" won for each challenge successfully completed. Upon reaching the centre dome, a time limit is calculated based on the crystals obtained and the team have to collect as many gold tokens as possible in the allotted time to win the prize.
The Maze and The Zones[edit]
The set was divided into four zones set in different periods of time and space. For the first three series, the revival and in the live experience, the zones were Aztec (ancient village amidst ruins), Futuristic/Future (a space station environment), Medieval (a castle set where the host purportedly lived), and Industrial (a present-day chemical plant). From series four onwards Industrial was replaced by Ocean, set on the S.S. Atlantis a sunken ship. The maze itself was not literally a maze, but rather four interconnected zones with the Crystal Dome at the centre. The dome was a giant geometric glass crystal where the final challenge is played.
There were a variety of methods to gain access to the starting zones, including rowing canoes in Aztec, opening a heavy portcullis in Medieval, answering the computer's questions in Futuristic and traversing a net ladder in Ocean.
Teams[edit]
Starting from a pre-determined zone, the team played three or four games of various types in each zone, travelling through the four zones in either a clockwise or anti-clockwise direction. At the end of the show after playing all four zones, they entered the Crystal Dome.
In June 2015, the interactive theatre production company Little Lion Entertainment announced that a "live immersive experience" of The Crystal Maze would be taking place in late 2015,[56] funded successfully through an Indiegogo crowdfunding campaign.[57][58] The intention is for a maze to be built in London where the general public can buy tickets and play the Maze for themselves.[59] Four teams, each guided by their own host, would enter the maze at once, one in each zone, and would rotate around the four zones simultaneously before competing against each other in The Crystal Dome.[60] Each game room is expected to have a camera feed for spectators,[57] The group found a venue for the Maze in the King's Cross area in late 2015, and it opened for contestants on 15 March 2016.[60]
FOUR CELEBRITIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Get_the_Message_(game_show)
There are two teams of three people, including one contestant and two celebrity guests. One team is all female and one all male. On each turn, the celebrities are shown a message (persons, places, things, common phrases, etc.) on the screens before them. All four celebrities write down a one-word clue on index cards without any discussion, raising their hand when they have completed their clue. Both celebrities on the team playing first show and read their clues to their team-mate, who must then guess the message. If incorrect, play then passes to the opposing team who do the same. If the opposing contestant fails to guess the message, one more round of clue-writing and -reading is performed, and then the message is discarded if not guessed. A correct answer is worth one point. The first team to reach three points wins the game, and a $100 prize.
ALL THESE GAME SHOWS I ALREADY POSTED YEARS AGO THE QUADRANT MODEL WAS DOMINANT IN GAME SHOWS AND EVERYTHING
FOUR CONTESTANTS FOUR ROUNDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Idiot_Savants_(game_show)
Four contestants competed through an entire week of shows (Monday through Friday), answering questions in a variety of categories. In each of the first four shows of the week, contestants were eliminated one by one, and the day's top scorer played a bonus round for a prize. However, all four contestants returned to start each new episode, and each contestant's scores from all episodes throughout the week were added together to create a grand total. The contestant who had the highest total at the end of the Friday episode won the week's grand prize, usually a vacation or a car.
On Friday, the four contestants' starting scores were set to show the total points each had accumulated during the week. Point values for the first two rounds were doubled (200/400/600, then 400/800/1200), and the low scorer at the end of each round was eliminated from the game. There was no dunce on Friday episodes, and no Brainstorm round was played.
The two remaining contestants after round two then competed for the weekly grand prize in the "Double Grand Savant" final round. The contestant in second place was placed in the Cylinder of Shush and answered questions from his or her savant category for 60 seconds, at the rate of 1,000 points per correct answer.
The other contestant was then placed in the Cylinder and given 60 seconds to try to regain the lead. The contestant in the lead after this final round was declared that week's champion and won the high-level prize. Four new contestants appeared the following Monday.
Monday–Thursday
1.1.1 Round 1
1.1.2 Round 2
1.1.3 Round 3: Brainstorm Round
1.1.4 Grand Savant Round
FOUR ANSWER CHOICES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Match_Game-Hollywood_Squares_Hour
In case of a tie, a modified version of the Match Game PM tiebreaker was used. As before, a Super Match-like question (example: "_____, New Jersey") was played. The difference was that instead of writing their answers on a card, the contestants were secretly shown four possible answer choices (examples: "Atlantic City", "Hoboken", "Newark", "Trenton"). Once both contestants had chosen an answer, Rayburn read the question to the panel and polled them, one at a time. The first contestant to match his/her answer against any panel member won the game.
For the Head-to-Head Match, each celebrity had a card that concealed a number: four 10's, four 20's, one 30. The champion selected one celebrity, who revealed the number on his/her card; if the champion and celebrity gave the same response to the item asked by Rayburn, the Audience Match winnings were multiplied by that number ($500 x 30 = $15,000, for example). The long-standing requirement for an exact match was in place.
FOUR PLAYERS- QUADRANT GRID
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boggle_(game_show)
Four players competed. Each one has a 3x4 telephone keypad built into their podium, which they would use to find words in a Boggle board. A typical Boggle board is illustrated to the right.
G P T
H U S
L O C
D E K
The words would be formed from adjacent letters, and cannot use the same letter more than once. Wink made sure to tell the contestants to ignore the letters on their telephone keypad and only focus on the ones on the board. Using the example board, a contestant could press 6, 8, 9, and # to spell S-O-C-K.
Wink would read a clue to a word, and contestants would have 10 seconds to punch in the keys corresponding to the word. After three seconds, the first letter of the word would be revealed. Contestants would get points depending on how quickly they punched in the right answer, starting at 1,000 and counting down as time went on.
Five words were played; the first three were four letters long, and the last two were five letters long. After those five words, the player with the lowest score was eliminated.
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Chamber_(game_show)
For the first two aired episodes, there were three games played per hour. For the final episode, a fourth game was added to fill out the time
THE FOURHT IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Chase_(U.S._game_show)
The American version of the show follows the same general format as the original UK version, but with teams of three contestants instead of four
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concentration_(game_show)
FOUR prizes on board
Two new contestants competed each day, with no returning champions; and games did not straddle episodes as on the network version (as some affiliates only broadcast the program one evening a week). For the first two years, the basic game was identical to the NBC version with the addition of four "head starts" that revealed half the locations of four prizes on the board. In addition, the gag prizes disappeared and only one pair of "forfeit one gift" cards remained; three pairs of "take one gift" cards were hidden on the board.
Concentration's board had become very colorful. The 30 numbers (now larger) were in red with yellow backgrounds and red frames. Many prize, Forfeit, Take, and Wild Card spaces had actually come from New York with the original board and were reverse-printed (white lettering on a black background). The rebus was in full color on a sky blue background.
The cash prize if a contestant solved the puzzle with no prizes on his/her side of the board was increased from $100 to $250. The bonus for calling two Wild Cards on the same turn reverted to $500 as opposed to a new car as last offered by NBC; the bonus was once again theirs to keep regardless of the game's outcome. In addition, unlike in the original NBC version, the contestant no longer received the opportunity to match the wild card spaces and reveal four parts of the puzzle. While the same types of merchandise prizes were available, the syndicated series also featured prizes that would normally be consolation prizes on other shows (such as supplies of Rice-A-Roni or Bon Ami cleanser).
The first player to solve the rebus played the Double Play bonus round. If there were no more matching pairs left on the board, or if time was running short, the remaining boxes were turned over and the complete rebus revealed. The first player to buzz in with the correct solution won the game. If neither player solved the rebus, the Double Play round was not played for that particular game.
Later, four "Bonus Number" cards (eliminating one prize pair and one of the take one gift pairs) appeared during each game. If a contestant matched two Bonus Number cards or combined one with a wild card, then the next time they selected two numbers which failed to match, they were permitted to select a third number.
FOUR Special squares[edit]- FOUR PRIZES ON BOARD
In addition to the prize cards, there were the following action cards:[1]
The Wild Card provided an automatic match. In the original game this left the natural match "orphaned," only able to be matched by the other Wild Card, of which there were only two on the board. If the contestant matched the same prize to both Wild Cards, a check mark was placed next to the prize on the contestant's board, and that contestant would win two of that prize if they solved the puzzle. Contestants uncovering both Wild Cards simultaneously also won a bonus that was theirs to keep regardless of the game's outcome. Originally, this was $500 but late in the run was changed to a new car.
Take One Gift: Appeared on two cards in each game. If a contestant matched them, he/she could take his/her choice of any of the prizes listed on their opponent's prize board. Of course, the game had to be won to receive all prizes listed on his/her prize board.
Forfeit One Gift: Appeared on six cards in each game. Any contestants who matched two of them had to forfeit one prize to their opponents.
Bonus Number: Appeared on four cards in many games. A contestant who matched them selected three numbers as opposed to the usual two. This was used only in the 1973–1978 syndicated edition hosted by Jack Narz. (See the section below dealing with these editions.)
CROSS WORDS ARE MADE OF QUADRANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merv_Griffin%27s_Crosswords
Merv Griffin's Crosswords (commonly shortened to Crosswords) is an American game show based on crossword puzzles. The show was created by its namesake, Merv Griffin, who died shortly after beginning production on the series. Ty Treadway was the host,[2] and Edd Hall was the announcer.
FOUR SECTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Diamond_Head_Game
The audience was divided into four sections, each representing "one of the islands of Hawaii." Two contestants were selected from each section at a time to compete in a best-of-three faceoff for the right to play the second round. Eubanks asked a series of general knowledge toss-ups that were either true/false or multiple choice. Buzzing in with a correct answer earned a player a point, but answering incorrectly gave the point to the opponent. The first to two points advanced to the next round and the process was repeated with the other three sections of the audience.
In the second round, the four remaining contestants stood at the bottom of a three-step podium referred to as the base of Diamond Head. In this round, the contestants had to recall items from a list of twelve read by Eubanks. One at a time the contestants took turns giving answers, stopping only when either one of them answered incorrectly, failed to answer within three seconds or (in rare cases) completing the list. The first player to miss was eliminated from the game and the other three won $50. If a list was completed without a miss, all four players won $50 and a new list was played.
On the second step, one more player was eliminated, the two survivors won $100 and faced off for a chance to face the money volcano in the bonus round. One last list was played with the last player standing winning the game. All contestants kept their winnings.
FOUR CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Divided_(U.S._game_show)
Divided is an American television game show broadcast by Game Show Network (GSN) based on the British series of the same name. Each episode consists of four contestants playing as one team who must agree on answers to questions they are given. The longer it takes the team to come to an agreement, the less money the team earns for each question. The series, hosted by Mike Richards, premiered January 19, 2017, with some critics believing that the show's name and timing were appropriate given the tumultuous preceding presidential election and its premiere date coming the day before the inauguration.
FOUR CONTESTANTS AND FOUR ROUNDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distraction_(game_show)
Four contestants, usually two women and two men, compete through three rounds in each episode.
The last remaining contestant wins the game, advances the fourth and final round, and wins either a car, a set of prizes, or a cash bonus
FOUR STAGES LOVE
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/In_Praise_of_Love_(film)
The first half of the film, shot on black and white film, follows a man named Edgar who is working on an undefined "project" about what he considers the four stages of love: meeting, physical passion, separation, and reconciliation
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Love_triangle
LOVE TRIANGLE IS KNOWN LOVE RECTANGLE IS DIFFERENT- THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
The love rectangle concept is popular in television programs such as Lost (Jack/Kate/Sawyer/Juliet), True Blood (Bill/Sookie/Eric/Alcide), That '70s Show (Kelso/Jackie/Hyde/Laurie), One Tree Hill (Lucas/Peyton/Nathan/Brooke), The Vampire Diaries (Stefan/Elena/Damon/Katherine) and on the ABC soap opera Love Lives (Megan/Joey/Andrea/Collin), and on Grimm (Nick/Juliet/Renard/Adalind). Also, the movie Enchanted had a love rectangle romance (Gisele/Robert/Nancy/Edward). This is also a common theme in many manga and anime, a subgenre known as harem, in which multiple characters are in love with the protagonist. In Miraculous Ladybug, there is an unusual love square which only contains two people, Marinette and Adrien, however, works through the fact that they are Ladybug and Cat Noir respectively, resulting in four intertwined ships, LadyNoir (Ladybug and Cat Noir), Adrienette (Adrien and Marinette), Ladrien (Ladybug and Adrien) and Marichat (Marinette and Cat Noir).
FOUR CHARACTERShttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Addicted_to_Love_(film)
Two pairs of lovers play out a comedy of errors, in which Maggie (Ryan) and Sam (Broderick), try several unethical and nasty tricks to break apart the envied union of their respective former partners, Anton (Karyo) and Linda (Preston).
Addicted to Love is a 1997 American romantic comedy film directed by Griffin Dunne, starring Meg Ryan, Matthew Broderick, Tchéky Karyo, and Kelly Preston. The movie's title is based on Robert Palmer's song "Addicted to Love".
The film received mixed reviews. Chicago Sun-Times film critic Roger Ebert panned it as immature, implausible and imbecilic, but still gave it two stars out of a possible four.[2]
He did not go as far as the Los Angeles Times' Kevin Thomas, who called it creepy and said:
“ It is exceedingly difficult to find what's funny in the calculated, obsessive, relentless destruction of Anton, especially when he proves to be the most likable and mature of all four of these people. Maybe Addicted to Love might work as a pitch-dark comedy, but in the way Robert Gordon has written it and Griffin Dunne directed it, it gives us the impression that we're supposed to take drastic, irrational revenge as a larky laff riot.[citation needed]
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deliverance
Four Atlanta men, Lewis Medlock (Burt Reynolds), Ed Gentry (Jon Voight), Bobby Trippe (Ned Beatty) and Drew Ballinger (Ronny Cox), decide to canoe down a river in the remote northern Georgia wilderness, expecting to have fun and witness the area's unspoiled nature before the fictional Cahulawassee River valley is flooded by construction of a dam. Lewis and Ed are experienced outdoorsmen, while Bobby and Drew are novices. While traveling to their launch site, the men (Bobby in particular) are condescending towards the locals, who are unimpressed by the "city boys".
The four continue downriver but encounter a dangerous stretch of rapids, during which Drew suddenly falls into the water and disappears. The other three crash their canoes into rocks, which results in Lewis breaking his leg. Encouraged by Lewis, who believes Drew was shot by the rapist's partner and they are now being stalked, Ed climbs a nearby rock face with the bow while Bobby stays behind to look after Lewis. Ed hides out until the next morning when the stalker appears on the top of the cliff with a rifle; Ed clumsily shoots and kills the man, while accidentally stabbing himself with one of the spare arrows. Ed and Bobby weigh down the body in the river to ensure it will never be found, and repeat the same with Drew's body which they encounter downriver.
FOUR MAIN CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Gallows
The Gallows is a 2015 American found footage horror film written and directed by Travis Cluff and Chris Lofing. The film stars Reese Mishler, Pfeifer Brown, Ryan Shoos and Cassidy Gifford. The film was released by Warner Bros. on July 10, 2015, and has received negative reviews from critics. It grossed $43 million against its $100,000 budget.
That would matter less with a better script, but the four main characters are paper-thin even by genre norms."[
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0980999/
On a hot 4th of July night, sparks fly between four people as they test the limits and possibilities of their own freedom.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Madagascar_(franchise)
The Penguins of Madagascar is a television series that aired on Nickelodeon. In a situation completely separate and non-canonical to the Madagascar films, the series follows the adventures of the four penguins: Skipper (the leader of the group), Kowalski (the smartest), Rico (the craziest), and Private (the youngest) in New York City's Central Park Zoo.
NOTICE HOW THE FOURTH IS DIFFERENT (A NEWCOMER)
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0115963/
A newcomer to a Catholic prep high school falls in with a trio of outcast teenage girls who practice witchcraft and they all soon conjure up various spells and curses against those who even slightly anger them.
FOUR CONTESTANTS FOUR ACTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Give-n-Take
Four female contestants competed to accumulate prizes with a total value as close to $5,000 without going over.[1] The returning champion and three challengers each sat in one portion of an eight-spaced board, shaped like a daisy. Each contestant's bank was staked with a prize and the dollar value revealed to all contestants.
A prize was described (but not its value) and Lange asked a question. The contestant who buzzed in and gave the correct answer took control of the four neutral "advantage spaces" on the board, in addition to their own, giving them a total of five spaces. The other three contestants controlled the spaces in which they sat. The contestant who answered the question correctly stopped a large spinning arrow in the middle of the board. The contestant on whose space the arrow stopped won control of the prize, and that chose one of the following actions:
Keep the prize, in addition to whatever prizes she had already banked.
Keep the prize and pass any other prize(s) she had banked to an opponent.
Pass the prize, keeping all other prizes banked.
Pass the prize and any other prize(s) banked.
After a prize was assigned, a bell or buzzer was heard indicating whether or not that contestant's bank value was below $5,000. The actual value of the bank was never revealed; only whether or not they were below the $5,000 target. Play then repeated in the same manner, with a new prize described.
A contestant could freeze at any point if she thought she was close to the $5,000 limit, preventing her from receiving any other prizes passed to her from her opponents. If a contestant's bank value was over $5,000, that player was "frozen" and unable to accept any other prizes passed to her by her opponents. The player was then required to answer questions in the manner described above to pass some of her prizes and reduce the value of her bank.
If the arrow landed on a frozen player, the prize in play would automatically be added to the bonus round. After seven questions, the player whose bank was closest to $5,000 without going over won all the prizes in her bank and advanced to the bonus round. The other players left with parting gifts. (If three contestants were "frozen", the last player left automatically won the game.)
The document, which credits Bannon as a writer, producer, and director, divides the movie into 22 segments spread across four sections. A heady, incomplete mix of science, history, religion, and politics, it sketches out a story in which mankind’s unquenchable thirst for knowledge and scientific advancement has led to horrific, fascist atrocities and forced sterilization, drawing a direct line between those atrocities and modern bio-technology.
ZEITGEIST FOUR PART MOVIE
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zeitgeist_(film_series)
The film begins and ends with excerpts from a speech by Jiddu Krishnamurti. The remainder of the film is narrated by Peter Joseph and divided into four parts, which are prefaced by on-screen quotations from Krishnamurti, John Adams, Bernard Lietaer, and Thomas Paine, respectively.
Part I covers the process of fractional-reserve banking as illustrated in Modern Money Mechanics, by the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. The film suggests that society is manipulated into economic slavery through debt-based monetary policies by requiring individuals to submit for employment in order to pay off their debt.
Part II has an interview with John Perkins, author of Confessions of an Economic Hitman, who says he was involved in the subjugation of Latin American economies by multinational corporations and the United States government, including involvement in the overthrow of Latin American heads-of-state. Perkins sees the US as a corporatocracy, in which maximization of profits is the first priority.
Part III introduces futurist Jacque Fresco and The Venus Project and asserts a need to move away from current socioeconomic paradigms. Fresco states that capitalism perpetuates the conditions it claims to address, as problems are only solved if there is money to be made. The film looks at Fresco's proposal of a resource-based economy, which puts environmental friendliness, sustainability and abundance as fundamental societal goals. He goes on to discuss technology which he sees as the primary driver of human advancement, and he describes politics as being unable to solve any problems.
Part IV suggests that the primary reason for what the film sees as society's social values ("warfare, corruption, oppressive laws, social stratification, irrelevant superstitions, environmental destruction, and a despotic, socially indifferent, profit oriented ruling class") is a collective ignorance of "the emergent and symbiotic aspects of natural law". The film advocates the following actions for achieving social change: boycotting of the most powerful banks in the Federal Reserve System, the major news networks, the military, energy corporations, all political systems; and joining, and supporting The Zeitgeist Movement.
FOUR LEAF
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tropic_Thunder
Hook-handed Vietnam veteran Staff Sergeant John "Four Leaf" Tayback's (Nick Nolte) memoir, Tropic Thunder, is being made into a film.
FOUR CHIDLREN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flowers_in_the_Attic
In 1957, the Dollanganger family lives an idyllic life in Gladstone, Pennsylvania. After Christopher Sr., the children's father, dies in a car accident, his wife Corrine and their four children are left deep in debt.
THIS STUFF IS IN MY OVER 50 QMR BOOKS
FOUR FORMS OF ADDICTION
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Requiem_for_a_Dream
Requiem for a Dream is a 2000 American psychological drama film directed by Darren Aronofsky and starring Ellen Burstyn, Jared Leto, Jennifer Connelly, and Marlon Wayans. The film is based on the novel of the same name by Hubert Selby, Jr., with whom Aronofsky wrote the screenplay.
The film depicts four different forms of drug addiction, which lead to the characters’ imprisonment in a world of delusion and reckless desperation that is subsequently overtaken by reality, thus leaving them as hollow shells of their former selves.[3][4]
FOUR CHARACTER FILM QUADRANT COVER
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dedh_Ishqiya
Dedh Ishqiya is a 2014 Indian black comedy film directed by Abhishek Chaubey starring Madhuri Dixit, Arshad Warsi, Naseeruddin Shah, and Huma Qureshi in the lead roles.
All four of them (Begum, maid, and the uncle-nephew duo) reach the railway station to collect the money, but find that they are surrounded by Jaan Mohammad's goons and henchmen
FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Tomorrow_People_(U.S._TV_series)
As a consequence of their "breaking out" of the limitations of their pre-telepath developmental phase in young adulthood, they develop psionic abilities (the "three T's" – Telepathy, Teleportation, and Telekinesis. A fourth T ability featured in the series is Temporal Manipulation
I REMEMBER WATCHING THIS WAS GUYS I PLAYED WITH AT UCSD
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0180093/
The drug-induced utopias of four Coney Island people are shattered when their addictions run deep.
The talking grave
http://www.dor-film.com/films/the-talking-grave
Feature film | Marijan D. Vajda | 1995
DISTRIBUTION WORLD SALES
The most successful Austrian children’s movie. The exciting adventures of four young detectives. Fun and suspense for the whole family.
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zombieland
Zombieland is a 2009 American comedy horror film directed by Ruben Fleischer and written by Rhett Reese and Paul Wernick. The film stars Woody Harrelson, Jesse Eisenberg, Emma Stone and Abigail Breslin as survivors of a zombie apocalypse.
SCOOBY DOO FOUR CHARACTERS
https://mingle2.com/topic/show/341328
The four actors selected to play the main parts (Freddie Prinze, Jr. as Fred; Sarah Michelle Gellar as Daphne; Matthew Lillard as Shaggy; Linda Cardellini as Velma) were probably the best visual choices for their characters at the time that the Scooby-Doo! movie was made.
However, the ability of the actors to bring warmth to their characters was somewhat flawed. Prinze, Gellar and Lillard made their characters lovable, while Cardellini's version of Velma was somewhat annoying and a bit too full of pride.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt3110958/
The Four Horsemen resurface and are forcibly recruited by a tech genius to pull off their most impossible heist yet.
FOUR FRIENDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghost_Story_(film)
In a small New England town during a frigid winter season, four elderly friends -- businessman Ricky Hawthorne, lawyer Sears James, Dr. John Jaffrey, and Mayor Edward Charles Wanderley -- form the Chowder Society, an informal mens club where they regale each other with scary stories. Edward's son David, living in New York City, falls from a window after seeing a girl he's sleeping with turns suddenly into a living corpse. His other son, Don, comes home at Edward's request. Edward becomes so distraught that he wanders in the snow and, seeing the same female apparition that killed David, falls to his death from the bridge.
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Now_You_See_Me_(film)
Four stage magicians, J. Daniel "Danny" Atlas (Jesse Eisenberg), Merritt McKinney (Woody Harrelson), Henley Reeves (Isla Fisher), and Jack Wilder (Dave Franco), are each given a tarot card that lead them to the same empty New York City apartment, where they find information from an unknown benefactor.
A year later, the four perform their first major performance as the Four Horsemen in an elaborate Las Vegas show funded by insurance magnate Arthur Tressler (Michael Caine). Their final trick appears to transport one of the audience members to the vault of his bank, the Crédit Républicain in Paris, where stacks of new euro bills are stored. At the magicians' commands, the fans in the vault activate, drawing the bills into the vents and then showering the Las Vegas crowd with them. The euros are shown to be real, and the vault in Paris is found to be empty of its recent shipment of euros, leading FBI agent Dylan Rhodes (Mark Ruffalo), and Interpol agent Alma Dray (Mélanie Laurent), to be partnered and investigate the Horsemen. The two question the magicians but have no evidence to hold them. Dylan and Alma turn to Thaddeus Bradley (Morgan Freeman), a former magician who now helps to explain the tricks behind other magic acts. Thaddeus demonstrates how they used a mock vault under the Las Vegas stage, and that the group must have stolen the money in Paris before it arrived at the bank, replacing it with flash paper that left no evidence.
Dylan, Alma, and Thaddeus follow the Horsemen to their next show in New Orleans, where their final trick appears to transfer millions of dollars from Tressler's private accounts to those in the audience, made up of people that were denied insurance claims by Tressler's company in the wake of Hurricane Katrina. Dylan and Alma attempt to apprehend the four, but the magicians elude capture. Tressler hires Thaddeus to expose the Horsemen in revenge for the loss of his money. Alma investigates the Horsemen and determines they are connected to a group called the Eye, a small group of magicians that claim to have access to real magic. She finds out one of the Eye's members, Lionel Shrike, had previously been exposed by Thaddeus but died in a locked-safe escape trick he was performing to try to regain his standing. Alma suspects a fifth person is aiding the Horsemen.
Alma's research leads the FBI to the New York City apartment. When they raid it, the other three escape while Jack recovers numerous documents and then leads the authorities on a high-speed car chase. Jack loses control of his car, causing it to flip and catch fire. Dylan is unable to save Jack, but manages to recover the papers, pointing to the Horsemen's next planned crime, stealing millions of dollars in cash out of a large Elkhorn safe. Dylan, Alma, and Thaddeus find the safe has already been stolen, and when they track it down, its contents have been replaced with balloon animals. The Horsemen broadcast they will perform their final show that night at 5 Pointz, inviting the public to attend. The FBI and police converge on the scene and amid the chaos search for the Horsemen. The remaining Horsemen appear to the crowd, giving their fans a farewell and a message about an ulterior purpose, and then run to jump off a roof; Dylan attempts to shoot them but Alma holds him back. The three jump, turning into a shower of money over the crowd. The money is counterfeit, but the audience's race to collect it prevents the authorities from tracking the real Horsemen.
After the show, Thaddeus walks to his car, only to find it full of the money stolen from the Elkhorn safe, and he is arrested. Dylan speaks to Thaddeus in jail, where Thaddeus slowly comes to realize that Alma's theory was correct, and Dylan was the fifth Horseman. Dylan quietly walks away. Elsewhere, the Horsemen, including Jack, who had faked his death, meet at the carousel in Central Park, and use their tarot cards to turn it on. Dylan arrives and welcomes the four to the Eye.
Later, at the Pont des Arts, Dylan meets with Alma and reveals he is Shrike's son. He brought the Horsemen together to get retribution for his father's death: the Elkhorn Safe Company for providing a faulty safe that led to the accident, Thaddeus for humiliating him, and the Crédit Républicain and Tressler's insurance companies for failing to pay out afterwards. Alma, who has come into a romantic relationship with Dylan, decides not to turn him in. She takes a lock and a key that Dylan produces, putting the lock on a chain fence and throwing the key into the Seine.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Now_You_See_Me_2
It is sequel to the 2013 film Now You See Me and follows the Four Horsemen who resurface and are forcibly recruited by a tech genius to pull off an almost impossible heist.
Eighteen months after outwitting the FBI, the remaining members of the Four Horsemen—J. Daniel Atlas (Jesse Eisenberg), Merritt McKinney (Woody Harrelson) and Jack Wilder (Dave Franco)—are in hiding in New York City, awaiting further instructions from The Eye, the secret society of magicians they've been recruited into
CHRONICLES OF NARNIA FAMOUS STORY AROUND FOUR CHILDREN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Lion,_the_Witch_and_the_Wardrobe
In 1940, four siblings – Peter, Susan, Edmund, and Lucy Pevensie – are among many children evacuated from London during World War II to escape the Blitz. They are sent to the countryside to live with professor Digory Kirke. Exploring the professor's house, Lucy finds a wardrobe which doubles as a magic portal to a forest in a land called Narnia. At a lamppost oddly located in the forest, she meets Tumnus, a faun, who invites her to tea in his home. There the faun confesses that he invited her not out of hospitality, but with the intention of betraying her to the White Witch. The witch has ruled Narnia for years, using magic to keep it frozen in a perpetual winter. She has ordered all Narnians to turn in any humans ("Sons of Adam" or "Daughters of Eve") they come across. But now that he has come to know and like a human, Tumnus repents his original intention and escorts Lucy back to the lamppost.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0475944/
Four young men who belong to a New England supernatural legacy are forced to battle a fifth power long thought to have died out. Meanwhile, jealousy and suspicion threaten to tear them apart.
http://depositphotos.com/9519085/stock-photo-yerevan-monument-to-the-main.html
Yerevan. Monument to the main characters of the movie
This monument features the four protagonists of the film “Men”, played by four of Armenia's most popular actors: Frunzik Mkrtchian, Azat Sherents, Avetik Gevorgian, and Armen Aivazian — Photo by evgovorov
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt2101441/
Four college girls hold up a restaurant in order to fund their spring break vacation. While partying, drinking, and taking drugs, they are arrested, only to be bailed out by a drug and arms dealer.
TRIS REPRESENTS THREE FOUR REPRESENTS FOUR- THERE IS ALWAYS A DYNAMIC BETWEEN THREE AND FOUR- Four in the Divergent movie
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uFzbShilezU
Quadrant
FOUR HOSTS During its four-year run, It's Your Bet had four hosts. Hal March hosted for the first few months. When health problems forced him to step down in late 1969 (he died in January 1970), actor Dick Gautier took over and hosted through the end of the 1970–1971 season.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bratz_(2007_film)
Four teenage friends named Cloe, Yasmin, Sasha and Jade are about to start high school. Self-centered Meredith wants everyone to belong to a clique, and goes about organizing students. She does not like the independent spirit of the four girls and plots to destroy their friendship and make them conform to her pre-fabricated cliques.
The game's plot mirrored that of the film and players are tasked with completing goals and errands in order to progress the story along. The DC version of the game also allowed users to design their own clothes patterns, care for a digital pet, and play various mini-games. The PC edition also utilized mini-games, but excluded the option for players to design clothing or raise a digital pet. In both games users could play as one of the four main characters and view clips from the film.
I'm a
HEY ARNOLD FOUR MAIN CHARACTERS
https://www.yahoo.com/beauty/arnold-helga-gerald-look-kind-161654644.html
And that's not the only change. At Comic Con San Diego yesterday, the creator behind the classic Nickelodeon show revealed the character designs for the four main characters, Arnold, Helga, Gerald, and Phoebe. Check them out.
At first glance, they all look pretty much the same. But when you look closer, the characters actually all have a few key differences in their new sketches.
As you can see, there's a lot more ~shading~ going on in the sketches, so everyone looks a bit more 3D. Arnold has a new jacket over his trademark t-shirt-over-button-down-shirt combo and he's rocking a new pair of white and red shoes.
Helga has an extra stripe on her pink dress and her undershirt isn't a turtleneck anymore. Her shoes have a new red accent too.
Gerald's hair is angled, his red 33 shirt is a hooded sweater, and his sneakers are high tops now.
Phoebe's outfit got a major makeover. Instead of her simple blue dress, she now wears a white shirt with a baby blue skirt and a dark blue jacket. She's got new shoes too. NEW SHOES FOR EVERYBODY!
These are some subtle changes I can definitely get behind to bring these classic characters into the new age.
. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
FOUR OF THEM
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Cheetah_Girls_(film)
The Cheetah Girls is a 2003 television film based on the book series of the same name by Deborah Gregory.
Four teen girls in Manhattan - Galleria, Chanel, Dorinda, and Aqua - perform at a children's birthday party as The Cheetah Girls. During the performance, several mistakes occur, including stumbles from Aqua and Dorinda. While they feel a bit discouraged, Galleria is there to provide encouragement and remind the girls of their dreams of stardom. After the performance, Chanel rushes home to tell her mother about the show, but her mother is too busy preparing for a date with her new Parisian boyfriend to pay attention. Galleria comes home to her parents who chastise her for not taking phone messages for her mother or walking their Bichon Frise dog, Toto. While it is clear that Galleria's parents are supportive, they also wish that Galleria was more focused. Meanwhile, Dorinda must hurry off to her job, which is revealed to be janitorial work at a community center.
Following the first teaser only with Nobunaga Shimazaki's narration, the official website for Kyoto Animation's upcoming film High☆Speed! - Free! Starting Days - today posted a new 30-second teaser to introduce its four main characters: Makoto Tachibana, Ikuya Kirishima, Asahi Shiina, and Haruka Nanase, in their junior high uniforms, so-called "gakuran."
to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
The four main characters that comprise Insomniac's new IP, each with their own distinct visual styles and in-game traits.
http://vr-zone.com/articles/fuse-demo-drops-may-7th-via-psn-and-xbox-live/19920.html
Before Fuse hits shelves, though, gamers will get the opportunity to try out the game via a downloadable demo, affording players with the chance to weigh the pros and cons of the game itself.
The demo is scheduled to release on next Tuesday on May 7th via Xbox LIVE and the PlayStation Network, yet it's unknown if the demo will feature the game's signature four-player co-op–which is one of the major features of the release apart from the sci-fi themes.
Read more: http://vr-zone.com/articles/fuse-demo-drops-may-7th-via-psn-and-xbox-live/19920.html#ixzz4cg36Wjsu
FOUR CHARACTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RWBY
RWBY (/ˈruːbi/, "ruby") is an American 3D web series created by Monty Oum for Rooster Teeth.
The series focuses on four girls, each with her own unique weapon and powers. Together, they form team RWBY (/ˈruːbi/, "ruby") at Beacon Academy in the city of Vale, where they are trained to become Huntresses alongside team JNPR (/ˈdʒunəpər/, "juniper"), team SSSN (/sʌn/, "sun"), team CRDL (/ˈkɑːrdnl/, "cardinal") team CFVY (/ˈkɔːfi/, "coffee"), and various other named and unnamed student teams.[9][10]
Volume 1 focuses on the introduction of the characters of the story, marking the events that lead to their team formations. All the while, mysterious thefts of Dust are occurring around the city of Vale, notably organized by the show's antagonist, Roman Torchwick. Volume 2 follows up from these events of Volume 1, and team RWBY sets out in order to investigate the meaning behind these thefts. They aim to discover the villain's plans for the city of Vale before the Vytal Festival—a festival between the four kingdoms of Remnant where they have their best students demonstrate their skills and abilities in celebration of the peace between all four kingdoms. Volume 3 starts with the beginning of the Vytal Festival; however, a sinister plot lurks behind the celebratory events, and the heroes can only do so much to prepare for the evil that is coming. Volume 4 takes place six to eight months following the events of Volume 3, with the members of Team RWBY separated and in different parts of the globe, and each of the girls will have to take on personal journeys of their own if they are to move forward in life.
A series of four promotional trailers, one for each lead character, were released in the lead-up to the series premiere. They were primarily produced by Oum and assistant animator Shane Newville.[15] Each trailer begins by unveiling one of the four primary characters and then showing a detailed action sequence.[13] The "Red" trailer was shown after the credits for Red vs. Blue's season 10 finale in November 2012.[13][16] It was followed by the "White" trailer in February 2013.[17] The "Black" trailer was unveiled at a PAX East panel at the end of March and was the first to include voice-acted dialogue.[15] Following the premiere of the "Black" trailer, Oum noted with regret that the first two trailers were shorter and had less character development.[15] The "Yellow" trailer was shown at Rooster Teeth's A-Kon panel on June 1, 2013.[18] Music from the trailers is being sold for digital download on several online retailers.[19]
Soundtrack
https://archiveofourown.org/works/3654555
The songs were picked in collaboration with taibhrigh. The different songs reflect all four main characters and some general themes covered in the story. You can listen to it on 8tracks or download the zip file. Enjoy!
CONVERGENCE OF FOUR INDUSTRIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Technological_convergence
Technological convergence is the tendency that as technology changes, different technological system sometimes evolve toward performing similar tasks. Digital convergence refers to the convergence of four industries into one conglomerate, ITTCE (Information Technologies, Telecommunication, Consumer Electronics, and Entertainment)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Technological_convergence
A quadruple play service combines the triple play service of broadband Internet access, television, and telephone with wireless service provisions.[66] This service set is also sometimes humorously referred to as "The Fantastic Four" or "Grand Slam".[67] A fundamental aspect of the quadruple play is not only the long-awaited broadband convergence but also the players involved. Many of them, from the largest global service providers to whom we connect today via wires and cables to the smallest of startup service providers are interested. Opportunities are attractive: the big three telecom services – telephony, cable television, and wireless—could combine their industries. In the UK, the merger of NTL:Telewest and Virgin Mobile resulted in a company offering a quadruple play of cable television, broadband Internet, home telephone, and mobile telephone services.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1078940/
A comedy centered around four couples who settle into a tropical-island resort for a vacation. While one of the couples is there to work on the marriage, the others fail to realize that participation in the resort's therapy sessions is not optional.
ARABIAN KNIGHTS FOUR ISLANDS
Four Guys (2009)
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1546978/
22min | Comedy | TV Movie
Four Guys Poster
Trailer
1:53 | Trailer3 VIDEOS
Watch Now
Free at IMDb via Withoutabox
Jack, Harry, Stuart, and Hugo share an inner-city apartment at the mercy of a landlord who seems to be looking for reasons to evict the foursome due to their late night shenanigans and sexcapades.
FOUR MUSICIANS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jersey_Boys_(film)
Jersey Boys is a 2014 American biographical musical drama film directed and produced by Clint Eastwood based on the Tony Award winning jukebox musical of the same name. The film tells the story of the musical group The Four Seasons. The film was released in the United States on June 20, 2014.[5][6] The film received mixed reviews from critics and grossed $67 million worldwide.[7]
In 1990, the original Four Seasons are to be inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. The quartet performs "Rag Doll" onstage, their first performance together in over twenty years. The music fades as the four men take turns addressing the audience. Tommy, in an ironic twist, now works for Joe Pesci, who has gone on to become an Oscar-winning actor. Nick claims to have no regrets about leaving the group, enjoying the time he spends with his family. Bob has retired to Nashville, Tennessee. Lastly, Frankie finally takes over the narration, stating that the best time he had during his time with the Four Seasons was before their success, "when everything was still ahead of us and it was just four guys singing under a street lamp."
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0013149/
Four animal musicians consisting of a Horse, Cat, Dog, & Rooster set out on their own quest to try to find some fame by playing their own music. Unfortunitly every where they go, trouble ... See full summary »
Director: Walt Disney
Writers: Jacob Grimm (story), Wilhelm Grimm (story) | 1 more credit »
Quartet (2012)
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1441951/
PG-13 | 1h 34min | Comedy, Drama | 1 March 2013 (USA)
Quartet Poster
Trailer
2:10 | Trailer4 VIDEOS | 21 IMAGES
Watch Now
From $2.99 (SD) on Amazon Video
ON DISC
At a home for retired musicians, the annual concert to celebrate Verdi's birthday is disrupted by the arrival of Jean, an eternal diva and the former wife of one of the residents.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1630036/
When a tragedy strikes close to home, four police officers struggle with their faith and their roles as husbands and fathers; together they make a decision that will change all of their lives.
Storyline
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0156543/
A comparison of four different families in India, France, Japan, and Canada.
FOUR FAMILIES
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0197096/plotsummary?ref_=tt_ov_pl
What's Cooking? (2000)
Plot Summary
Showing one plot summary
In LA's Fairfax district, where ethnic groups abound, four households celebrate Thanksgiving amidst family tensions. In the Nguyen family, the children's acculturation and immigrant parents' fears collide. In the Avila family, Isabel's son has invited her estranged husband to their family dinner. Audrey and Ron Williams want to keep their own family's ruptures secret from Ron's visiting mother. In the Seelig household, Herb and Ruth are unwilling to discuss openly their grown daughter's living with her lover, Carla. Around each table, things come to a head. A gun, an affair, a boyfriend, and a pregnancy precipitate crises forcing each family to find its center.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Christmases
Four Christmases (Four Holidays in Australia and New Zealand, Anywhere But Home in the Netherlands, Norway, United Arab Emirates and in South Africa) is a Christmas-themed romantic comedy film about a couple visiting all four of their divorced parents' homes on Christmas Day.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt1020938/
A look at one year in the life of four babies from around the world, from Mongolia to Namibia to San Francisco to Tokyo.
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt3978720/
4th Man Out (2015)
Fourth Man Out (original title)
1h 26min | Comedy, Drama | 5 February 2016 (USA)
4th Man Out Poster
A car mechanic in a small, working class town comes out of the closet to his unsuspecting, blue-collar best friends.
Four Men and a Prayer is a 1938 American adventure film directed by John Ford and starring Loretta Young, Richard Greene and George Sanders.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Men_and_a_Prayer
Contents [hide]
1 Synopsis
2 Cast
3 References
4 Bibliography
5 External links
Synopsis[edit]
After a British Army Officer is cashiered in India following accusations of dereliction of duty, he summons his four sons to meet him in their family home in England. He reveals he has been framed, but before he can explain any more he is murdered. The four immediately set out to discover the truth and restore their father's honour. Spreading out across the world to Argentina and India they gather the evidence that shows that their father was a victim of a major arms dealer and triumph over him in a final confrontation in the Egyptian city of Alexandria. Returning home they are able to present evidence that clears their father's name.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Phoenix_Incident
Tying into the film's viral campaign, the film introduces the disappearance of four Arizona men. Heaven's Gate cult member Walton S. Gayson, initially held as a suspect in the murder of the four men, was taken into federal custody. Later, the search for the men was suspended, concluding that the four men had been killed in a bear attack, a conclusion which the local medical examiner denies, but was ordered to list as the cause of death.
The documentary style film moves between two complementary plotlines; the first is a filmed interview with an unidentified Air Force pilot who exposes, despite likely repercussions, the truth about what happened to four missing civilian men on the Phoenix Lights. The second plotline comes from recovered filmed footage ("The Lauder Tapes") by one of four men: Glenn Lauder (Lowenthal), Mitch Adams (Willingham), Ryan Stone (Baker) and Jacob Reynolds (O'Brien). Lauder cannibalizes several different cameras, even duct taping a camcorder to the side or his ATV helmet. It is from these cameras that most of the footage is derived.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Four_Just_Men_(1939_film)
The Four Just Men, also known as The Secret Four, is a 1939 British thriller film directed by Walter Forde and starring Hugh Sinclair, Griffith Jones, Edward Chapman and Frank Lawton.[1] It is based on the novel The Four Just Men by Edgar Wallace. There was a previous silent film version in 1921.[2] The film was made at Ealing Studios,[3] with sets designed by Wilfred Shingleton.
The Four Just Men was re-released in 1944 with an updated ending featuring newsreel of Winston Churchill and the Allied war effort as a fulfilment of the ideals of the Four. The adviser on the House of Commons of the United Kingdom scenes was Aneurin Bevan.[4]
Contents [hide]
1 Plot
2 Cast
3 Critical reception
4 References
5 Bibliography
6 External links
Plot[edit]
The Four Men are British World War I veterans who unite to work in secret against enemies of the country. They aren't above a spot of murder or sabotage to achieve their ends, but they consider themselves true patriots.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0117603/
Desperation drives four inner-city women (Queen Latifah, Jada Pinkett Smith, Vivica A. Fox, Kimberly Elise) to bank robbery in Los Angeles, then they start mistrusting one another.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Girls_in_White
Four Girls in White
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Four Girls in White
Four Girls in White 1939 poster.jpg
1939 theatrical poster
Directed by S. Sylvan Simon
Produced by Nat Levine
Written by Endre Bohem
Nathalie Bucknall
Starring Florence Rice
Una Merkel
Buddy Ebsen
Cinematography Leonard Smith
Edited by George Boemler
Production
company
Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Corp.
Distributed by Loew's Incorporated
Release date
January 27, 1939
Running time
73 minutes
Country United States
Language English
Four Girls in White is a 1939 Drama directed by S. Sylvan Simon, starring Florence Rice and Una Merkel. It follows the mostly comical exploits of four nursing students enrolled in a three-year training course.[1]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Points_Media_Group
Four Points Media Group was a holding company owned by Cerberus Capital Management, established in 2007 to serve as a buyer for 7 television stations formerly owned by CBS Corporation.
FOUR ACT STRUCTURE- DIFFERENT FROM THREE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT
http://www.davidbordwell.net/essays/anatomy.php
Since the mid-1970s, screenwriters have talked a lot about the idea of the three-act structure. In Storytelling in the New Hollywood (1999), Thompson refined this cluster of rules. She suggested that we can analyze films more precisely by acknowledging that not all films have THREE acts. In features running around two hours, we typically find a FOUR-part structure: Setup, Complicating Action, Development, and Climax. Usually there’s a brief epilogue tacked on. Filmmakers working in the three-act paradigm in effect split the second act into two stretches around a midpoint.
Interestingly, Thompson’s four-part structure is made explicit not only in manuals written after her book, but in the very architecture of Shane Black’s Kiss Kiss Bang Bang (2005). The plot is split into four days, each given a title and each corresponding to one of the parts she identifies. Black’s film ends with several epilogues; this convention is mocked in Harry’s voice-over commentary, and one scene is labeled, “Epilogue.”
Planting causes for future effects.
Chekhov is said to have remarked that in a play the gun on the wall in Act I should go off in Act III. Likewise, Hollywood script carpentry lays in conditions that will prove important later. But it’s not simply props that point forward: more common are what we call dangling causes. An unresolved action is presented near the end of one section that is picked up and pushed further in a later section. Every scene will tend to contain unresolved issues that demand settling further along.
Deadlines.
It’s surprising how often films in all genres set deadlines for the resolution of the plot. Screenwriters call it the “ticking clock,” the time pressure that can rule any portion of the film but that is virtually mandatory at the Climax.
In The Way Hollywood Tells It, I trace these and other norms in detail through a particular example, Cameron Crowe’s Jerry Maguire. What happens, though, when the talented Mr. Cruise makes a full-throttle action picture?
To analyze a film, I have to assume you’ve seen it, so beware: what follows is strewn with spoilers. Timings come from the 2-disc DVD release.
Mission: Impossible: III
The Setup (00:32–31:34)
A prologue establishes that the villain Owen Davian has captured Ethan Hunt and a woman we’ll later realize is Ethan’s wife Julia. Davian demands to know where the Rabbit’s Foot is, and he threatens to shoot Julia if Ethan doesn’t say. As he fires, a brief title credit bursts up, and the rest of the film unfolds as an extended flashback.
You could argue that, given director J. J. Abrams’ roots in TV, this prologue functions in the manner of the teaser that samples a later part of tonight’s episode. But today many films employ an enframed flashback structure. The plot begins at a point of crisis and then whisks us back to show how things got to this pass. The resolution of the opening scene is postponed until the Climax. This strategy can be found at various points in the history of Hollywood, notably in the 1940s. I talk about this trend in our blog.
After the title credits, our protagonist Ethan is quickly assigned two goals. First, during an engagement party, we learn that he and Julia Meade are planning to be married. He seems to have happily settled into an Agency desk job, concealed as a boring post in the Transportation Department.
Then he’s yanked out of his home by a request from his colleague John Musgrave. Musgrave asks Ethan to lead a covert team to find Lindsey Farris, a young agent whom Ethan has mentored. She’s disappeared, and master criminal Owen Davian is thought to be responsible.
So the characteristic double plotline is established. Ethan wants a normal life with the woman he loves. “Family’s everything,” Musgrave remarks dryly. But Ethan also feels obliged to save Lindsey, whom he had trained for combat and released for duty, perhaps prematurely. So he’s forced to lie to Julia and pretend to go to a professional convention. This sets up the work/romance tension we find so often in Hollywood films.
The M:I team is assembled, with the returning Luther Stickell joined by new members Declan and Zhen Lei. They and Ethan assault the Berlin factory where Lindsey is kept prisoner. As she’s rescued, she tells Ethan she has information for him but there’s no time for her to impart it. Deadlines keep the pressure on. Escaping in a helicopter, the team is chased by Damian’s minions, while Ethan discovers that Lindsey’s brain is carrying an explosive capsule. He tries to halt it by stopping her heart and using a defibrillator to bring her back, but they run out of time and she dies.
At home Ethan faces new problems. He’s still in shock from Lindsey’s death, which makes Julia apprehensive.
At work, Ethan’s supervisor Brassel criticizes Musgrave and Ethan, stating that his personal goal is to get Davian and they have thwarted his efforts. The setup winds down when Ethan attends Lindsey’s funeral, haunted by her question at the end of training: “Am I ready?”
Several important items are planted in this opening section. All the major characters are introduced. At the party we learn that Ethan can read lips, that Julia likes adventure (she’s gone skydiving and hung from a helicopter), and that New Zealand’s Lake Wanaka is a memorable place for both of them. The threat of an embedded brain capsule, the idea of letting someone die and be revived, and the fact that Julia works at a hospital will all become important in later parts.
Just as important, the action scene isn’t just a gratuitous set-piece. It’s central to achieving Ethan’s goal, the rescue of Lindsey. The rescue’s outcome—her death—motivates his hatred for Davian and drives a wedge into his relationship with Julia. From now on, as they say, it’s personal.
The Setup runs about 31 minutes, with the key action of Lindsey’s death taking place near the 25-minute mark, a sacred point in Hollywood dramaturgy. In addition, first parts often have a turning point about halfway through: here, that’s when Ethan meets his team (at about 13 minutes).
Mission: Impossible: III
The Complicating Action (31:34–62:05)
Lindsey’s funeral could simply end the movie. She’s beyond rescue, Davian has escaped, and Ethan is at a dead end. But dangling causes keep things going. We already glimpsed one in the factory assault, the urgent information that Lindsey started to recount to Ethan. Now, at the end of the funeral scene, he gets a call from a post office. A postcard is waiting for him. Dangling causes exemplify the famous linearity of classical construction: one scene hooks into the next.
The Complicating Action section serves to sharpen or alter the goals laid down in the Setup. The postcard remains a dangling cause, because Luther has to decipher the microdot that Lindsey has inserted under the stamp. In the meantime, Ethan learns from the technie Benjy that Davian is seeking something called the Rabbit’s Foot, “real end-of-the-world stuff.” Davian is headed for the Vatican to make deals with arms buyers, and Ethan resolves to pursue him, without telling anyone at the Agency.
Meanwhile, Ethan’s love affair with Julia is in jeopardy. Luther has warned that personal relationships don’t mix with espionage, and his pessimism seems to be vindicated. When Ethan makes new excuses to leave on a trip, Julia worries that he’s hiding something important from her. To reassure her, he marries her in the hospital where she works. Then it’s off to Rome to kidnap Davian, leading to an even more elaborate set-piece. Using the twinning technology established in other M:I movies, Ethan and the others snatch Davian.
Again, the action might seem to be at a standstill. Mission accomplished: The agency boss Brassel congratulates Musgrave on Davian’s capture. But fresh dangling causes emerge.
On the plane, Ethan questions their captive. Davian resists, vowing to make whomever Ethan cares about bleed—confirming Luther’s warning that secret-agent work jeopardizes their loved ones. Further, Davian’s gloating about Lindsey’s death drives Ethan into a rage. Davian’s a tough customer and may not reveal what the Rabbit’s Foot is. What if he should escape? He threatens to kill Ethan’s lover in front of him, and we realize that this is no idle threat: the prologue showed him in exactly this position. Somehow, we know, Davian will escape and turn the tables.
This Complicating Action is another longish section (about 31 minutes), with several new plants. Scenes with Julia establish that she’s a doctor and that their relationship still doesn’t rest on full trust. Again, an elaborate action scene contributes to the plot. Not only does it show Ethan achieving his goal, it proves that, despite the death of Lindsey, he’s still a skilful agent. This section also establishes an important minor character, Davian’s female translator.
Mission: Impossible: III
Development (62:05–93:56)
The Complicating Action often serves as a counter-setup, reversing the first phase of the plot. In the setup of M:I:III, Ethan’s mission failed, Lindsey died, and Davian got off free. In the Complicating Action, circumstances were reversed: Ethan succeeded, Lindsey was avenged, and Davian was taken in custody. What do Development sections do?
The Development can reverse the overall circumstances, creating new goals. It can sustain the situation. It can reveal backstory and deepen characterization. And it can simply delay resolution. The Development of M:I:III does all of these things.
First, some massive reversals. A convoy is carrying Davian to Washington. On the bridge Luther finally cracks the microdot Lindsey had mailed Ethan. She reveals that their boss Brassel is working in cahoots with Davian. At that instant a paramilitary force attacks the bridge and in an explosive firefight Davian is rescued. Ethan suffers a stunning setback, and not just from the concussive force of the assault.
He races to Julia’s hospital to protect her, but too late: she’s been seized. As Ethan leaves the hospital, he’s called by Davian. “Julia’s life for the Rabbit’s Foot.” Davian gives him 48 hours to find it. A new goal has emerged, this time with a precise deadline. At this moment Ethan is captured by his own agency and is eventually immobilized, strapped to a gurney.
Ethan’s capture blocks him from acting on Davian’s command, and the situation is prolonged, delaying his progress toward rescuing Julia. The static situation is sustained by Brassel’s address to Ethan, one that seems to confirm Lindsey’s message. Talking like the conventionally obsessed villain, Brassel vows that he will “bleed on the flag” to get his way.
Again, the action seems at an impasse. When Brassel leaves, Ethan’s contact Musgrave visits him and seems to chide him. But he mouths something quite different, and Ethan’s lip-reading skills are now put to use. Musgrave has intercepted Davian’s call, he says, and the Rabbit’s Foot is in Shanghai. Musgrave also gives Ethan a weapon that enables him to escape from the Agency and head to China.
Ethan’s new goal, that of getting the Rabbit’s Foot, dominates the rest of the Development. From a structural standpoint, this goal is something of a delaying tactic, since Ethan’s true goal is to rescue Julia. But this goal ratchets up the work/love tension, since in grabbing the Rabbit’s Foot Ethan is betraying his professional identity. His choice to save Julia reveals his character: family is indeed everything. Ethan’s new goal also motivates another action sequence, the incursion into a Shanghai skyscraper, and once more the pursuit and stuntwork are driven by a deadline. “We have two hours before they kill my wife.”
As the chase in Shanghai concludes, Ethan calls Davian, who orders him to the city’s train yard. Ethan informs Musgrave about the rendezvous, and suspense is increased when Brassel questions Musgrave about the mission. Ethan leaves his team at the Shanghai train yard, so he faces Davian alone. After a 31-minute Development, the climactic confrontation is imminent.
Mission: Impossible: III
Climax (93:56–116:19)
Picked up in a stretch limo, Ethan is ordered to swallow the drink he’s given. He passes out, dreaming of Julia. In a flash, we see him injected with the same sort of explosive capsule that killed Lindsey. Now we return to the situation presented in the prologue, with some repetition. Ethan is lashed to a chair facing Julia and Davian. Once again Davian demands to know where the Rabbit’s Foot is, once more Ethan frantically bargains with him, and once again Davian threatens to shoot Julia, sitting bound and gagged across from Ethan.
Climax sections, as you’d expect, show the culmination and outcome of the plotlines running through the film. They also reveal information and clear up mysteries. Climaxes tend to be shorter than other sections, as this one is. As a denouement (literally, “untying”), the Climax may contain a final surprise as well.
Davian’s confrontation with Ethan is crosscut with the arrival of the rest of the Mission: Impossible team in DC. They’re greeted at the airport by Brassel’s squad. This scene seems to function as a red herring, reassuring us that Brassel is indeed Davian’s mole. It also deepens Ethan’s plight, now that his team can’t come to his rescue.
Ethan doesn’t know where the Rabbit’s Foot is, so Davian shoots Julia and leaves. Ethan is shattered. (So are we, perhaps, because in the modern action picture even people we care about may die; viz. The Bourne Supremacy.) After a long pause, John Musgrave enters. “It’s complicated.”
The familiar double-bluff of spy films locks in. Musgrave, not Brassel, is the mole. You could argue that this twist was planted near the end of the Development, when Musgrave turned away from Brassel and stared gravely offscreen as the camera lingered on him—the classic shot of a Suspect.
Now Musgrave explains that the questioning of Ethan and the execution of “Julia” were methods of guaranteeing that he brought the genuine Rabbit’s Foot. Musgrave peels the mask off the victim to reveal it’s not Julia but rather Davian’s translator from the Vatican sequence.
Musgrave’s goal is to find out what was in Lindsey’s microdot message. In return Ethan demands proof that Julia is alive, and the Lake Wanaka motif comes to fruition as a way of identifying the voice on Musgrave’s phone. Ethan escapes and, with the aid of Benjy on his cellphone, sprints to save Julia. As he fights his way through Davian’s lair, the fatal capsule is triggered in his skull. Ethan falters and Davian begins to beat him. Another deadline: “You have maybe four minutes left.”
Staggering, Ethan summons the strength to kill Davian, but to defuse the capsule, Julia must kill and revive Ethan. She’s a doctor; there’s a chance she can pull this off. As she’s trying to save him, another wave of gunmen assaults her, and she puts them down with a forcefulness born of desperation. When Julia shoots Musgrave, the Rabbit’s Foot rolls toward the camera, and now only the romantic line of action needs resolution.
Julia’s purported thirst for adventure pays off, and the parallel to Lindsey’s gunplay in the Berlin factory is underscored.
Lindsey was Ethan’s action partner, Julia his romantic partner, but under the press of circumstance Julia has become both. Ethan comes back to life. “You did that? Wow.”
Mission: Impossible: III
Epilogue (116:19–118:55)
The film could end here, and a Hong Kong film might do so. But Hollywood films like to wrap everything up with a scene or two assuring the audience that all is well. Not just a happy ending, then, but an emphatic resolution. Call it an epilogue.
First we reaffirm that the romantic line of action is resolved. Outside Davian’s hideout Julia and Ethan walk across a bridge and he promises to tell her everything. He starts by describing the Impossible Mission Force, but she scoffs. The issue of their marriage is settled when she adds, “You can trust me.”
Then we settle the professional line of action. Back at HQ, Brassel tells Ethan about a White House job that’s available, but Ethan demurs. He just wants a honeymoon. The Rabbit’s Foot is revealed as a macguffin, a mere pretext; we never learn what it really is. Julia is assimilated wholly into Ethan’s world by meeting his entire team, including Benjy, before the couple leave. Now both plotlines are resolved.
Implications
Clear and simple in outline, the classical film’s dramaturgy can be manifested in intricate and subtle ways. Like a well-made play, a film can fulfill principles of unity clumsily or adroitly. I’d put M:I:III in the mid-range. It’s not as cannily intricate as Die Hard, and not as well directed in my opinion (though there are some fine stretches of cutting and composition). In all, the film is reasonably well-wrought for its purposes. The point I’m proposing is that the action movie needn’t be considered a mindless splatter of violent spectacle and CGI. It can have a cogent architecture.
There would be a lot more to say about unifying principles in M:I:III, particularly at the level of the scene and the links between scenes. My analysis has emphasized overall narrative structure, not narration (the moment-by-moment flow of story information) or the world of the narrative (the characters and their surroundings). These aspects could be studied as well, but I wanted to make a prima facie case for the unity of construction at work here.
FAQs
Q: People go to see films like M:I:III for action and spectacle. They don’t care about plot; it often bores them. By attending to story factors, don’t you deemphasize the genre’s very reason for being?
A: First, the distinction between action and story seems to me untenable. Story goals can be fulfilled through action scenes, and even what is called spectacle. This happens throughout M:I:III, in which the physical action furthers the overall plot. Action sequences create goals (saving Lindsey), eliminate characters (e.g., Lindsey), redefine goals (Davian’s escape), and so on. Stories present constantly changing circumstances, and action sequences alter situations as effectively as conversation scenes do. As Murray Smith puts it, “The plot advances through spectacle.”endnote2
Of course action scenes are central to the genre, so we should expect them to be highlighted for special attention. The question is whether the action scenes are integrated into a larger pattern. I hold that very often they are. But if people don’t care about plot, we ought to have a lot less plot than we do.
Try a thought experiment. Most action films aren’t slam-bang action all the way through; they consist mostly of conversations and suspense scenes. So imagine a two-hour film containing 45 minutes of spectacular action. Why don’t filmmakers simply release a movie containing only the action scenes? There are probably several reasons, but one reason is that the film works better for audiences, especially emotionally, when the plot ties the action scenes together. My analogy in The Way Hollywood Tells It is to the appeals of the star. Everybody likes stars, but nobody pays $8 to watch Sandra Bullock and Keanu Reeves sitting on a sofa together, Warhol-style, for 90 minutes. We like stars, but in stories; and stories that move us.
Q: Action fans often don’t rewatch the entire film on video. They go back and savor explosions, then fast-forward through the talk. Doesn’t that show that these movies are highly modular and episodic?
A: Fans do use home video to repurpose films to their tastes and moods. But that can be done with any scenes we like, in any genre. If I’m a big Antonioni fan, I might replay the last sequence of L’eclisse over and over because it’s so quintessentially Antonionian. No fireballs or gunfights there.
Moreover, the fact that clips can be pulled out and enjoyed on their own doesn’t prove anything about the unity of the overall movie. Ralph Vaughan Williams’ Fifth Symphony is a highly unified piece, but I especially enjoy the last movement and often play it in isolation, especially now that I have iTunes on my desktop. Enjoying that passacaglia as a separate piece doesn’t reduce the unity of the whole symphony one jot.
Q: You show that the action scenes play causal roles in advancing M:I:III’s plot. But they’re very long and elaborated, as in many action pictures. If the film were as tightly unified as you say, shouldn’t they be shorter? Isn’t the sheer fact of their duration proof that they overwhelm narrative principles?
A: Actually, a great many scenes of physical action depend on a basic narrative principle: overcoming obstacles. The action scenes in M:I:III are little stories in themselves. Each one is governed by a goal, an effort to achieve it, a conflict with circumstances that block achievement, a redeployment of efforts in light of the obstacle, and so on….until the goal is definitely achieved or not. These mini-stories often operate under a deadline as well.
In the opening firefight of M:I:III, Ethan tries to find Lindsey in the factory. After encountering some resistance, he does. Then he must get her out to the rest of the team. After conquering some obstacles, he does. Then the team sets off in a helicopter, but they’re pursued. Then they have to save her from the exploding capsule, while also avoiding the villains’ chopper. At the end, one goal is achieved—they escape—but the other isn’t: Lindsey dies.
If all that isn’t narrative, what is?
The stretched-out duration of action sequences, I submit, involves not one-off attractions for their own sakes but micro-stories, short but twisting paths toward short-term goals, quick adjustments to a fast-changing situation. The gunplay, the escapes, the explosions, the bodies dangling from skyscrapers—all operate according to fundamental narrative principles of conflict, struggle, suspense, and resolution.
Incidentally, this consideration casts a new light on the previous Q and A. When fans replay exciting escapes and fights, they’re not escaping narrative: they’re immersing themselves in it.
I wish I’d thought of this rejoinder in The Way Hollywood Tells It!
Q: Noting down all these structural patterns and unifying strategies focuses on the film as an object. What do these techniques do for viewers?
A: A great deal of our response is generated by a film’s narration and its story world, not simply structure, but we can at least say this: Structural unity of this or any other sort is a way of achieving effects. Thrills become more thrilling in a goal-oriented framework because then we care about who survives the chase or the plunge off a building. Connective scenes become more enjoyable when we spot recurring motifs or notice how characters are changing their beliefs and character traits. We don’t always notice how the norms are shaping our response, but they do so. That’s one reason the norms are worth studying.
Another, perhaps more abstract reason is that by studying norms we can make film history more intelligible. Norms of form and style come to be taken for granted by filmmakers, audiences, and scholars. We can usefully bring them to light. By studying norms as craft practices of filmmaking, we identify traditions and link the present to the past in an enlightening way.
At the same time, by studying norms as principles, rules, or rules of thumb, we become aware of alternatives, including the creative choices that move away from tradition. Sometimes we want to know why a film puzzles or intrigues or frustrates us, and it’s often useful to trace those qualities to its refusal to play by the rules. Perhaps the reason we find some “art films” frustrating is that we can’t identify character goals or clear-cut lines of cause and effect. (Have we internalized the Hollywood norms?) Studying norms of alternative traditions can enable us not only to understand their principles of construction but come to enjoy the distinctive experiences they offer.
Of course, films that play by the Hollywood rules can be fun too—as I think M:I:III is.
1 : See, for instance, Paul Joseph Gulino, Screenwriting: The Sequence Approach (New York: Continuum, 2004), 5-6, 12. Another example is the discussion of goals and deadlines in Karl Iglesias, Writing for Emotional Impact (Livermore, CA: Wingspan, 2005), 52, 100.
FOUR PART STRUCTURE
http://www.davidbordwell.net/essays/anatomy.php
Since the mid-1970s, screenwriters have talked a lot about the idea of the three-act structure. In Storytelling in the New Hollywood (1999), Thompson refined this cluster of rules. She suggested that we can analyze films more precisely by acknowledging that not all films have three acts. In features running around two hours, we typically find a four-part structure: Setup, Complicating Action, Development, and Climax. Usually there’s a brief epilogue tacked on. Filmmakers working in the three-act paradigm in effect split the second act into two stretches around a midpoint.
Interestingly, Thompson’s four-part structure is made explicit not only in manuals written after her book, but in the very architecture of Shane Black’s Kiss Kiss Bang Bang (2005). The plot is split into four days, each given a title and each corresponding to one of the parts she identifies. Black’s film ends with several epilogues; this convention is mocked in Harry’s voice-over commentary, and one scene is labeled, “Epilogue.”
FOUR ACTS
http://www.ibiblio.org/cdeemer/wright/4act.html
The 4-Act Paradigm
Reproduced in its original form without permission.
Back to the 4-act structure
Recent discussion on the Screenwriters Listserv about a Four Act Paradigm:
first, from Andrew Ferguson:
Field calls it the "pinch". Vogler calls it the "second major
threshold". What they both refer to is the middle of the
traditional second act of the three-act structure.
For God's sake, gentlemen, LET'S CALL A SPADE A SPADE! It's been
there all along, yet no story structuralist wants to go against the
grain and say that the middle act is in fact TWO ACTS (point C on the
diagram).
What's the problem with acknowledging that the traditional three-act
structure has in fact been a four-act structure all along? It's not
going to shake the foundations of Hollywood. But it might help
screenwriters fix stories that sag between pages 30 and 90 (in the
120-page paradigm).
p.1/120
REALM 1 . . . . A . . . . REALM 4
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * ACT 1 | ACT 4 * .
p.30 B-------------------|-------------------D p.90
. * ACT 2 | ACT 3 * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
. * | * .
REALM 2 . . . . C . . . . REALM 3
p.60
LEGEND:
REALM 1 The hero's Ordinary World. This is the realm
That the hero knows -- he knows the terrain
and how to live in it. But here is just your
average Joe Public, although he displays hero
potential.
REALM 2 The Netherworld. This is the realm the novice
hero must pass through to reach the Kingdom of
Evil. This territory is unknown, frightening
and wonderful. Here, the hero is swept along
on an inexorable tide that leads to ...
REALM 3 The Kingdom of Evil. Here the forces of evil
are the masters. This is their home turf,
where they are strongest. The hero is gonna
have to be very clever to avoid capture.
REALM 4 Back to the Netherworld. Only now the hero
knows the rules and expectations of this
realm. He'll need this knowledge to help him
evade the pursuit by the Bad Guys.
NOTES ON THE ACTS.
- Each act is the reflection of it's opposite. Realm 1 is the
opposite of Realm 3, just as Realm 2 is the flipside of Realm
4. Where in Act One the hero feels relatively safe, secure,
and in control, in Act Three he faces mortal danger,
uncertainty, discomfort, etc.
- In Act Four, the flight, the helpers of Act Two reverse to
become hinderers (revealed to be agents of evil all along),
the hinderers of Act Two reverse to become helpers
(swapping sides to join the forces of good).
- The development of the hero shows a similar opposition between
Act 1 & 3 and Act 2 & 4. In Act One the hero is a powerless
orphan; in Act Three he has become a powerful warrior. In Act
Two he is a wanderer in the Netherworld, acting on his
own behalf and being pulled or lead toward the domain of evil;
by Act Four the hero has become a Martyr working for society,
leading the way instead of following.
There is *nothing wrong* with working in four acts instead of three.
You still work with a beginning, middle, and end. You still work with
ascending levels of conflict and crises. It will only make your story
stronger by clarifying the middle of your story.
My two cents.
Got change for a dime? ;-)
Cheers,
Andrew Ferguson.
A response from P. Michael McCulley:
If it works for you, your writing and screenplays, go for it. I've often
felt reading other scripts the middle of Act Two was a critical point in
the story; getting from page 30 to page 90 is agony without page 60, to
my way of thinking, so I try another mini-story in 30-60 and another
mini-story in 60-90 --call them B-story and C-story perhaps.
I enjoyed the graph, and explication on Realms and Acts. Well done.
A response from Pepper-n-Christina:
Andrew,
Welcome to the club! You're not alone on this one. In fact,
when I was teaching the screenwriters class in Texas, I told
the students there that I was a firm believer in mythic four
act structure as I call it. They kind of looked at me like
WHAT? Now there's four of them?
Vogler even divides them into four acts himself. I don't
think he goes into it in JOURNEY but in his class he
flat out told us he looks at them in four acts. I was
happy to see someone else thought the way I did.
He told us exactly what I told my students that day. Us
writers will just have to keep that little ditty to ourselves.
I can hardly get producers and development people to understand
three act structure. Throwing another one in would just
devestate them. :-)
FOUR ACTS
http://blog.karenwoodward.org/2013/06/the-four-act-structure-for-story-writing.html
The Four Act Structure For Story Writing
The Four Act Structure For Story Writing
I've been both reading horror and reading about horror, about how to write it.
As I said yesterday, the structure of a horror story feels different, though perhaps not substantially different, from that given in the monomyth.
(For more on normal story structure, see Writing And The Monomyth, Writing And The Monomyth, Part Two, Writing And The Monomyth, Part Three and Story Structure.)
+Steve Devonport was kind enough to point me to this article, The 4-Act Story Diamond, by Belzecue. In it the author makes an excellent case that it is much easier to write stories with four acts rather than three. (If you have no idea what I'm talking about, take a peek at my blog on story structure.)
Whatever your opinion about the appropriate number of acts, I do think the four act structure could be useful when writing a horror story, a point made especially well by Belzecue's story diagram.
The Four Act Structure
Here's how Belzecue describes the four act structure:
REALM 1
The hero's Ordinary World.
This is the realm that the hero knows -- he knows the terrain and how to live in it. But here is just your average Joe Public, although he displays hero potential.
REALM 2
The Netherworld.
This is the realm the novice hero must pass through to reach the Kingdom of Evil. This territory is unknown, frightening and wonderful. Here, the hero is swept along on an inexorable tide that leads to ...
REALM 3 The Kingdom of Evil.
Here the forces of evil are the masters. This is their home turf, where they are strongest. The hero is gonna have to be very clever to avoid capture.
REALM 4
Back to the Netherworld.
Only now the hero knows the rules and expectations of this realm. He'll need this knowledge to help him evade the pursuit by the Bad Guys.
NOTES ON THE ACTS.
- Each act is the reflection of it's opposite. Realm 1 is the opposite of Realm 3, just as Realm 2 is the flipside of Realm 4. Where in Act One the hero feels relatively safe, secure, and in control, in Act Three he faces mortal danger, uncertainty, discomfort, etc.
- In Act Four, the flight, the helpers of Act Two reverse to become hinderers (revealed to be agents of evil all along), the hinderers of Act Two reverse to become helpers (swapping sides to join the forces of good).
- The development of the hero shows a similar opposition between Act 1 & 3 and Act 2 & 4. In Act One the hero is a powerless orphan; in Act Three he has become a powerful warrior. In Act Two he is a wanderer in the Netherworld, acting on his own behalf and being pulled or lead toward the domain of evil; by Act Four the hero has become a Martyr working for society, leading the way instead of following. (The 4-Act Paradigm)
Three Acts: Get your hero up a tree, throw rocks at him, then get him down
Instead of getting your hero up a tree (first act), throwing rocks at him (creating conflict in the second act) and getting him down (third act) Belzecue suggests that it would be more interesting to whip out a chainsaw in the third act and start cutting the tree down!
And he's probably right. We want to ramp up the conflict, the tension. Belzecue writes:
I swear, if I hear once more that line about "Get your hero up a tree, throw rocks at him, then get him down"... It's a god-awful illustration of the three-act structure and an even worse representation of storytelling. ....
So what on earth does that pithy gem describe, really? I get that the 'up a tree' part stands for Act One: the inciting incident, the trigger, the destabilisation of the hero's world, jeopardy. And I get that the 'rocks' represent Act Two and conflict. It's not mentioned but it's a given that the rocks get larger and meaner with each throw, to create rising conflict.
... then get him down... ?? Is it just me or is that just a teensy bit anti-climactic? As a third act that simply will not do. Not around here.
Having exhausted our supply of rocks, it's time to get serious about making tree-guy suffer. Remember that chainsaw you stole from the set of Evil Dead: Army of Darkness? (Yes, I know about that; No, I never told The Chin, but I think he suspects.) Go get it. Because the writer's job is not to get the hero out of the tree. Your job is to make your protagonists suffer to the point where they have only one way out, where only one thing can transform the suffering into a solution: change.
I'm talking earthquake-fault-line-sized change. I'm talking about straddling the abyss with one foot on either side as it groans and cracks and widens beneath your hero, forcing a decision to go left or right, zig or zag, one way or the other, or do nothing and perish. At that moment, for the hero, standing still is no longer an option.
Change. (The 4-Act Story Diamond, Emphasis mine)
Great articles, and if you haven't already, take a look at his story diagrams here (old one) and here (new one).
Cheers!
Photo credit: "a mongrel rougue" by Robert Couse-Baker under Creative Commons Attribution 2.0.
http://15minutemoviemethod.com/four-part-story-structure
Four-Part Story Structure
If you’ve always wanted to write a screenplay or a novel, you may be wondering, “What makes a great story?” It’s not just interesting characters, memorable dialogue, or explosive action scenes. What makes a great screenplay (or novel) is a great story
Every great story, from classic novels and stage plays to today’s modern films, follow the same basic, proven story structure that alternates between contrasting problems and solutions to maintain and maximize suspense.
In the traditional three Act structure, a story looks like this:
Act I — Exposition
Act II — Rising Action
Act III — Climax
Act I and Act III are roughly the same length (corresponding to a 30-minute length in a 120-minute screenplay), but Act II is typically twice as long as either Act I or Act III. The result is that the traditional three Act structure sets you up for failure by forcing you to write a huge chunk of your story without any guidelines whatsoever.
In contrast, a four Act structure makes each Act manageable while also providing the necessary contrast to create a compelling story. Stories are interesting and suspenseful because they alternate between problems facing the hero followed by solutions that the hero achieves. In the four Act structure, a story looks like this:
Act I — Exposition
Act IIa — Positive Rising Action
Act IIb — Negative Rising Action
Act III — Climax
Another way to look at this four part story structure is as follows:
Act I — Problem facing the hero
Act IIa — Hero appears to achieve initial success
Act IIb — New problems occur
Act III — Hero finally solves the problem
Let’s look at how this four part story structure works in “Star Wars”:
Act I — (Problem) Luke is stuck in a dead end life on his uncle’s farm
Act IIa — (Solution) Luke leaves with Obi-wan to deliver the stolen Death Star plans
Act IIb — (Problem) Luke gets trapped on the Death Star
Act III — (Solution) Luke blows up the Death Star
The four Act structure clearly lets you tell a story with alternating problems and solutions, which is how you generate suspense to keep an audience glued to the edge of their seats.
Notice that with Act IIa, the action continues to rise, but in a positive direction. Yet in Act IIb, the action also continues to rise, but in a negative direction. This subtle difference is what the typical three Act structure fails to identify, which is why the three Act structure so easily misleads writers to create less than compelling stories.
Once you understand how this four part story structure works, you can use it as a guide to help shape your story into a well-crafted screenplay.
“The 15-Minute Movie Method” isn’t a formula for writing a story, but a set of guidelines that you can test for yourself with your own favorite movies. By following “The 15-Minute Movie Method” guidelines, you can learn how to structure your screenplay to tell a compelling, intriguing story with any idea.
You’ll learn the four basic parts of any story, how to divide your screenplay into eight, 15-minute segments that each tell a mini-story, what type of information each story segment needs to show the audience, how the beginning and end of your story is related, how to create the toughest villain for your particular hero, who the most important character of your story really is (Hint: it’s not your hero), and much more with specific exercises that anyone can follow whether you’re a novice trying to write a first screenplay or a veteran screenwriter who needs to know how to fix problems with an existing screenplay.
More importantly, you’ll learn the importance of theme and how and why to make your character change emotionally based on a lesson learned from a mentor that leads to the hero facing facts about his life, then experiencing a moment of revelation before finally defeating the villain through the mentor’s lesson. If your stories feel flat or dull, chances are good you’re missing the emotional spark that will help your audience bond with your hero.
By taking you step-by-step through the process of story creation, “The 15-Minute Movie Method” can help anyone write a screenplay with less hassle, frustration, and confusion so you can spend more time actually writing and enjoying the process of creating a story to share with the world.
Once you learn how to structure a story, you still need to write the individual scenes that make up your screenplay. Where many screenwriters fail is when they can’t turn their great story ideas into a great screenplay. The secret is knowing how to write great scenes.
Scenes represent the building block of every story. Each scene must tell a mini-story of its own with an intriguing opening, a clear definition of a problem, a hero and villain with goals of their own that clash, and a cliffhanger that links each scene smoothly into the next. In addition, scenes need to include foreshadowing that further links each scene to a future scene. By connecting scenes through foreshadowing and cliffhangers, no scene should be an isolated entity. Instead, each scene should pull an audience’s attention smoothly from one scene to the next until the entire story gets told. The result should feel like an effortless and compelling story that captives and holds an audience’s attention from beginning to end.
To create a great story, you need to write great scenes. It’s as simple as that.
There are an infinite number of stories told every year through movies, TV shows, novels, short stories, and plays. No matter what form a story may take (as a novel, play, or movie) creating a story is less about telling an original story and more about telling a familiar story in an original way.
To tell a story in an original way, you must first understand what a story is. Everybody knows a good story when they see, read, or hear one, but how can you create a good story from scratch? The answer lies in story structure.
Story structure defines how a story works. Although a play like “Romeo and Juliet” may seem to have little in common with a novel like “Tom Sawyer” or a movie like “The Godfather,” they all follow the same story structure, which consists of four parts.
First, a story has to get your attention. Think of a children’s story that begins with “Once upon a time…” Right away, we want to know what the story is about, so we might hear “Once upon a time, there was a young man…” Now that we know who the story is about, we want to know why we should care about this man, so we might now hear “Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess…”
Now we know who the story is about and what our hero wants. Is this a story? Not yet because all we know is that we have a young man who wants a princess. However, we can continue like this: “Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm.”
Notice that as we add more details, we’re answering questions about what our story is about as well as creating interest for why the audience might want to hear how the story ends up. Our story is about a young man, he loves a princess, and now we immediately see his obstacle. He’s too poor to ever win the heart of a princess. This is the beginning of a story, but we need to start the story moving. Right now, there’s no possible way for our hero to win the hand of the princess, so we need to create an opening such as:
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest.”
Now our hero has an opportunity to achieve his goal. What if we stopped right there, would we have a story? Not yet because whatever quest the hero must achieve, there’s little suspense on whether the hero will succeed or not. To create more suspense, we need to start throwing obstacles in his path and the biggest obstacle you can throw in any hero’s path is a villain, who is someone who wants exactly what the hero wants.
Notice how the story is slowly taking shape. First, we identified a hero, a goal, and a problem. Next, we created an opening for our hero to achieve his or her goal. Now we’re creating suspense by creating a villain who wants exactly what the hero wants.
Every story’s villain has to be someone who we definitely don’t want to win. If the villain is a nice guy, then we won’t care if the hero wins or loses. However, if the villain is a bad guy, then we definitely have an emotional stake in seeing the villain lose and the hero win. We’ve just created suspense by giving the hero a goal that has a villain who also wants to achieve that same goal. If the villain wins, the hero loses. It’s that simple. Now our story looks like this:
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest. A dishonest and cruel knight soon took up the challenge and claimed that he would win the hand of the princess. However, he only wants to win the hand of the princess so he can murder the real king and take over his kingdom.”
Not only have we just introduced a villain and made him someone we don’t want to win, but we’ve also given the villain a goal that if he succeeds, will spell doom for the hero and other people as well. See how the suspense is starting to ratchet up? If the hero loses, not only will he suffer, but other people will suffer horrendous consequences as well. Now we really have a stake in hoping that the villain won’t win.
Is it believable that a poor serf can defeat a knight in a quest? Maybe, but not likely. To make our story more believable, our hero needs allies who can help by teaching our hero something new or giving our hero tools or skills that he’ll need to succeed. Now our story is starting to sound more believable.
Armed with desire, a goal, and some allies, our hero is all set to venture out in the world to achieve his or her goal. Does our story end there? Not yet because if our hero ventures out, completes the quest, and comes back to win the hand of the princess, we don’t have any suspense. What we want to see is our hero venturing out, gradually learning and applying new skills, and then achieving minor successes. We don’t want our hero to achieve his or her goal just yet. We do want to see our hero succeeding in his quest to achieve his or her goal. Now our story looks like this:
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest. A dishonest and cruel knight soon took up the challenge and claimed that he would win the hand of the princess. However, he only wants to win the hand of the princess so he can murder the real king and take over his kingdom. As the hero begins the quest, the villain cheats by killing off other competitors. However, our hero is spared through his own skill and becomes the only one left pursuing the quest along with the villain.”
By killing off the other competitors, we can see how cruel the villain really is and how he cheats to get what he wants, which turns us against the villain. Although the hero encountered some obstacles and overcame them, the villain still exists and now the villain starts targeting the hero directly. See how our story has evolved from a simple “Once upon a time” beginning?
Initially, we’ve seen our hero succeed, but we don’t want to see success all the time because where would the fun and suspense be in that? After seeing our hero succeed, we want to see him struggle because this will make us root all the more for the hero.
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest. A dishonest and cruel knight soon took up the challenge and claimed that he would win the hand of the princess. However, he only wants to win the hand of the princess so he can murder the real king and take over his kingdom. As the hero begins the quest, the villain cheats by killing off other competitors. However, our hero is spared through his own skill and becomes the only one left pursuing the quest along with the villain. To eliminate the hero, the villain sets a trap and tricks the hero into a cave that he seals up. Now as the villain rushes off to complete the quest, the hero is left to die alone in a cave with no possible chance of escape.”
Earlier we saw our hero succeeding. Suddenly, we see the villain succeeding and getting away with it. Our hero’s chances look absolutely hopeless at this point, which is exactly what we want because we don’t want to see our hero winning all the time. The hero gets motivated to escape and take on the villain for the final battle that we’re just aching to see.
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest. A dishonest and cruel knight soon took up the challenge and claimed that he would win the hand of the princess. However, he only wants to win the hand of the princess so he can murder the real king and take over his kingdom. As the hero begins the quest, the villain cheats by killing off other competitors. However, our hero is spared through his own skill and becomes the only one left pursuing the quest along with the villain. To eliminate the hero, the villain sets a trap and tricks the hero into a cave that he seals up. Now as the villain rushes off to complete the quest, the hero is left to die alone in a cave with no possible chance of escape. As the villain completes the quest and heads back to claim the princess’s hand in the kingdom, our hero finds a way to escape and pursues the villain.”
At this point, we don’t want our hero to meet and defeat the villain too soon, but we still want revenge. This is the point where the hero starts defeating the villain’s allies. This lets us see the hero winning while also letting us still wonder if the hero can defeat the villain.
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest. A dishonest and cruel knight soon took up the challenge and claimed that he would win the hand of the princess. However, he only wants to win the hand of the princess so he can murder the real king and take over his kingdom. As the hero begins the quest, the villain cheats by killing off other competitors. However, our hero is spared through his own skill and becomes the only one left pursuing the quest along with the villain. To eliminate the hero, the villain sets a trap and tricks the hero into a cave that he seals up. Now as the villain rushes off to complete the quest, the hero is left to die alone in a cave with no possible chance of escape. As the villain completes the quest and heads back to claim the princess’s hand in the kingdom, our hero finds a way to escape and pursues the villain. To keep the hero from catching him, the villain sends his henchmen to stop the hero and kill him. First, there’s an assassin, who the hero manages to defeat. Next, there’s an army of ogres that block the hero’s path and try to capture and kill him. After the hero manages to evade the ogres, the villain sends a fire-breathing dragon to kill the hero.”
As the hero gets closer to the villain, notice that the obstacles get progressively tougher? At this point, we’re left wondering if the hero can get past these obstacles and finally catch the villain. Naturally, the hero does so and finally meets the villain face to face for the final confrontation.
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest. A dishonest and cruel knight soon took up the challenge and claimed that he would win the hand of the princess. However, he only wants to win the hand of the princess so he can murder the real king and take over his kingdom. As the hero begins the quest, the villain cheats by killing off other competitors. However, our hero is spared through his own skill and becomes the only one left pursuing the quest along with the villain. To eliminate the hero, the villain sets a trap and tricks the hero into a cave that he seals up. Now as the villain rushes off to complete the quest, the hero is left to die alone in a cave with no possible chance of escape. As the villain completes the quest and heads back to claim the princess’s hand in the kingdom, our hero finds a way to escape and pursues the villain. To keep the hero from catching him, the villain sends his henchmen to stop the hero and kill him. First, there’s an assassin, who the hero manages to defeat. Next, there’s an army of ogres that block the hero’s path and try to capture and kill him. After the hero manages to evade the ogres, the villain sends a fire-breathing dragon to kill the hero. The hero manages to kill the dragon and rush back to the kingdom to warn the king of the knight’s treachery, but he’s too late. The knight has already returned and is about to marry the princess in a castle heavily guarded by soldiers.”
The end of the story has to keep throwing bigger and bigger obstacles in our hero’s way so we keep thinking there’s no possible way he can succeed, but that keeps us wondering what will happen next?
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest. A dishonest and cruel knight soon took up the challenge and claimed that he would win the hand of the princess. However, he only wants to win the hand of the princess so he can murder the real king and take over his kingdom. As the hero begins the quest, the villain cheats by killing off other competitors. However, our hero is spared through his own skill and becomes the only one left pursuing the quest along with the villain. To eliminate the hero, the villain sets a trap and tricks the hero into a cave that he seals up. Now as the villain rushes off to complete the quest, the hero is left to die alone in a cave with no possible chance of escape. As the villain completes the quest and heads back to claim the princess’s hand in the kingdom, our hero finds a way to escape and pursues the villain. To keep the hero from catching him, the villain sends his henchmen to stop the hero and kill him. First, there’s an assassin, who the hero manages to defeat. Next, there’s an army of ogres that block the hero’s path and try to capture and kill him. After the hero manages to evade the ogres, the villain sends a fire-breathing dragon to kill the hero. The hero manages to kill the dragon and rush back to the kingdom to warn the king of the knight’s treachery, but he’s too late. The knight has already returned and is about to marry the princess in a castle heavily guarded by soldiers. After sneaking past the soldiers, the hero manages to interrupt the wedding just in time to reveal that the knight didn’t actually complete the quest. Instead, the hero reveals that when he was trapped in the cave that the villain sealed him in, he found the true quest and now he’s the rightful groom for the princess. Stunned by this revelation of his dishonesty, the knight now tries to kill the hero.”
The hero has to face the villain and they must fight. This is the scene we’ve all been waiting for since the beginning. We’ve seen how bad the villain is and how powerful he is. Now we want to see the hero kick the villain’s butt and win for good.
“Once upon a time, there was a young man who was in love with a princess. However, he was a poor serf who worked on his father’s farm. One day, the king announced that he would give the hand of the princess to the man he deemed most worthy by proving himself in a quest. A dishonest and cruel knight soon took up the challenge and claimed that he would win the hand of the princess. However, he only wants to win the hand of the princess so he can murder the real king and take over his kingdom. As the hero begins the quest, the villain cheats by killing off other competitors. However, our hero is spared through his own skill and becomes the only one left pursuing the quest along with the villain. To eliminate the hero, the villain sets a trap and tricks the hero into a cave that he seals up. Now as the villain rushes off to complete the quest, the hero is left to die alone in a cave with no possible chance of escape. As the villain completes the quest and heads back to claim the princess’s hand in the kingdom, our hero finds a way to escape and pursues the villain. To keep the hero from catching him, the villain sends his henchmen to stop the hero and kill him. First, there’s an assassin, who the hero manages to defeat. Next, there’s an army of ogres that block the hero’s path and try to capture and kill him. After the hero manages to evade the ogres, the villain sends a fire-breathing dragon to kill the hero. The hero manages to kill the dragon and rush back to the kingdom to warn the king of the knight’s treachery, but he’s too late. The knight has already returned and is about to marry the princess in a castle heavily guarded by soldiers. After sneaking past the soldiers, the hero manages to interrupt the wedding just in time to reveal that the knight didn’t actually complete the quest. Instead, the hero reveals that when he was trapped in the cave that the villain sealed him in, he found the true quest and now he’s the rightful groom for the princess. Stunned by this revelation of his dishonesty, the knight now tries to kill the hero. Using his new skills that he learned through the quest, the hero just barely has enough skill to avoid getting wiped out by the villain. The villain’s skill is still superior that he forces the hero to the brink of defeat. Suddenly, the hero uses a skill that he learned on the quest to defeat the villain once and for all. The hero kills the knight, wins the hand of the princess, saves the king from being murdered, saves his people from being oppressed under the villain knight’s rule, and they lived happily ever after.”
That’s a story, and it involved following the same four-part story structure that every good story follows:
Part I — Tell us what the story is about, what the hero wants, what’s stopping him, and who’s the villain
Part II — Show us the hero learning new skills, show him succeeding, and give us a reason to see the villain’s treachery
Part III — Show the hero starting to struggle as the villain appears to win and the hero’s quest seems all but lost as we learn the consequences if the villain wins
Part IV — Let us see the hero fighting the villain so we can see who wins and who loses
This four-part structure is what every story follows whether it’s a children’s story, a horror movie, or a spy novel. Once you understand this basic four-part story structure, you can start creating stories that will capture, hold, and satisfy an audience. If you fail to use this four-part story structure won’t satisfy an audience.
Part I lets us know what the story is about. Part II makes us happy watching the hero initially succeed and learn new skills. Part III shows the hero struggling to provide greater contrast to the hero’s ultimate victory. Part IV shows us the hero’s final confrontation with the villain.
This four-part structure tells you how to construct a story. Now it’s up to you to actually fill in the details with your own imagination so you can tell a story in a way that only you can tell it. When creating your own story, whether for a screenplay, stage play, novel, or short story, use this four-part story structure as a frame to define the direction of your story. Then you can focus on creating your story in greater detail using the15 Minute Movie Method of dividing a story into eight (8) segments that fits within this four-part story structure.
In the 15 Minute Movie Method, screenplays are divided into four 30-minute Acts as follows:
Act I — Exposition
Act IIa — Positive Rising Action
Act IIb — Negative Rising Action shows the hero struggling against the villain. This is the part that contrasts with Act IIa and Act III by dragging us down and making us doubt that the hero can possibly succeed.
Act III — Climactic battle shows us the hero finally confronting the villain face to face.
Within each Act are two 15-minute segments that tell mini-stories. Each mini-story segment ends with a cliffhanger that pulls us into the next mini-story. By following the four-part story structure within each Act and segment, each part of your screenplay will grab an audience’s attention and pull them along to the next part of your story until the end.
https://mythicscribes.com/plot/kishotenketsu/
I described that Super Mario Brothers was intentionally built around this structure
Kishōtenketsu for Beginners – An Introduction to Four Act Story Structure
by Nils Ödlund • 11 Comments
chinese-writing
Recently we presented a series of articles on three-act structure here on Mythic Scribes. This inspired me to try and write an article about a kind of four act structure known as Kishōtenketsu. It’s used in classical Chinese, Korean, and Japanese narratives, and is often mentioned as an example of a story structure without conflict.
Now, I’m not well versed in narrative theory. I find it interesting, but I’m far from an expert, and most of what I know of writing I have figured out myself (though the forums here on Mythic Scribes have been invaluable in doing just that). As such, this article will really only scratch the surface of Kishōtenketsu.
I’ll begin by explaining the word itself and the basic principles behind the story structure. I’ll then show two examples of stories told in this way, and finally I’ll give a few tips I’ve found useful for wrapping my head around this whole concept.
That’s not all though. Like I mentioned, this will be very basic, so I have included a list of links to further reading for those of you who are interested in digging a little deeper into this.
Sounds good? Okay, here we go!
Kishōtenketsu
Let’s start with the word itself. It’s made up of the names of the four different acts of the structure:
Ki : Introduction
Shō : Development
Ten : Twist (complication)
Ketsu : Conclusion (reconciliation)
The first act is self explanatory. It’s where we’re introduced to the story and we get to know the characters taking part and the world they live in.
Similarly, the second act also doesn’t require much explanation. This is where we get to know the characters a little better. We learn about their relation to each other and their place in the world. This is where we develop an emotional connection to the characters.
The third act however, the twist, is where things get a bit complicated. I’ve seen this act referred to as complication, and while I don’t think that’s technically correct, I feel it’s a better name. Calling it a twist brings with it associations to plot-twists as we know them from more traditional western narratives.
This isn’t necessarily the case here. It can be, but it doesn’t have to. However, it’s often something unexpected, and usually unrelated to what’s happened in the first two acts.
Finally, the fourth act is about the impact of the third act on the first two acts. This is why I like the term reconciliation. The third act will affect the situation presented in the first and second act, and in the fourth act the state of the world in first and second act is reconciled with the events of the the third.
No Conflict?
I mentioned earlier that Kishōtenketsu is a story structure without conflict. This doesn’t mean there isn’t any conflict in stories told through this kind of story structure, only that it’s not built into the structure by default.
Let’s compare it with the three act structure:
In the first act, a conflict is introduced. In the second act the conflict is escalated, and in the third it is resolved. As we see, the conflict is an integral part of the structure as a whole. That’s not the case in Kishōtenketsu. In none of the four acts is a conflict a requirement.
This holds true even for the third act. The complication doesn’t have be something that the character struggles against – but it can be.
Examples
Let’s look at two examples. First one I’ve made up myself just for this article, and then a favorite movie of mine: Kiki’s Delivery Service.
Example 1 – A Made Up Story
This is the story of a fisherman and his family.
Ki: In act one we see the fisherman in his boat out to sea. He’s sitting around fishing and waiting for a catch. It’s a long day and he hasn’t had much of a catch.
Shō: In the second act the fisherman decides it’s time for him to return home. It’s late and he longs to be reunited with his wife and children. He loves the sea, but he loves his family more.
Ten: The third act is about a woman hiding in the forest with two crying children. She’s the fisherman’s wife, and she’s hiding because their village got attacked by brigands.
Ketsu: The fourth act is about how the fisherman reunites with his family in the ruins of the burned-down village. Then they all set off in his boat to find another village.
The introduction is where we first meet the fisherman. In the second act we get to know him a little better. We learn about his relation to the sea, and to his family, and we learn about his life and struggles. Perhaps it’s been a bad year and food supplies are low.
In the third act, we have no idea what happened with the fisherman. We see his wife hiding, and perhaps we don’t even know it’s his wife at first. We don’t know if she’ll make it, and we don’t know if the fisherman will come home while the brigands are still ransacking the town. What will happen?
This is the complication.
It’s not a conflict though. The woman and her children are hiding. Perhaps the kids are crying and the woman is struggling to keep them quiet, but then again, there may not even be any brigands nearby. The woman and her children may be perfectly safe.
But even then there is still tension, and it comes from the contrast between what we’ve seen in the past (the fisherman on his way home after a day on the sea), and what we’re seeing at the moment (the village being ransacked).
Finally, the first two acts are reconciled with the third one. The fisherman reunites with his family, but as their village is no more they have to find somewhere else to live.
Example 2 – Kiki’s Delivery Service
Kiki’s Delivery Service (IMDb Page) is a Japanese animated movie directed by Hayao Miyazaki. The synopsis on IMDB reads:
A young witch, on her mandatory year of independent life, finds fitting into a new community difficult while she supports herself by running an air courier service.
Here is the official trailer:
The movie is from 1989, and the plot isn’t built on any major surprise, but don’t worry, I’m going to leave out a lot of details to try and avoid spoilers.
Ki
In the first act we’re introduced to Kiki. It shows how she bids her friends and family farewell and sets off into the world on her flying broomstick. Eventually she ends up in a big city where she decides to stay. Among the people she meets is a friendly woman who runs a bakery and who lets Kiki stay in a spare room.
Kiki doesn’t quite feel at home in the big city which is very different from her own little village.
Shō
In order to get by and to pay for her accommodation, Kiki starts a delivery service. In this way she ends up meeting a lot of new people, some of them friendly, some of them less pleasant. Among them is the boy Tombo who’s an avid fan of all things aviation, and he falls for Kiki like a pile of bricks.
Kiki is beginning to doubt whether a witch can be accepted in such a big city.
Ten
Tombo gets an opportunity to ride on a big dirigible that’s visiting the city. Having dreamt all his life about flying he’s really excited about it and can’t wait to go. When he finally gets there, something happens and poor Tombo ends up hanging from the dirigible in a rope while the dirigible drifts across the town without anyone being able to control it.
Tombo gets into trouble and Kiki saves the day.
Ketsu
Life goes back to normal again. Only now, Kiki is an accepted part of the city. She’s good friends with Tombo. Her delivery service is doing well, and she feels like she’s found her place in life.
Everything works out well in the end.
Comments
If you’ve seen the movie you’ll have noticed that I left out a lot. This is to avoid spoilers and to try and make the example as clear as possible. If you haven’t seen the movie, I strongly recommend it. There’s a lot more to it than what I’ve mentioned above.
Tips and Tricks
If you’ve not come across Kishōtenketsu before this may all seem a little bit weird to you. I know it did to me when I first heard about it.
One thing that might help is to think about it, not as a different way of telling a story, but as focusing on different aspects of the story.
Let’s have a look at A New Hope, which was analysed in the article series about Three Act Structure. How would you go about telling that through Kishōtenketsu? Perhaps, you could tell the story from Han Solo’s perspective? Let’s see how that goes:
Ki: You introduced Han and Chewie – a smuggler and his sidekick. They’re just kicking around in Mos Eisley, not doing very much.
Sho: Some old guy shows up and wants transport for himself and his friend, and their robots. You introduce the new characters, and Han’s ship, and you show your audience how Han’s a down to earth guy who doesn’t believe in hokey religions. You show that Chewie is a bit of a grumpy fella who doesn’t like losing.
Ten: This is where things go weird and all of a sudden Han finds himself all dressed up in imperial armor, arguing with some kind of princess while trying not to get squished by a garbage compactor. This was not part of the plan, but eventually he gets through it, gets his pay and takes his leave.
Ketsu: Everything’s back to normal. Let’s go pay back that old debt and then see if some nice easy way of making some fast bucks show up. Only, something’s not quite right. The recent event has changed Han in some way, and he decides to head back and see what that princess is up to…
Something like that, maybe? How would you have done it?
Another thing you can do when planning out a Kishōtenketsu story is to make a list of what you need each of the four acts to achieve. In that way, you’re dividing up the story into smaller goals that are easier to achieve, and which will eventually combine into a greater whole.
When building these lists I found it helpful to give each act a specific kind of task – similar to the names of the acts. The words I use for these tasks are introduce, establish, reveal, and conclude. Some examples could be:
Ki: Introduce Han Solo.
Sho: Establish that Han Solo doesn’t believe in hokey religions.
Ten: Reveal that the empire blew up the planet Han’s passengers wanted to go to.
Ketsu: Conclude that Han has his good sides too.
Of course, the list for each act would include a whole lot of other items as well, this is just to illustrate the principle. I hope it helps you come to grips a little better with Kishōtenketsu, especially if you haven’t encountered the concept before at all.
If you have any questions, feel free to post them in the comments section here, or on the forums.
Resources
Finally, I would like to direct you to some further reading on this topic. Like I mentioned at the start, I’ve really only scratched the surface of what Kishōtenketsu is, and there’s plenty more to learn.
The Significance of Plot Without Conflict
When researching this article, I found that a lot of the blog posts and texts I read referred back to this post. It contains a good explanation as well as two pictures to explain the difference between Kishōtenketsu and traditional western three act structure.
The second half of the post gets rather philosophical, and to be perfectly honest, it’s a little above my head. Still, it’s a good resource to learning more about Kishōtenketsu and I do recommend having a look.
Wikipedia
Of course wikipedia has a post about Kishōtenketsu. Here, you’ll find a little bit more about the name, including the symbols for how it’s originally written.
Kishōtenketsu in Game Design
This article on Eurogamer.net explains how nintendo used the philosophy behind Kishōtenketsu when designing levels for Super Mario. There’s a video at the end which shows the end result of how they employed the ideas to introduce new mechanics into the game.
Strictly speaking, this isn’t storytelling, but I still found it interesting as it illustrates the principles really well.
The Skeletal Structure of Japanese Horror Fiction
This is an article about the structure of Japanese horror stories. It’s not exclusively about Kishōtenketsu, but there’s a section specifically about it, and there are some nice examples towards the end to illustrate how four act structure can be used effectively in horror stories.
Why Japanese and English Speakers Argue So Differently
Kishotenketsu isn’t necessarily just about stories, it’s also a way of thinking, and of handling and presenting information in general. This article discusses how speakers of English and of Japanese argue differently, and why. It also presents four different Asian types of story structure as examples.
Summary
You should now have a slightly better idea of what Kishōtenketsu is, but let’s repeat it one last time. There are four acts:
Ki for introduction.
Shō for development.
Ten for complication.
Ketsu for reconciliation.
In this way, the story structure provides a way to write a story without inherent conflict.
Further Discussion
Have you read any stories, or seen any movies/shows, based on this type of story structure? Which ones, and would you recommend them? I found only a few examples listed when researching this article – none of which I was familiar with.
Have you written any stories using this kind of story structure? What was your experience of that?
How would you structure a famous story if you were to retell it using Kishōtenketsu? What about Harry Potter, Lord of the Rings, Game of Thrones? Can it be done?
FOUR PART STRUCTURE STORY
http://storyfix.com/story-structure-series-1-introducing-the-four-parts-of-story
Storyfix is proud to bring you a 10-part tutorial on the fundamentals of story structure.
Today’s post is #1 in that series.
Introducing the Four Parts of Story
Some writers like things in nice little boxes. Others, not so much. Either way, you can look at your story like a box, of sorts. You toss in all kinds of stuff – pretty sentences, plot, sub-plot, characters, themes, stakes, cool scenes – then stir it up and hope that somehow, by the grace of God, it all ends up in some orderly fashion that your reader will enjoy.
That’s one way to write a novel or screenplay. At the very least, you’ll have to pour the box out and start over again, time after time, before any of what’s inside begins to make sense to anyone but you. You can get there doing it this way… but there’s a better way.
If fact, if this is how you go about telling your story, you’ll be reorganizing your box, time after time, until you do finally stumble upon the structure you are about to learn here. Or, more likely, you’ll abandon the project altogether, because nobody will buy it until you do.
Tough to hear, but it’s true.
Now think of that box as a vessel holding four smaller boxes. Which means, things just got clearer, if not easier. Imagine that each box is different, designed to hold scenes that are categorized and used differently than the other boxes.
In other words, each box has a mission and a purpose unique unto itself. And yet, no single box contains the whole story. Only all four, viewed sequentially, do that job. Each scene you write is in context to whichever box it goes into.
Imagine that these boxes are to be experienced in sequence. There’s the first box, the next box, the one after that, and then a final box. Everything in the first box is there to make the other boxes understandable, to make them meaningful.
Everything in the second box is there to make the first box useful by placing what we’ve come to root for in jeopardy. The first box may not make sense until the second box is opened, and when it is, the reader is in there with your hero.
Everything in the third box takes what the second box presents and ratchets it up to a higher level with a dramatic new context. By now we are in full rooting mode for the hero of the story.
Everything in the fourth and final box pays off all that the first three boxes have presented in the way of stakes, emotional tension and satisfaction.
The things that go into any given box go only into that box. Each has its own mission and context, its own flavor of stuff. Or, more to the point, scenes.
When you lay out the four boxes in order, they make perfect sense. They flow seamlessly from one to the next, building the stakes and experiences of the previous box before handing it off to the one that follows.
If you take something out of one box and put it into another, the whole thing can go sideways. Only by observing the criteria and context of each box with your scenes will the entirety of the collective boxes make sense.
When you add something to the mix – when you’re wondering what to write next – you need to put it into the right box or the whole thing will detonate.
Because the box tells you what it needs. And it will accept nothing else.
And that, folks, is the theory and opportunity of four-part story structure in a nutshell.
The first box: Part 1 of your story… the Set-up.
The first 20 to 25 percent of your story has but a single mission: to set-up everything that is to follow. That job breaks down into a handful of things it needs to accomplish, all under the umbrella of that singular mission. It’s not there to fully present the story’s main antagonistic force, only to foreshadow it. Or, if it does show it at all, it shows only part of it.
Most importantly, the job of Part 1 is to establish stakes for what happens to the hero after Part 1. Here in Part 1 is where the reader is made to care about what happens next.
Part 1’s job is to introduce the hero and show us what she or he has going on in their life… not for the remainder of the story, but before the arrival of the main antagonistic force (the primary conflict of the story).
The more we empathize with what the hero has at stake – what they need and want in their life, and/or what obstacles they need to conquer before the arrival of the primary conflict, the more we care about them when all of that changes.
Which it will at the very end of Part 1. It’s called the First Plot Point, or sometimes the Inciting Incident. And inciting it must be. Because the story really begins at the point at which Part 1 ends.
Part 1’s purpose is to bring the character to that transitionpoint through a series of scenes. Part 1 ends when the hero is made aware of the arrival of something new in their life, often something very scary or challenging. Something that creates an obstacle to what they need to accomplish or achieve, even if that quest is completely new and unknown.
The very end of Part 1 is the first full frontal view of the story’s primary antagonistic force. The bad guy, if you will. We may have seen it before, but now, at the end of Part 1, we understand what it wants, and how what it wants creates opposition to what our hero wants in response to it.
The rest of the story is about how the hero moves through this new quest. A new journey begins. This is where the story really starts. Everything that happens prior to the end of Part 1 is a SET-UP for what happens to the hero after Part 1.
In Part 1 the hero is like an orphan, unsure of what will happen to them next. And like orphans, we feel for them, we empathize with them. We care.
In a novel this should take 50 to 100 pages, the first 25 to 30 pages in a screenplay. There’s more to know about Part 1 – much more – but this is the basic mission and context of what it delivers.
The second box: Part 2 of your story… the Response.
At the end of Part 1 you unveiled the real course and destination of the story: the showdown between the hero and the opposing force that stands in the way of what she or he needs to acquire, achieve or change in order to reach their goals. And not the goals of Part 1, but the new goals created by the presence of the inciting incident.
It could be survival, finding love, getting away from love gone bad, acquiring wealth, healing, attaining justice, stopping or catching the bad guys, preventing disaster, escaping danger, saving someone, saving the entire world, or anything else from the realm of human experience and dreams.
Every story has conflict, or its not a story at all. That conflict is what stands in the way of what the hero needs or wants in the story.
Part 2 is the hero’s response to the introduction of this new situation, as represented by the conflict itself. It’s too early to have them attack the problem; Part 2 is exclusively about a reaction to the antagonistic force.
The hero is running, hiding, analyzing, observing, recalculating, planning, recruiting or anything else required before she or he can move forward.
Then, at the end of Part 2, just when the hero thinks they have it figured out, when they have a plan, everything changes.
In Part 2, the hero is a wanderer, staggering through a forest of options and risks, not sure where to go or what to do next. It comprises roughly the next 100 pages of your novel – which means, there’s an entire contextual infrastructure to it… stay tuned – or from page 27ish to 60 in your screenplay.
The third box: Part 3 of your story… the Attack.
By now we’ve had enough of the hero stumbling around, being fearful and hesitant, being clueless, basically trying to figure out how to fix things and move forward and coming up empty. In fact, the hero may not be remotely heroic at this stage.
In Part 3 the hero begins to try to fix things. To attain the goal. They get proactive. It is here where they attack the obstacles. They conquer their inner demons to do things differently than before. They summon courage and apply creative thinking. They lead. They move forward.
Meanwhile, the plot thickens – the antagonistic force is moving forward, too – and what the hero thought would work isn’t quite enough. They need more. More courage. More creativity. A better plan.
And that’s the next 100 pages or so of your story (30 pages in a screenplay). That’s Part 3.
The wanderer has now become a warrior.
And then, the final piece of the puzzle arrives at the end of Part 3 (the Second Plot Point). And everything changes again. The chase is on, and the hero is not to be denied.
The fourth box: Part 4 of your story… the Resolution.
The thing to remember about Part 4 is that no new information can enter the story here. Everything the hero needs to know, to work with, or to work alongside (as in, another character) is already in play.
Part 4 shows how the hero summons the courage and growth to come forward with a solution to the problem, to reach the goal, to save the day or even the world, to attain the fame and riches associated with victory, and to generally beat down and conquer the story’s antagonistic force.
Sometimes the hero can actually die in the process. But before they do, they need to have solved at least a major element of the problem they were facing. When heroes die it is because they must in order to save others.
And that’s why the orphan, then the wanderer, and then the warrior now becomes the martyr. Because they do what must be done in order to reach the goal.
The Whole of the Four Parts
Each part of this structure is of roughly the same length, though you do cheat the first and fourth Parts to a fewer number of pages, made up for in the middle two parts. In 3-act movie structure, Parts 2 and 3 as described here are simply combined – but with the same unique contextual essences – to comprise Act 2, known in Hollywood and beyond as The Confrontation.
Rent some DVDs tonight and watch this 4-part paradigm play out before your eyes. Sometimes it’s subtle, but I assure you, it’s there. Same with the books you’re reading. Four parts, four contexts, four completely separate missions for their scenes.
Clarifying as all this is, it gets even better when you throw in a whole menu of story milestones and mid-Part structural elements that help you along the way.
And that’s tomorrow’s post: Major Milestones Along the 4-Part Story Road.
If you haven’t subscribed to Storyfix.com, I encourage you to do so now. The posts will be delivered daily to your inbox so you can experience each installment in this series without missing a beat.
http://www.scriptmag.com/features/the-four-act-structure
STORY STRUCTURE: The Four Act Structure
By: Script Magazine | February 9, 2016
1
Originally published in Script magazine.
Rob Tobin is a former development exec and VP of the country’s largest screenwriting school, script consultant, writing coach, and award-winning who read more than 5,000 screenplays before writing The Screenwriting Formula: Why It Works and How to Use It. Follow Rob on Twitter: @RobTobin
Click to tweet this article to your friends and followers!
STORY STRUCTURE: The Four Act Structure by Rob Tobin | Script Magazine #scriptchat #amwriting
‘Leaving Las Vegas’
The concept of the “act” in screenplays exists for the writer and is unseen by the audience.
We all know that movies don’t really contain “acts” per se. In live or “legitimate” theater the curtain will actually rise and fall at act breaks. The concept of the “act” in screenplays, however, exists only for the writer and is unseen by the audience. That doesn’t mean that the concept of the “act” isn’t extremely useful for screenwriters, but the problem is that we’re using the traditional “three act structure” of live theater, and film is simply better suited to a four-act structure.
You can see the problems with the three act structure immediately — you have a 30-page first act, a 30-page third act, and then this huge 60-page void to fill in the middle. It’s no coincidence that writers so often have difficulty with the second act. Neither is it coincidental that a producer’s favorite phrase (other than “we got Denzel!”) is: “Yeah, but what’s the second act?” The three-act structure has turned the second act into a wasteland feared by one and all.
Why is a four-act structure so much better?
Because there are three major “establishing points” in a well-written script: the event at the end of the first act (the life-changing event) that forces the hero to choose between his/her flaw and some opportunity or threat presented by the opponent; the “hero-ally confrontation” between the hero and the hero’s ally in which the hero is forced to finally face up to his flaw; the final resolution of that flaw that allows the hero to “enter the ring” against the opponent unencumbered by that flaw.
Three major establishing points means four sections: the first 30 pages or so before the life-changing event; the 30 pages or so between the life-changing event and the hero-ally confrontation; the 30 pages or so between the hero-ally confrontation and the resolution of the flaw and; the final 30 pages which is essentially the final battle (physical and/or emotional) between opponent and hero.
Using the four-act structure should make writing the second act much easier for writers. First of all the second act becomes a much more do-able 30 pages rather than the full 60 pages — half the script! Second, it ensures that the writer will include that hero-ally confrontation that: defines the hero and his flaw; strengthens the relationship between hero and ally and; prepares the hero for the next (third) act in which he has to fully overcome the flaw. After all, unless the flaw and the reasons for it are fully enunciated (which is what happens during the hero-ally confrontation), how will we be able to understand and believe that the hero is overcoming that flaw (or succumbing to it in the case of a tragedy such as Leaving Las Vegas)?
So, with this new 4-act structure, this is what we would be writing: a first act in which we introduce the hero, his or her flaw, his or her “enabling circumstances,” the opponent and the life-changing event at the end of that act.
The second act will now consist of the hero reacting to the life-changing event and either seeking out or being sought out by the ally, establishing the allies M.O. (modus operandi, the method by which the ally is best able to help the hero overcome her flaw), the struggle of the hero to hold onto his or her flaw while still trying to react to the life-changing event, and the hero-ally confrontation.
The third act will now consist of the hero, having admitted his or her flaw, now fully allying with the ally to fully prepare for the final battle with the opponent. This will be shown in a climactic scene in which the hero shows that he or she has really overcome his or her flaw and is ready for the upcoming battle with the opponent.
The fourth act remains that act in which the hero, now unencumbered by his or her flaw, literally or metaphorically climbs into the ring with the opponent to see who, in the end, will triumph.
A great example of this four act structure is Rocky, one of the most structurally well-made films of all time. In the first act we see Rocky in his enabling circumstances, which are the mean streets of Philly, the dark and dingy gyms. We see his flaw, that he considers himself a loser. We see his mitigating good qualities — he’s a nice guy, not bright, but not a bad person either, not even able to break legs for the loan sharks. And we see the life-changing event, which is the chance to fight for the heavyweight championship of the world.
four act structure
‘Rocky’
The second act of Rocky, (using our new four act structure) consists of Rocky trying to react to the life-changing event but really dragged down by his believing that he is a loser. The allies — Adrienne on the subjective level and Burgess Meredith on the objective level, try to help Rocky overcome his flaw, but can’t really do so until he fully admits to that flaw. The end of the second act is marked by one of the great lines in the movies. I’m paraphrasing, but it goes something like: “My father told me I’d better be a good boxer because I’m too stupid and ugly to be anything else.” This is the hero-ally confrontation, the point at which Rocky opens up to the ally, enunciates his flaw for the first time. The fact that Stallone uses only one line to tell us everything we need to know about the reason for the hero’s flaw is quite brilliant.
The “new” third act, then, will be Rocky, with renewed energy because of having been able to define his flaw, training with increased ferocity and effectiveness until, by the end of the second act, we see the scene in which we understand that Rocky has overcome his flaw and is ready to take on Apollo Creed: the scene in which he climbs the stairs to that great Bill Conti music, arms raised overhead. He may or may not win the upcoming battle, but he’s ready and no longer considers himself a loser.
The fourth act remains the battle scene with Creed.
It may not seem like a big thing — three acts or four acts, who cares? But try it, it may make it easier to navigate the middle 60 pages of your script and will make certain you have all three important “establishing points” in your screenplay.
Good writing to all of you!
THE FOURTH IS ALWAYS DIFFERENT- FOUR ACTS NOT THREE
http://narrativefirst.com/articles/four-acts-not-three
Four Acts, Not Three
From Aristotle to McKee, stories have always been seen as having three movements, or Acts. How can there be anything more to a story than the Beginning, the Middle, and the End?
For the longest time, writers everywhere have struggled with the elusive traditional Second Act. They often know how they want to start things out, and they've usually got a great idea for a killer ending, but when it comes to all that stuff in the Middle, they can find themselves feeling a bit lost or confused. How do they keep the energy level up for such an extended period of time?
Syd Field made things easier with his recognition of the Midpoint, an event that happens directly in the middle of a screenplay. This discovery effectively divided the traditional Second Act into two parts and gave writers welcome relief from narrative exasperation. Blake Snyder reiterated as much in his Save the Cat! series, as did many other experts in story.
With the previously insurmountable traditional Second Act divided into two manageable chunks, writers everywhere rejoiced. They finally had a way of trudging through that first draft. But what most failed to see was that their new found ease of movement came more as a result of aligning their writing process with the natural structure of a complete story rather than simply breaking a larger piece into manageable chunks.
Rather, writing from the perspective of four movements is closer to what really goes on in the human mind when it attempts to solve a problem. If stories are about solving problems, it only follows that the words will flow effortlessly when brought into line with the natural process of problem-solving.
Further explanation requires a journey to murkier and deadlier depths.
A Simple Story Told Well
For millions of avid fans, the first week in August reignites the primal fears of being eaten alive by a remorseless killing machine known as the Great White shark. At the StoryFanatic household, this week long study of deadly dorsal fins and serrated teeth--known affectionately elsewhere as "Shark Week"--culminates with a screening of Steven Spielberg's 1975 classic, Jaws. What a better way to celebrate terror than with a film that is arguably the Summer's first-ever blockbuster hit.
But does it rate story-wise?
While the film is expertly told, it does lack the thematic complexity of say, Hamlet or Amadeus. The shark certainly forces Brody to deal with his personal issues, but is hardly the kind of character the Sheriff can develop a meaningful relationship with, one he can battle on a subjective level. Thus, no real emotional argument is made and the film comes up just short of claiming the label of a complete story.
Angry Bruce
That being said, the purpose of Jaws was to entertain and excite and almost certainly, terrify. For that it was extremely successful (at least in the mid-70s), and whether or not it was told completely pales in comparison to its undeniable success. When all is said and done, Jaws tells the simple story of a man who overcomes his fear of water by having to deal with a shark. There really isn't much more to it than that.
What it does provide, however, is an excellent example of how the problem-solving process moves through four separate Acts.
Plot Points
Picking up on last week's article regarding Plot Points and the Inciting Incident, it is easy to see the partitions separating each Act. The Inciting Incident of Jaws comes with the brutal devouring of "Chrissie" Watkins. That first attack upsets the balance of things in Amityville, thus creating the need for a story. Destroying the shark resolves the problem and ends the story. The three Plot Points between these events amplify the original problem, increasing the inequity caused by the Inciting Incident while simulatenously shifting the focus of the story.
Plot Points of Jaws
What is most interesting about this is not so much how the Plot Points divide the story up equally, as it is about how these events shift the dramatic focus of the film and the intentions of the characters into a new and as of yet, uncharted area. The Plot Points are more than simple markers to keep the script reader interested. They are a changing of the tide and a call for new growth.
Development of Character
As mentioned previously, Sheriff Brody (Roy Scheider) has a personal issue with going into the water--he's terrified of it. He spends a good portion of the story avoiding this fear, doing whatever he can to keep from facing it regardless of the problems it creates for him and those around him. The story, and the Plot Points that propel it forward, move Brody to a point where he can finally overcome that fear by having to face them head-on.
Driven by this fear, Brody takes several approaches to dealing with this problem externally. His approach changes with each Act Turn, as it should in response to the shifting dramatic tides going on within the story.
It should be noted that the following four stages of approach are NOT in every story, nor do they necessarily reflect accurately what Brody is dealing with personally. The four listed below are merely the different approaches one can take when determining how to deal with a man-eating shark. It is one way to look at the problem-solving process, however one complete way. The following sequence is simply provided as an example of the natural progression that comes when a writer begins to think in terms of four, rather than three.
Preservation
Following the awful demise of Chrissie, Brody is forced into protection mode. In this First Act, he endeavors to safeguard the people of Amity from any further attacks. A character stuck in preservation mode won't do anything more or less than what it would take to put things back the way they were, almost as if nothing had happened at all. This is reflected in his efforts to make warning signs and his desire to close the beaches.
Only problem is, Amity has a Mayor and several city fathers who would rather see their town thrive as it always has on the 4th of July.
Inaction
Having failed to resolve the problem with protection, Brody tries doing nothing in the Second Act. Sure, he argues with the Mayor at the council meeting and at the dock with the captured tiger shark, but when it comes down to it, he spends most of this Act reamining relatively ineffectual. The Kitner kid gets it and Brody responds by getting drunk on wine.
This approach of inaction carries itself up to the apparent third "shark" attack, wherein Brody stands shoreline as dozens and dozens of panicked swimmers rush past him. He can't step into the water, can't help anyone and even when the real shark threatens his own son, all he can do is stand by and watch. He does nothing to further or hinder the progress of the problem.
Reaction
The severed leg of the poor fisherman falls to the ocean floor and Brody has to change his approach yet again. No longer able to hide behind the guise of protecting, and no longer content with standing idly by at the water's edge, Brody spends the majority of the Third Act reacting. This is different from preservation in that, when something negative happens, the reactive person attacks the source of the problems rather than try to bring things back to an equitable state regardless of source.
When Quint destroys the radio, Brody responds by yelling at him, challenging him to the point of being overreactive. If this had been the Brody of the First Act, he would have tried putting the radio back together. If instead this had been the Brody of the previous act, he wouldn't have done a thing. But he didn't because this is the Brody of the Third Act; there is no going back to previous Acts when it comes to character development and plot progression. The human mind doesn't backtrack when solving problems, and neither should a story.
Brody moves into this Third Act focused on responding to the shark as his new approach. The reactive person attacks the source of the problem that attacks them, reacting to what has happened. There is no looking forward, and no anticipation.
Proaction
The shark attacks the boat, chomps down on Quint, and suddenly Brody finds himself propelled into his Fourth and Final Act. Having tried every other approach one can when dealing with a killer shark, Brody is left with one final method: Proaction. This is different from Reaction in that a character won't't wait for something negative to happen first, instead they initiate the action. Sheriff Brody doesn't wait for the shark to attack first, as Hooper did in the cage, or as Quint did trying to punch his way free of those massive teeth.
Instead, the man who was once afraid of water, grabs the gun, climbs the masthead and tells G.W. to flash those pearly whites.
The Completeness of Four Movements
It is a natural progression, when trying to determine how to effectively deal with a menacing shark, to move from a point of preservation to inaction to reaction, and finally, to proaction. Whether or not Brody's final shot rang true or not, every tactical aspect of fighting a monster of the sea had been covered. A completely new story would have to be created to further deal with the problem if the menace had somehow survived. There was nowhere else Brody could have gone.
Sheriff Brody's Development
Eagle-eyed storytellers will pick up on the fact that the Act movements in Brody's development do not correspond exactly with their counterparts in the story at large. His first Act lingers until the Kitner kid's mom delivers her response and his Third Act lasts forever until Quint meets his bloody end. This is not a mistake.
The development of the Main Character does not always sync up precisely with the major Act turns of a story, nor should it. Storytelling is not an exact science; not every progression can be broken down into four 30-minute sections. Sheriff Brody's development in Jaws is an excellent example of this.
It is interesting to note that in Alexandra Sokoloff's analysis of Jaws (one of the better screenwriting experts out there), Brody's slap is identified as the First Act Turning Point. There is a difference between the Plot Points that affect everyone and the Plot Points that affect the Main Character personally. His feels more dramatic and more important because one, as an audience we empathize more strongly with his storyline, and two, the dramatic shift between his First Act and Second is more significant and drastic than the shift that happens in the larger story.
Regardless of whether or not one sees the separation between the Main Character's storyline and larger storyline at work (usually called the A-story), Brody's development does proceed in a natural progression of four stages, each one building upon the failures and successes of the previous.
There is a feeling of satisfaction, of contentment, that comes with a story that has covered all the dramatic bases. There are no unanswered questions, no story "holes" for audiences to poke their fingers into, and no lingering feeling of dissatisfaction. While Jaws is not a literary masterpiece, it does satisfy the audience's need to have every avenue explored in the context of defeating a killer shark.
If Brody had somehow skipped the approach of inaction, as might have happened when thinking of the traditional story paradigm of three acts, there would have been some doubt left in the audience's mind as to Brody's growth and the sincerity of his actions. What if he hadn't done anything?, they would have asked, and the film would have felt less than satisfying.
As it so happens, every approach was covered and the film was a massive success. The progression of Four Acts has much to do with that.
Delivering the Message
Plot points and the Acts they form are not devices designed to organize storytelling into 30-page increments. Instead, they help form the carrier wave for the message a writer hopes to impart on their audience. Thinking in terms of four Acts, rather than three, insures that the entire message will be delivered intact.
The problem with thinking of "the first half of Second Act" and "the second half of the Second Act" is that a writer is in essence saying both halves are dealing with the same thematic elements, both are parts of the same whole, when the truth is they're not. They are separate, dramatic movements that should be treated as much.
All Acts are created equal in the eyes of a sophisticated writer.
Advanced Story Theory for this Article
Pretty much everything in Dramatica is divided up into fours. The Four Throughlines, the Four Domains, and yes, the Four Acts of each of those Throughlines. The model itself is based on Quad Theory--a super complicated mathematical relationship that many writers needn't concern themselves with. Suffice it to say that every structural part of a story can be seen from four different contexts, and the model reflects that.
Those who look hard enough will find the quad of Preservation (now Protection), Inaction, Reaction and Proaction under the Issue of Strategy in the Physics Domain. This is NOT the OS Quad and certainly not Brody's MC Quad. It is simply used as a point of reference for looking at Brody's approach or tactics used when dealing with the shark. When it comes to a character trying to strategize how to deal with a monster, those four Problem elements cover everything.
In earlier versions of Dramatica these four elements were seen as part of the Action "Need" Quad, a concept that has now proven to be limited in its scope when it comes to understanding the meaning of a complete story. However, the above analysis can be seen as an example of the flexibility of the current model in appreciating any story, even one that is a tale, a short story or a very simple story as is the case with Jaws.
Take any quad of elements at the bottom of the Dramatica model and one can tell a relatively simple story that still feels somewhat complete. The trick is making sure that all four are represented with equal time and equal focus. In this way, the audience won't feel short-changed or cheated. This will give the story the feeling of having covered "all the bases."
FOUR PART STRUCTRUE BILBO
https://muse.jhu.edu/article/245995/pdf
The Four-Part Structure of Bilbo's Education
William H. Green (bio)
The Hobbit, J. R. R. Tolkien's fantastic quest-tale, traces the maturation of a timid hobbit named Bilbo after he reluctantly joins a company of dwarves on an expedition to take a dragon's gold. Bilbo, described in the beginning as a "little fellow bobbing and puffing on the mat," looks "more like a grocer than a burglar."1 But he later steals a cup from the dragon and a gem from the leader of the dwarves and discovers an unarmored spot beneath the dragon's left shoulder. Though Bilbo is half a century old, his hobbit stature and innocence suggest childhood, and he matures like Perceval through a series of hardships and tests. At first a sheltered innocent, he becomes a proven hero—an adventurer uncowed by dragons and uncorrupted by gold.
The story of Bilbo's education has four parts: first, the departure from the Shire, second, the adventures in the Misty Mountains, third, the adventures in Mirkwood, and fourth, the adventures at the Lonely Mountain. Though they are links in the chain of a single, coherent story, the four parts are clearly divided from each other. Structurally similar, they each begin with a well-equipped journey into the wilderness and move through want, danger, captivity, and unlikely escape to a hospitable house where the expedition rests and obtains new supplies. The four subtales are four turns in the spiral which is the hobbit's education.
Bilbo's double nature—what he is at first and what he later becomes—is suggested, by a likely derivation of his name, a compound of two Middle English words suggesting his initial immaturity and subsequent heroism. Bil-boie, "sword-boy," is a suitable name for the hobbit because a sword is central to his development. A small sword from the trolls' cave is his reward for his first heroic effort. With this sword he resists Gollum and the spiders and, ultimately, assumes leadership over the dwarves. With the sword Bilbo grows from a boy in deeds as well as size to a knight "more worthy to wear [End Page 133] the armor of elf-princes than many that have looked more comely in it" (p. 258). The boylike hobbit becomes a military hero. Though it may be accidental that the days of the meeting with Gandalf, of tea with the dwarves, and of the departure for Wilderland—the three days which begin Bilbo's adventure—are Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday, the three days which are named after Norse gods of war, it is difficult to believe that anything Tolkien does is accidental when it involves Germanic philology. The name Bilbo is foolishly hobbitlike on the surface, but underneath there are intimations of the military hero or the knight.2
The Hobbit is cyclical, beginning and ending with an unexpected visit from Gandalf. Emphasizing this cyclical structure is Bilbo's tentative title for his memoirs—the pseudo-historical source of The Hobbit—which he plans to call "There and Back Again, A Hobbit's Holiday" (p. 385). Gandalf and the dwarves initiate the action, and the action ends with a visit from the wizard and a dwarf. Bilbo is smoking "an enormous long wooden pipe" at the beginning when Gandalf appears (p. 17), and at the end Bilbo laughs and hands Gandalf a tobacco jar (p. 287). Again, the cycle is not a simple return-it is a spiral. Bilbo's adventure has been productive, for his waistcoat is "more extensive" and has "real gold buttons," and the dwarf has a longer beard and a magnificent jeweled belt. The good people around the mountain, we are told, have prospered (p. 286), and Bilbo has become cosmopolitan, at least in the eyes of his provincial neighbors. He has "lost his reputation" and taken to "writing poetry and visiting the elves" (p. 285). The final scene of The Hobbit is a positive echo of its beginning.
But the beginning of the story is also echoed, however negatively, by the climactic events at the dragon's lair in the Lonely Mountain. In opposition to the hobbit smoking at the door of his...
http://integral-options.blogspot.com/2010/05/my-review-alberto-villoldo-illumination.html
The Buddha’s illumination perfectly illustrates the four stages of the journey of initiation:
1. The awakening: recognizing your dilemma (“There is death and disease, and I am trapped inside a palace.”)
2. The great departure: embarking on your journey (“I am a monk and shave my head.”)
3. The tests: confronting challenges and adversity (“I sit in stillness.”)
4. Illumination: the return to bring gifts of knowledge to others (“We can all be free from suffering.” (p. 11)
MOVIE FOUR MEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/In_Harihar_Nagar
Mahadevan (Mukesh), Govindan Kutty (Siddique), Appukuttan (Jagadish) and Thomas Kutty (Ashokan) are four young men who live in the housing colony named 'Harihar Nagar.' The movie starts with an incident that takes place in Bombay, where a murder takes place for the possession of a briefcase. In the next scene the four young men make appearance with their tricks to impress young girls. A girl, "Maya" (Geetha Vijayan), along with her grandparents relocate to Harihar Nagar and happen to be Mahadevan's new neighbors. The four try to impress her on many occasions. One day they find her her posting a letter. They bribe the postman and manage to get hold of that letter. On reading the contents of the letter, they come to know that Maya has come to Harihar Nagar to learn about the murder of her brother - Sethu Madhavan (Suresh Gopi).
Maya visits the house of Andrews (Saikumar), a friend of Sethu Madhavan. She requests Andrew's mother, called Ammachi by him and his friends (Kaviyoor Ponnamma) to contact her if she gets any information about her brother. The four men meet Ammachi as Sethu's friends. They manage to get Sethu's photo by telling that they want it for the colony's sports club. Maya gets this information from Ammachi and meets the four guys. She believes them to be Sethu's friends after seeing his photo at their house. The four cook up a story about an affair Sethu had with a girl.
Hearing the news that four are the friends of Sethu Madhavan, they are kidnapped by John Honai, who wants the briefcase shown in the beginning of the movie. Maya was in search of her brother's girlfriend and she finds details of Annie Philip (Rekha), who was close to her brother from the library. Annie is now a nun in a church and adopted the name Sister Josephine. Josephine narrates about her history with Sethu when questioned by Maya. Andrew's father was a businessman who was killed by John Honai's father and he built a business empire with the money taken from Andrew's father. Andrews creates trouble in that business to take revenge. Honai's father then sells all his assets and tries to run away with that money in the briefcase, but gets killed on the way. At the beginning of the movie, they show Andrews as the murderer. Andrews hands over the briefcase to Sethu since he is being followed. Andrews is killed soon after.
Sethu comes to Harihar Nagar to give this money to Ammachi but when he gets to know that Ammachi is ignorant of Andrew's death and is still waiting for him, he gives it to Annie, who is Andrew's girlfriend. After returning to Bombay, Sethu is also killed by Honai.
The four men who were under captive by John Honai manage to escape and are on a run. Soon after Maya and her grandparents are then caught by Honai but the four rescue them. Ammachi comes to know about Andrew's death from Sister Josephine who gives her the briefcase. While Ammachi was cooking dinner, Honai comes to her house to get the briefcase. Ammachi removes the fuse and the lights go off. After a short game of "hide-and-seek," John lights a lighter. He goes in flames since the cooking gas was left open by Ammachi before he had entered the house.
Maya is packing her bags to leave Harihar nagar. She meets the four before leaving and hands them the briefcase as a gift. When her car leaves, the briefcase opens and the money, jewelry, everything falls out. She shouts from the car that it is for them. The film ends here.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reese_Witherspoon
In April 2013, Witherspoon began production in Atlanta on Canadian director Philippe Falardeau's film The Good Lie. It is based on real-life events, about a brash American woman assigned to help four young Sudanese refugees (known as Lost Boys of Sudan) who win a lottery for relocation to the U.S.[125][126] It was released on October 3, 2014.[127]
FOUR COACHES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Voice_(U.S._TV_series)
The series employs a panel of four coaches who critique the artists' performances and guide their teams of selected artists through the remainder of the season. They also compete to ensure that their act wins the competition, thus making them the winning coach. Members of the coaching panel include Adam Levine, Blake Shelton, Christina Aguilera (seasons 1–3, 5, 8, 10), CeeLo Green (seasons 1–3, 5), Shakira (season 4, 6), Usher (season 4, 6), Gwen Stefani (season 7, 9, 12), Pharrell Williams (seasons 7–10), Miley Cyrus (season 11), and Alicia Keys (seasons 11–12).[3]
FOUR CHEFS- FOUR MYSERY INGREDIENTS- FOUR PLATES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chopped_(TV_series)
Chopped is an American reality-based cooking television game show series created by Executive Producer Linda Lea, along with Dave Noll and Michael Krupat. It is hosted by Ted Allen. The series pits four chefs against each other as they compete for a chance to win $10,000. New episodes air every Tuesday at 10 p.m. ET on Food Network.
In each episode, four chefs compete in a three-round contest, where they attempt to incorporate unusual combinations of ingredients into dishes that are later evaluated by a panel of three judges.[1][2] At the beginning of each round ("Appetizer", "Entrée", and "Dessert"), the chefs are each given a basket containing four mystery ingredients and are expected to use all of them in some way. Although failing to use an ingredient is not an automatic disqualification, the judges do take such omissions into account when making their decisions. The ingredients are often not commonly prepared together. For example, in the episode "Yucca, Watermelon, Tortillas," the Appetizer ingredients consisted of watermelon, canned sardines, pepper jack cheese, and zucchini. The competitors are given access to a pantry and refrigerator stocked with a wide variety of other ingredients.
Each round has a time limit, typically 20 minutes for Appetizer, and 30 minutes each for Entrée and Dessert. These limits have been extended on occasion for special-format episodes and for rounds in which one or more mystery ingredients require additional preparation/cooking time. The chefs must cook their dishes and complete four plates (three for the judges and one "beauty plate") before time runs out.[3] Once time has expired, the judges critique the dishes based on presentation, taste and creativity and select one chef to be "chopped" - eliminated from the competition with no winnings. Ted reveals the judges' decision by lifting a cloche on their table to show the losing chef's dish, and one of the judges comments on the reason for their choice to the eliminated chef. In the Dessert round, the judges consider not only on the dishes created by the two chefs during that round, but also their overall performance throughout the competition. The winner receives $10,000.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Streamers_(film)
Four young soldiers waiting to be shipped to Vietnam deal with racial tension and their own intolerance when one soldier reveals he's gay.
FOUR MEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merry_Christmas,_Mr._Lawrence
The film deals with the relationships among four men in a Japanese prisoner of war camp during the Second World War — Major Jack Celliers (Bowie), a rebellious South African with a guilty secret from his youth; Captain Yonoi (Sakamoto), the young camp commandant; Lieutenant Colonel John Lawrence (Conti), a British officer who has lived in Japan and speaks Japanese fluently; and Sergeant Hara (Takeshi), who is seemingly brutal and yet humane in some ways and with whom Lawrence develops a peculiar friendship.
FOUR MEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Merry_Christmas,_Mr._Lawrence
The film deals with the relationships among four men in a Japanese prisoner of war camp during the Second World War — Major Jack Celliers (Bowie), a rebellious South African with a guilty secret from his youth; Captain Yonoi (Sakamoto), the young camp commandant; Lieutenant Colonel John Lawrence (Conti), a British officer who has lived in Japan and speaks Japanese fluently; and Sergeant Hara (Takeshi), who is seemingly brutal and yet humane in some ways and with whom Lawrence develops a peculiar friendship.
FOUR CONTESTANTS IN PROGRAM LIKE WHOSE LINE IS IT ANYWAYS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kwik_Witz
An improvisational comedy that aired before Whose Line Is It Anyway? - it featured two teams of two performers competing against each other. The show had a live audience which voted to select the winner at the end of the sketch (usually four in a given program), with teams earning points based on the percentage of votes they got in each sketch. The winning team was given a prize brought by the losing team - a token gift usually of more comedic value than monetary.
FOUR PANELISTS FOUR ROUNDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Late_Night_Liars
In round 1, host Larry Miller gives a category, and the puppet panelists each give one answer. Two of the panelists are giving real answers, and the other two are lying. After all four panelists give an answer, the contestants secretly and simultaneously pick one panelist that they think is lying. If a contestant selects a liar, he or she wins a pre-stated amount of money as announced by announcer Weasel, usually in the range of $500 to $600.
In Round 3, each contestant, starting with the current leader, selects one panelist, who gives a statement relating to the category given by host Miller. The contestant must then determine if the statement is true or a lie. If the contestant correctly judges the statement, a computer randomizer (dubbed the "Randomometer") is activated; when the contestant presses a button, the reels stop, revealing a cash amount greater than $100 (the upper limit is never clearly established; however, the screen has spaces for four digits). At the end of this round, the contestant with more money wins the game and keeps the money; the losing contestant receives a consolation prize (usually a product made by Telebrands) and $500 in cash, regardless of their score. The winning contestant also plays the "Two Topic Showdown" for a larger cash prize (from $10,000 up to $25,000).
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lost_Boys_of_Sudan
2014: The Good Lie, a film about four Lost Boys who resettle in America.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Hours_to_Kill!
Four Hours to Kill! is a 1935 American drama film directed by Mitchell Leisen and starring Richard Barthelmess.[1]
FOUR LETTER SONG
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Y.M.C.A._(song)
The song remains popular and is played at many sporting events in the U.S. and Europe, with crowds using the dance in which the arms are used to spell out the four letters of the song's title as an opportunity to stretch. Moreover, the song also remains particularly popular due to its status as a disco classic. "Y.M.C.A." appeared as Space Shuttle Wakeup call on mission STS-106, on day 11.[2]
The 1993 comedy film Wayne's World 2 features a scene where Wayne, Garth, and two of their show's colleagues (while running away from the main antagonist) accidentally go into a gay club; since they are dressed in different clothing (power line worker, policeman, sailor, and roadie respectively), the DJ puts on the song and the four perform the dance.
On March 2, 2013, during the opening monologue on Saturday Night Live, Jay Pharoah parodied President Barack Obama giving a press conference about the recent budget cuts in Congress, saying that there were going to be cuts on the military, social service workers, federal construction projects, and Native American funding. The representatives of each of four Village People characters did the arm dance in order after Pharaoh recited the appropriate verse of the song.[66]
In early 2013, Disney Channel covered the song as "O.W.C.A." for the TV series Phineas and Ferb in one of its music videos shown in commercial breaks. As seen in the music video, it shows Disney Channel stars from shows such as Jessie, Dog With a Blog, Good Luck Charlie, and Austin & Ally, and showed the secret agents dancing to the song.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spider-Man_(2002_film)
Mary Jane is followed by four men down an alley. As they attempt to rape her, Spider-Man comes to her rescue and she thanks him by kissing him.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_in_the_Morning_(film)
Four in the Morning is a 1965 British film directed by Anthony Simmons and starring Judi Dench. It featured a score by John Barry.
FOLLOWS FOUR WOMEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Magdalene_Sisters
Set in Ireland, beginning in 1964, so-called "fallen" women were considered sinners who needed to be redeemed. The film follows the stories of four young women - Margaret (raped by her cousin), Bernadette (too beautiful and coquettish), Rose (an unmarried mother) and Crispina (an intellectually disabled unmarried mother) - who are all forced by their families or caretakers into the Magdalene Asylum. The film details the disastrous lives of the four girls whilst they are inmates of the laundries, portraying their harsh daily regimen, their squalid living conditions and the oppressive nature of the Catholic faith at the time.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/I_Spit_on_Your_Grave
Day of the Woman (better known by its re-release title, I Spit on Your Grave) is a 1978 American rape-and-revenge exploitation-horror film written, directed, and edited by Meir Zarchi. The film tells the story of Jennifer Hills (Camille Keaton), a New York City writer who is gang raped by four rednecks, and she plots vengeance against her tormentors. The film had a limited release, which later expanded to a wider release in 1980. The film was followed by two sequels, both in which Keaton reprises her role: Savage Vengeance (1993), and I Spit on Your Grave: Deja Vu (2016).
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Fourth_State
The Fourth State (German: Die Vierte Macht) is a 2012 German film directed by Dennis Gansel and starring Moritz Bleibtreu, Kasia Smutniak, Max Riemelt, Rade Serbedzija, Mark Ivanir and Isabella Vinet. It premiered in Germany on March 8, 2012. The working title was The Year of the Snake.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Sign_of_Four_(1932_film)
SHERLOCK HOLMES FOUR NOVELS ONE WAS THE SIGN OF FOUR
The Sign of Four is a 1932 British crime film directed by Graham Cutts and starring Arthur Wontner, Ian Hunter and Graham Soutten. The film is based on Arthur Conan Doyle's second Sherlock Holmes story The Sign of the Four and was made at Ealing Studios.
The film is also known as The Sign of Four: Sherlock Holmes' Greatest Case.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dhamar_(music)
Dhamar has four divisions and so does jahmar. Keherwa also has two divisions of four and is pretty popular. The most popular talas have four divisions. The most popular of them all have four divisions with four beats each. the ones without four divisions are not very popular
Dhamar (Sanskrit धमार) is one of the talas used in Hindustani classical music. It is associated with the dhrupad style and typically played on the pakhawaj.
Dhamar tala has 14 beats (matras) grouped asymmetrically into a 5-2-3-4 pattern.
A song in dhrupad style set to dhamar tala is also called a dhamar. The text of a dhamar concerns the antics of Krishna teasing the milkmaids during the Holi (hori) Spring Festival of colours. It is considered a relatively light and romantic musical form.
The theka or syllabic pattern of dhamar tala is:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
क ध्धि ट धि ट धा ऽ ग त्ति ट ति ट ता ऽ
ka ddhi Ta dhi Ta dhaa - Ga Ti Ta Ti Ta taa -
In counting out the beat, beats 1, 6, and 11 are clapped (tali), and beat 8 is indicated by a wave of the hand (khali):
Clap 2 3 4 5 | Clap 2 | Wave 2 3 | Clap 2 3 4 ||
THERE ARE FOUR JUDGES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Top_Chef#4-Star_All-Stars
4-Star All-Stars[edit]
On June 6, 2007, as part of the buildup for Season 3, Bravo aired a special charity episode called "4-Star All-Stars", which awarded $20,000 to the charity of the winning team's choice. The show brought together Season 1 contestants Harold Dieterle, Tiffani Faison, Dave Martin, and Stephen Asprinio, and Season 2 contestants Ilan Hall, Marcel Vigneron, Sam Talbot, and Elia Aboumrad. The show format was kept the same, with a Quickfire Challenge to start, followed by an Elimination Challenge. The show was filmed in Miami, Florida, the setting for the upcoming season. The Season 1 competitors won, who donated their winnings to Susan G. Komen for the Cure.[8]
After shopping, the contestants will cook for up to four judges, usually including at least one guest judge. In most cases, the contestants cook for a group of guest diners as well
FOUR YOUNG MEN
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Safe_Harbor_(film)
Doug (Treat Williams) and Robbie Smith (Nancy Travis) are a happily married couple about to retire and spend their days cruising around the world on their sailboat. Before they have the chance to leave, their good friend, Judge David Roberts (Orson Bean), asks them to care for two teenage boys he sentenced to juvenile hall. The facility is currently full and the judge tells the couple that, instead of being sent to county jail, the boys can help them prepare their boat for sailing day. The Smiths agree and soon take on two more boys with similar circumstances.
The Smiths are soon faced with a variety of challenges from the boys, their surly attitude and a fire on the boat. Ultimately, Doug and Robbie see positive changes in the four young men, who are now reluctant to leave their new "family". Doug and Robbie also see changes in themselves as they rethink their sailing trip, their decision not to have children, and what their future now holds.[4]
MOVIE ABOUT FOUR FRIENDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangin%27_with_the_Homeboys
The film revolves around four friends, all young men going nowhere with their lives. Tom and Johnny have dead-end jobs (one works as a telemarketer and aspires to be an actor, the other is a supermarket clerk), while Willie and Fernando (who prefers the name "Vinny") are unemployed and use people to get what they want. They go for a "guys' night" out on the town from the Bronx to Manhattan, and fall victim to various disasters, (Tom wrecks his car, Willie gets the guys thrown out of a party, etc.) most of which they bring on themselves. During their "night out", their relationships with one another become strained as the various situations lead to conflict between them, and by the end of the movie they have all separated.
Main characters[edit]
Mario Joyner plays Tom, an aspiring actor who works as a telemarketer while waiting for his big break. His girlfriend cancels their date for the night, so he goes out with his friends, and later finds out she is out with another man. At the end of the movie, he reveals that he is weary of his friends and their destructive and derisive behavior between themselves. He is especially angry at Willie and Vinny, who manipulate him into paying for them because they are unemployed, but constantly criticize and make fun of him.
Doug E. Doug plays Willie, an angry unemployed bum who embraces the Black Power movement, but is genuinely devoted to his best friend Johnny. He has a tenuous friendship with Vinny and a passing friendship with Tom (which disintegrates when Tom calls him on his mooching). He is hypocritical, calling Tom a failure even though he is comparable to a bum, and describing a black female he encounters towards the end of the film as an Uncle Tom because she "dresses white", but he is not a member of any political organization and does not even vote.
Nestor Serrano plays Fernando (aka Vinny), a philandering Puerto Rican who is ashamed of his heritage and pretends to be Italian, much to Johnny's horror. He later has to confront this fact when a police officer asks him about his nationality. The oldest of the four, he is cynical and verbally abusive to virtually everyone. He is a sex-hound who tries to talk to every pretty girl he sees. He is both amused at and contemptuous of Johnny's naivete and has a strained interaction with him because he sees him as a sad individual who would depress everybody in the gang, especially him. Vinny is unemployed, but is supported by the generosity of his many girlfriends. Hypocritically, he openly derides Willie's lack of employment.
John Leguizamo plays Johnny, the youngest of the group, who is idealistic and naive. Also Puerto Rican, Johnny is very proud of his heritage, unlike Vinny. He works at a grocery store, but has an opportunity for a scholarship. Romantically naive and having a rather chivalrous ideal towards love, he is infuriated to find Vinny dancing suggestively with Daria, the girl he has a secret crush on. The last straw comes when Vinny selfishly demands an apology for "ruining his night". Instead, Johnny punches him on the jaw and knocks him unconscious. At the end of the movie, the disastrous night makes him decide to go for the scholarship and start a new chapter in his life, away from his "friends".
FOUR FRIENDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_First_Wives_Club
At Middlebury College in 1969, four young friends, Annie MacDuggan, Elise Elliot, Brenda Morelli, and Cynthia Swann, are graduating. As graduation gifts, valedictorian Cynthia presents the girls with matching Bvlgari pearl necklaces. As the graduates take a commemorative picture of the four of them (presumably for the last time), Cynthia makes Annie, Brenda and Elise promise that they will always be there for each other throughout the remainder of their lives.
In the present time, the four friends eventually lose touch with one another, as evident when Cynthia (Stockard Channing) is tearfully gazing at the picture of the four of them on that graduation day. Now wealthy and living in a luxurious penthouse, she gives her maid her own Bulgari pearl necklace (matching the three she gave to her friends on graduation day), and has the maid mail letters to them. She later walks outside of the balcony of her penthouse in a floor length fur coat, a cigarette and a drink, and then commits suicide by jumping to her death after learning through the tabloids that her ex-husband Gil (whom Cynthia made wealthy through her connections, according to narrator Annie) married his much younger mistress the day before.
FOUR MARCH SISTERS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Little_Women_(1949_film)
In the small town of Concord, Massachusetts, during the Civil War, the March sisters — Meg (Janet Leigh), Jo (June Allyson), Amy (Elizabeth Taylor), and Beth (Margaret O'Brien) — live with their mother in a state of genteel poverty, their father having lost the family's fortune to an unscrupulous businessman several years earlier. While Mr. March (Leon Ames) serves in the Union Army, Mrs. March (Mary Astor), affectionately referred to as "Marmee" by her daughters, holds the family together and teaches the girls the importance of giving to those less fortunate than themselves, especially during the upcoming Christmas season. Though the spoiled and vain Amy often bemoans the family's lack of material wealth and social status, Jo, an aspiring writer, keeps everyone entertained with her stories and plays, while the youngest March, the shy and sensitive Beth, accompanies Jo's productions on an out-of-tune piano.
THE FOURTH JUDGE IS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Face_Off_(TV_series)
Season 7 was announced on April 18, 2014.[21] It premiered on July 22, 2014. This season features a fourth judge, Lois Burwell. Season 7 was won by Dina Cimarusti. This season also focused on the theme of "life and death" and used this theme for many of the challenges. This season employed the one-time save of an eliminated contestant that was introduced in season 6.
FOUR JUDGES THE FOURTH DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ink_Master
Musician Dave Navarro and tattoo artists Chris Núñez and Oliver Peck are the show's primary judges[3] and have appeared in all episodes to date. Some episodes incorporate a fourth guest judge, usually a well-known tattoo artist who has knowledge or reputation in the style of tattoo (such as New School, Traditional, Japanese, Portrait, Black and Gray, etc.) chosen for the week's elimination challenge.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Around_the_Horn
Reali began introducing every episode with "Four of America's most ... sportswriters," inserting various adjectives sometimes, but not always, related to a sports story of the day. That however was phased out by the turn of the decade. He continues to come up with introductions with clever segues based on the day's topics. During Max Kellerman's tenure, Kellerman would begin the show by saying, "These four things, I know are true!" Reali used this early in his tenure on the show, but soon adopted his own phrasing.
FOUR SCREENS FOUR PANELISTS- PREVIOUS FORMAT HAD FOUR ROUNDS
The original set was in the same Atlantic Video complex as the set for Pardon the Interruption. It featured the host's desk with the point triggers and mute buttons, opposite of four screens of the panelists with their score under them and the mute sign above them. Behind the host's desk was a map of the contiguous United States of America with the cities the sportswriters on the show appeared from. The map, divided into time zones, displayed the names of five newspapers representing each time zone. The Los Angeles Times represented the Pacific Time Zone, the Denver Post the Mountain Time Zone, the Dallas Morning News and Chicago Sun-Times both represented the Central Time Zone, and the Boston Globe represented the Eastern Time Zone. This was to create a regionally biased discussion, but this was later phased out.
Previous format[edit]
Before the format of the show was changed in early 2003, the format was similar, wherein the first two rounds were largely the same but with different titles. There was a bigger difference after that. The show ran like so:
The Opening Round: The two biggest headlines of the day.
The Lightning Round: A quick-moving round with four topics where players had to make their points quickly or risk getting muted by Max Kellerman, the former host. Somewhat similar, though not entirely, to the Lightning Round currently on the program.
The Bonus Round: One final topic, with the panelists trying to earn some last-second points, followed by a sports trivia question for each panelist, worth five points.
The Medal Round: The panelists earned Face Time equal to their scores converted to seconds, in reverse order of their placing. The winner received a gold medal, second place received silver, third place got bronze, and the fourth-place finisher was given a foil ball. More often than not, due to time restrictions, the panelists were given less time than they earned, or at least one panelist would not be given any time at all. During this round, panelists could appeal to the Disembodied Voice for more points.
FOUR HOSTS- THE FOURTH IS DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Inside_the_NBA
Inside the NBA is the postgame show for NBA on TNT broadcasts. The program features host Ernie Johnson with analysts Charles Barkley, Kenny Smith and Shaquille O'Neal, with supporting or fill-in analysts including Chris Webber and Grant Hill. The show has won nine Emmy Awards, while Johnson has won three as a studio host and Barkley has won two as a studio analyst. O'Neal won an Emmy in 2012 as a studio analyst as well.
FOUR SPORTS MEDIA PERSONALITIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Sports_Reporters
The Sports Reporters is a sports talk show that airs on ESPN at 9:30 a.m. ET every Sunday morning (and replayed at 10:30 a.m. ET the same day on ESPN2). It is broadcast from Bristol, Connecticut at the main ESPN studios. However, before 1999, it was broadcast from a studio in Manhattan.[1] and from 1999-2010 it was recorded at the ESPN Zone at Times Square in Manhattan before it closed. The format of the show is a roundtable discussion among four sports media personalities, with one regular host and three rotating guests. The show began in 1988, patterned to some extent after the Chicago-based syndicated show called Sportswriters on TV. ESPN Deportes, ESPN Latin America and ESPN Brasil may launch Spanish-language and Portuguese-language versions of the show in the future.
The first year featured four rotating panelists, but since then there has been three rotating panel members.[1] Regular panelists include Mike Lupica of the New York Daily News, John Feinstein of the Washington Post, Mitch Albom of the Detroit Free Press, Michael Wilbon also from the Washington Post, Bob Ryan of the Boston Globe, William C. Rhoden of The New York Times and Stephen A. Smith of ESPN.
FAMOUS DOCUMENTARY
Four Days in October is a baseball documentary produced by Gary Waksman,[1] ESPN and MLB Productions. It is episode 24 in the first season of the ESPN 30 for 30 series.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Days_in_October
It chronicles the last four games of the 2004 American League Championship Series between the Boston Red Sox and the New York Yankees. The series became famous when the Red Sox—who lost the first three games of the series to the Yankees—became the first team in Major League Baseball history[note 1] to win a best of 7 playoff series after falling behind 0-3.
The documentary begins with few highlights of the Yankees–Red Sox rivalry over the years and then some highlights from Game 3 which was won by the Yankees 19–8 at Fenway Park. The show's narrative begins with Game 4. The Yankees stood three outs away from sweeping the Red Sox at Fenway and advancing to their 40th World Series appearance. The series turned when the Red Sox rallied to tie the game in the 9th inning. They would win it on a home run by David Ortiz and keep the series alive. The ninth inning rally proved to be the turning point of the series as the Red Sox would win the next four games, clinching the series at Yankee Stadium.[note 2]
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Falls_of_Buffalo
Four Falls of Buffalo is a 2015 documentary film produced for ESPN's 30 for 30 series and directed by Ken Rodgers of NFL Films.[1] The film profiles the Buffalo Bills teams of the early 1990s, when the franchise became the first team to play in — and lose — four consecutive Super Bowls.[2][3] The film goes through the Bills four "Super Bowl" years featuring retrospectives and insight on such famous plays as Scott Norwood's 47-yard field goal miss at the end of Super Bowl XXV, Thurman Thomas' misplaced helmet at the start of Super Bowl XXVI, and Don Beebe's strip of Leon Lett's attempted fumble return in Super Bowl XXVII.[4] Former Bills players Jim Kelly, Bruce Smith, Thurman Thomas, Andre Reed, Don Beebe, Darryl Talley, Steve Tasker, Frank Reich, coach Marv Levy, and general manager Bill Polian all gave extensive interviews for the film.[5] A highlight of the documentary is an emotional interview with Norwood and former Bills special teams coach Bruce DeHaven conducted on the steps of Buffalo City Hall, the site where, twenty-five years before, the crowd of Bills fans had cheered for Norwood following his ill-fated kick.[5]
FOUR HOSTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Cycle_(TV_program)
The Cycle is an ensemble news and political talk show that was broadcast on MSNBC and hosted by four network analysts/commentators: Moderate Republican Abby Huntsman, author and culture critic Touré Neblett, The Nation correspondent Ari Melber, and former congressional candidate turned Democratic strategist Krystal Ball. Per its ensemble format, all four hosts appear on every show, with each host taking turns to facilitate the discussions.
A FOUR BY FOUR BY FOUR CUBE- APP HAD 16 GAMES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Cube_(game_show)
The Cube is a British game show which first aired on ITV on 22 August 2009. Hosted by Phillip Schofield, it offers contestants the chance to win a top prize of £250,000 by completing challenges from within a 4m × 4m × 4m Perspex cube. It is based on the idea that even straightforward tasks become extremely challenging when confined and put under pressure inside a small, enclosed area whilst surrounded by a large live studio audience. Once inside, contestants can feel both claustrophobic and disorientated, affecting their concentration and abilities. Using "state-of-the-art filming techniques", the show aims to demonstrate the intense anxiety which contestants undergo as they progress through each task. The challenges involve catching, throwing, estimating, reacting, memorising, balancing, etc. Colin McFarlane provides the disembodied voice of The Cube, who explains the rules of the games.[1][2]
Around the time of the release of the board game, a Game App version of the series was made available via the iTunes store for use on the iPod Touch, iPhone and iPad. This app version originally featured sixteen games from the series: Balance, Cylinder, Descent, Drop Zone, Focus, Multisphere, Perimeter, Precision, Quantity, Reaction, Revolution, Shatter, Stabilise, Stop Zone and Time Freeze
16 CONTESTANTS 16 SQUARES QMR
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jackpot_(game_show)
Sixteen contestants competed for an entire week, with one designated King/Queen of the Hill, who stood at a circular podium at stage-left. The other fifteen contestants, numbered 1 through 15, were seated in three-tiered bleachers. Each had a special wallet containing a riddle and a varying cash amount or the Jackpot Riddle. The King of the Hill selected a number and the contestant with that number asked a riddle to this player. If answered correctly, the King of the Hill continued picking numbers; if answered incorrectly, the two contestants switched places, with the contestant who stumped him/her becoming the new King of the Hill.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt4026600/
Four battle-weary Crusaders take on a mission to track down the evil predator who has abducted all the men and children from a devastated village.
LOTS OF FOURS AND 16 100 DOLLAR BILLS - FOUR PRODUCTS- FOUR EVENTS- FOUR SPACES FOUR JUKEBOXES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time_Machine_(game_show)
"Sweet Sixteen" – Similar to the "Lucky Seven" pricing game on The Price Is Right. The contestant was given sixteen $100 bills to start the game. They were then shown a series of four products and had to guess what year they were introduced. For the first three products, the contestant was given a range to guess in (sometime in the 1950s, within the last 10 years, etc.). If any $100 bills were left after the fourth product, the leftover money and an additional prize package was put in their Prize Bank.
After the mini-games were played the three contestants faced off in the final round, the Time Capsule. Davidson gave the players a list of four events that all happened in the same year, and then a clip from a popular song from that year was played. The contestants then attempted to guess the year, and the contestant with the closest guess became the champion, won all of their banked prizes, and advanced to the bonus round. The other two players left with parting gifts. If two or more contestants were equally close, John would read a question related to the Time Capsule year to the tied players; the first one to buzz in with the right answer won.
"Game 1: As Time Goes By" – A photo of a celebrity was shown. Similar in format to Card Sharks, one player guessed when the photo was taken, and the other one guessed whether the right answer is higher or lower. Whoever was right won a spin. This was repeated with two more photos of the same celebrity. Each player then took their spins to the Money Clock, which now had four spaces. The four spaces read zero, $100, $300, and $1,000, with the $1,000 space much smaller than the rest. As before, the contestant watched the pointer for a few seconds, then turned away to stop it by hitting a plunger. The space they landed on was the amount of dollars they won. The player with the highest score won the game, but both players kept whatever they earned on the Money Clock.
"Game 2: Tube Game" – Davidson described an ABC show that was on in a given year. Players buzz in to guess what show he's describing, and a right answer wins a point. Davidson then describes an NBC show from the same year, then a CBS show. After that, Davidson asked questions pertaining to the three shows. First to five points won the game and a prize.
"Game 3: Jukebox Game" – Four jukeboxes were shown, each emblazoned with a different year from a certain decade. A song is played, and two possible artists are given. Buzzing in with the right artist won the right to match the song with the year it was released. If they got a match, they got a point. If they missed, their opponent got one chance to pick the right one and steal the point. The jukebox with the right answer was eliminated from play regardless. If all the jukeboxes were eliminated, then the contestants just had to identify the song's artist to get the point, without having to match the song to a year. First to three points won the game and a prize.
Three different bonus games were used during the show's run.
Bonus Round #1 – Four events were given, only one of which happened in a given year. If the contestant picked the right event, he or she won a growing Jackpot of prizes. The champion only played for the prizes if he or she guessed the exact year in the Time Capsule round.
Bonus Round #2 – A target year was given, and up to four questions were asked. The contestant's job was to guess whether the event occurred before or after the given year. Four correct answers won the bonus round, a prize package, and a cash jackpot that began at $1,000 and increased $1,000 every day until hit. The game ended if the player missed a question.
Bonus Round #3 – This bonus round was used when the second format began. Questions were asked relating to whether a certain event happened before or after the given year. Enough correct answers won the player a new car, while an incorrect answer stopped the game. The champion had to provide four answers to win the car on the first try, with one less required for each return trip, and the car was automatically won if the player made it to a fifth day. Under this format, a champion retired when they won the car; the contestant they defeated in that day's Challenge Round then became the new champion.
16 CONTESTANTS- 16 SQUARES QMR- FOUR ROUNDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grand_Slam_(U.S._game_show)
The program featured 16 of the biggest winners in United States game show history in a single-elimination tournament.[1] The contestants were seeded by the amount of money they won on their original show(s). The winner took home the $100,000 Grand Prize and a crystal trophy.
The contestants faced off against each other in a rapid-fire style series of questions. There were four rounds of questioning: General Knowledge, Numbers and Logic, Words and Letters, and "Mixed" (questions from all of the previous categories). Exclusively for the final match, a fifth "Contemporary Knowledge" round was added as round #3, between "Numbers and Logic" and "Words and Letters". In each round, the players were given one minute on their clocks, and the first contestant (determined by coin toss for the first round where the loser goes first; alternates for each subsequent round) was asked a question by the off-camera "Questioner", and his clock started counting down. The timing mechanics were similar to those of a chess clock; if a contestant answered correctly, his clock stopped, and his opponent's clock started running. If the active contestant answered incorrectly or passed, their clock continued to run and another question was asked.
When one contestant's clock expired, the round ended and whatever time the other player had remaining carried over. At the beginning of the final round, players' carried-over time was added to the one-minute base time. Once a player's clock ran out, the other player was declared the winner and moved on to the next round.
Each contestant was given three "switches" at the beginning of the game, and one more before the fourth round: by saying "switch", a player could stop their own clock and start their opponent's with the current question. Switches could be used consecutively (by saying "switch back") to switch the question back and forth between contestants.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Only_Connect_Round3_Unsolved.png
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Only_Connect
FULL OF FOURS INCLUDING THE GAME SHOW HAS FOUR ROUNDS AND ONE FO THE ROUNDS HAS A FOUR BY FOUR 16 SQUARE QUADRANT MODEL- FOUR CLUES- FOUR ITEMS- fOUR GROUPS- FOUR PUZZLES- THERE WERE ALSO 16 TEAMS- 16 SQUARES QMR
https://en.wikipedia.org/…/Hell%27s_Kitchen_(U.S._season_16)
Round 1: Connections[edit]
Teams are given up to four clues and must try to figure out the connection between them within 40 seconds. The team is initially shown one clue, and may request the remaining three clues at any time within the 40 seconds (they are not automatically shown). The team may press their buzzer to guess after the first clue for 5 points, the second for 3, the third for 2, or the fourth for 1. If the team guesses incorrectly, or fails to buzz within the time allotted, the question is posed to the other team for a bonus point, after being shown any remaining clues. Typically, one of the six puzzles involves pictures, and another uses pieces of music, both classical and contemporary. Music questions are generally considered among the toughest questions in the quiz, and a team's dismay upon realising they have chosen the music question is a frequent source of humour on the programme.
The image shows four boxes arranged in a horizontal line, containing sequential clues of "A hammer and feather", "Six US flags", "Eugene Shoemaker's ashes" and "Two golf balls".
Example Puzzle for Round 1. To earn points on this puzzle, teams would have to provide the answer "Items left on the Moon" (or a variant thereof).
Round 2: Sequences[edit]
Each set of clues is now a sequence, and teams must try to figure out the fourth item in the sequence (therefore, the team will only be able to see three clues), again as early as possible. They must give the final item in the sequence, and score points even if their theory for the connection is incorrect. As in the previous round, each team will play three sets; again, if one team fails to guess, it is thrown over to the other team, who can see any remaining clues and earn one point by guessing correctly. As in Round 1, one of the sets of clues involves pictures. Starting from the quarterfinals of Series 10, there is occasionally a sequence made by three music clips, and the contestants must supply the title of the fourth unplayed music clip.
For example, sequential clues of "5 C in a N", "2 N in a D" and "2 1/2 D in a Q" would be answered correctly with "4 Q in a D" (the explanation being abbreviations of US coin values, five cents in a nickel, etc. Note that the half-dollar coin is not in wide circulation.)
Round 3: Connecting Wall[edit]
An example "Connecting Wall" puzzle. The answer requires dividing the items into "Terms for zero", "Poker terms", "Flying ___" and "Things made of rubber".
Each team receives a wall of 16 clues and must figure out a perfect solution, consisting of four groups of four connected items. The puzzles are designed to suggest more connections than actually exist, and some clues appear to fit into more than one category. Teams score 1 point for each group found within 2 minutes 30 seconds. They try to create one group at a time, and may make unlimited guesses on the first two groups. Once two groups have been identified, they only have three chances to identify the remaining two groups.
Should the team fail to complete the wall, the missing groupings are shown. Teams can then earn 1 point per group for identifying the connection, regardless of whether they correctly identified the grouping. A team that identifies all four groups and all four connections earns a 2-point bonus, for a total of 10 points. Unlike the previous two rounds, teams have no opportunity to score on their opponents' wall.
On 1 March 2010, an interactive online version of this round was put on the Only Connect website.[1] Since mid-2011, coinciding with series 5, the website took online submissions for new Connecting Walls, although a successful submission does not guarantee publication on the site.[citation needed] The online game was discontinued for series 10.
Round 4: Missing Vowels[edit]
In a final buzzer round, the teams are presented with a series of word puzzles. The category of the puzzles is given prior to them being displayed, and each category contains a maximum of four puzzles. Each puzzle is a word or phrase with the vowels removed and the spaces shifted to disguise the original words. For example, in a category of "Booker Prize-winning novels", a puzzle of "VR NNGDLT TL" would be correctly answered as "Vernon God Little".
Teams answer simultaneously using buzzers, and score 1 point for each puzzle they solve. Initially there was no penalty for guessing incorrectly on this round, but starting with the quarter-finals in Series 1, teams have faced a penalty of 1 point for each incorrect answer. Additionally, if the team that buzzes provides an incorrect answer (even by a single letter) or fails to answer quickly, the opposing team is given an opportunity to answer for a bonus point.
The round lasts for between 90 seconds and three minutes, usually features three complete categories. The team with the most points at the end of the game is the winner. If teams are tied, then a single sudden-death puzzle is given to the captains of each team. If a captain buzzes in first and gives the correct answer then their team wins, but an incorrect answer automatically forfeits the game. Although no category is officially given they make reference to their own role as sudden-death questions. Examples are "So Long and Thanks for All the Fish", "To the Victor, the Spoils" and "Winner Stays On".
THE SHOW FOLLOWS THE LIVES OF FOUR GIRLS- ALSO 16 SQUARES QMR
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/16_and_Pregnant
16 and Pregnant was an American reality television series that aired from June 11, 2009 to July 1, 2014, on MTV.[1] It followed the stories of pregnant teenage girls in high school dealing with the hardships of teenage pregnancy. Each episode featured a different teenage girl, with the episode typically beginning when she is 4 1⁄2 – 8 months into her pregnancy. The episode typically ends when the baby is a few months old. The series is produced in a documentary format, with an animation on notebook paper showing highlights during each episode preceding the commercial breaks. 16 and Pregnant has spawned three spin-off series: Teen Mom, Teen Mom 2 and Teen Mom 3. Each series follows the lives of four girls from their respective season of 16 and Pregnant as they navigate their first years of motherhood.[2]
SHOW HAS 16 CONTESTANTS- 16 SQUARES QMR
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Top_Shot
Top Shot is an American reality television show that debuted on the History Channel on June 6, 2010. The show features 16 contestants, split into two teams of eight, competing in various types of shooting challenges. One by one, the contestants are eliminated until only one remains. That contestant receives a $100,000 grand prize and the title of "Top Shot." Survivor contestant Colby Donaldson is the host.[1][2][3][4][5]
16 COMPETITORS DIVIDED INTO FOUR TEAMS OF FOUR- A QUADRANT MODEL
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_Grit
In the first season, the competition was filmed at the foothills of Mount Rainier in Eatonville, Washington. Sixteen competitors are divided into four teams of four, each led by a military veteran who is designated as the team's cadre. The teams compete in a series of challenges called "Evolutions," modeled after military training exercises, and must cope with both the physical rigors and demands of the outdoor wilderness setting. All members of the winning team are safe from elimination and advance to the next round, while the leaders of the other three teams each choose one member to participate in "The Circus," an elimination challenge consisting of a grueling obstacle course followed by an endurance test. As long as a team has at least two members, the same person cannot be sent to the Circus on two consecutive episodes. The obstacle course remains constant, but the endurance test changes from one episode to the next. The endurance test begins once all three participants have completed the obstacle course, with the first- and second-place finishers receiving an advantage over the third-place finisher. The Circus continues until one person quits, fails the endurance test or becomes physically unable to continue, at which point he/she is eliminated from the competition. Eliminated competitors ring a ship's bell on the site before departing, after the tradition of Navy SEAL trainees "ringing out" when they choose to withdraw from the program. In the season finale, all competitors take part in an extended Circus. This Circus continues until all members of three teams have dropped out of the endurance portion, and the remaining members of the fourth team each receive a $250,000 cash prize. Clare Painter and Mark Bouquin from Team Noah were both awarded this prize as the winners of this season.
FOUR PERSON TEAM AND 16 TEAMS- 16 SQUARES QMR
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blizzard_Bash
Blizzard Bash is an annual demolition derby event held in Landon Arena at the Kansas Expocentre in Topeka, Kansas. It is the world’s largest indoor demolition derby, with over 250 drivers from all over the U.S. and Canada competing in 12 different events.[1] The main event is a four-person team, sixteen team bracket-style tournament team derby, in which the winner is crowned team National Champions. The event occurs over a four-day period in mid-November. There are other modified and stock one heat classes that drivers compete in.
FIRST FOUR CRUSADES SEEN AS DIFFERENT- FOUR CRUSADER STATES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crusades
The First Crusade established the first four Crusader states in the Eastern Mediterranean: the County of Edessa (1098–1149), the Principality of Antioch (1098–1268), the Kingdom of Jerusalem (1099–1291), and the County of Tripoli (1104 to 1289, although the city of Tripoli itself remained in Muslim control until 1109[48]). The Armenian Kingdom of Cilicia originated before the Crusades, but it received kingdom status from Pope Innocent III and later became fully Westernised by the House of Lusignan. According to historian Jonathan Riley-Smith, these states were the first examples of "Europe overseas". They are generally known as outremer, from the French outre-mer ("overseas" in English).[49][50]
2001 SPACE ODYSSEY IS A CLASSIC AND BASED AROUND ONE OF THE FOUR SPACE ODYSSEY BOOKS----
KUBRICK ORIGINALLY WANTED THE MONOTLITH TO BE A TETRAHEDRON BUT CHANGED IT- TETRA IS FOUR
http://www.rense.com/general7/alchemkubrick.htm
The monolith also represents the 'cube of space' or the 'container of creation' in alchemy. The cube of space is this container that holds reality. Kubrick originally intended for the object in the film to be a tetrahedron pyramid. This would have been appropriate to what he was attempting to convey because the tetrahedron is the building block of the third dimension. It is also the foundation of the Platonic solids. But Kubrick decided to junk the tetrahedron idea in favor of the monolith. It is said that Kubrick himself created the first drawing of what the monolith would look like, including it's dimensions. The black, single stone becomes the container of creation and the alchemical cube at the same time. It is, in a way, a cubed brick. Is this another trick of Stanley's, who's last name (Kubrick, Cubed-Brick) mirror's that concept so clearly? This black stone of creation is also one of the main features in the Islamic religion, where a black meteorite sits near the kaaba, or cube of space, in the Arabian city of Mecca. Kubrick has combined these many deeply held spiritual traditions and symbols and refashioned them into the monolith, or stone, that is constructed in the same dimensions as the movie screen on which it will be projected.
FOUR CONTESTANTS FOUR QUESTIONS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Let%27s_Ask_America
In the first round, there are four contestants, and each of them attempt to answer the four multiple-choice questions. In this round, questions have two possible answers. The host first reads the two answers and then follows with the question. All four contestants then have approximately 30 seconds to write down their answers onto the card included in their game kits. Once all contestants have verbally acknowledged that they have written down their answers, the host asks them each to reveal their answers in a sequence determined by the producers. The host then reveals the correct answer, and each contestant that answered the question correctly is awarded the prize money assigned for that question. Contestants who answered incorrectly receive no prize money. After the correct answer to the first question has been revealed, all four contestants are given the next question. The process is then repeated with three additional questions. The first question is worth $100, with subsequent questions increasing by that amount, up to $400 for the fourth question. The lowest scoring contestant at the end of the round is eliminated and leaves with nothing.
The third round features the two remaining contestants competing against each other in a two-question showdown. Each question features four possible answers. The first question is worth $2,000 and the second is worth $4,000. The higher-scoring contestant at the end of the third round keeps the money earned, and the other is eliminated and leaves with nothing.
Bonus round[edit]
During the commercial break, the contestant writes down a wager for the final question. The question is then presented along with four possible answers, and the contestant must answer the question within 30 seconds. A correct response adds the wager to the contestant's final total, while an incorrect response deducts that amount. However, if the contestant wagers any money earned to that point and answers correctly, the wager is paid out at 5-to-1 odds (e.g., if a contestant wagered their maximum of $10,000 and is correct, the contestants maximum win up to $50,000). During its three-season run, only one contestant by the name of Dave Luea from Boston, MA was able to play a perfect game and take home the top prize of $50,000.
16 TEAMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blizzard_Bash
National Championship Team Show: This event is a sixteen team bracket-style tournament, with each team having four drivers. The winning teams compete to make their way through the A-main bracket until they get to the five team feature. The last remaining teams in the feature wins the National Championship. The teams that lost in the first round compete to win the B-main bracket. The first two teams eliminated from the B-main bracket are not guaranteed a spot in the upcoming year's National Championship bracket. The winning team receives a $20,000 USD grand prize.
Qualifying Team Championship: The Qualifying Team Championship is a bracket-style tournament of similar format to the National Championship tournament, with up to sixteen teams competing. The top two finishing teams are guaranteed a spot in the upcoming year's National Championship Team Show, plus prize money.
80's and Newer Modified: Fifty drivers compete in heats and consolation heats over a three-day period to earn a spot in the twenty-car feature heat. The top five finishers win prize money.
Other Classes: There are other classes spread out throughout the event, limited to twenty drivers with the top four taking home prize money. They are Old Iron Modified, Old Iron Stock, 80's and Newer Stock, Trucks, Outlaws, Compact Stock, Compact Modified, Youth and Transitions Youth.[6] There is also a Power Wheels event for children, with every competitor receiving a prize.[7]
FOUR ROUNDS AND 16 TEAMS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ELEAGUE_Major_2017
ELEAGUE Major 2017, also known as ELEAGUE Atlanta 2017, was the tenth Counter-Strike: Global Offensive Major tournament. It was organized by ELEAGUE and held in Atlanta, Georgia, United States from January 22 to 29, 2017. It features sixteen professional teams from around the world. Eight teams directly qualified based on their top eight placement in the last major, ESL One Cologne 2016, while another eight teams qualified through the ELEAGUE Offline Major Qualifier. ELEAGUE Major is the third consecutive major with a prize pool of $1,000,000.[1]
First round seeding was determined by the following:
Teams that placed 9th at the previous major (Team Dignitas, FaZe Clan, mousesports, Ninjas in Pyjamas) were first seeds
Teams that placed 13th place at the previous major (Team EnVyUs, G2 Esports, OpTic Gaming, Counter Logic Gaming) were second seeds
Teams that placed first in their regional qualifiers (TyLoo, Vega Squadron, GODSENT, Immortals) were third seeds
Teams that were runner-ups in their regional qualifiers (Renegades, Team Spirit, Hellraisers, Cloud9) were fourth seeds
In the second round, the winners in the first round will face each other in the "high" matches; the losers will face each other in the "low" matches.
In the third round, the winners of the high matches from round two will face each other. The winners of these two matches will qualify for the major. The losers of the high round and the winners of the low round will face each other in the "mid" matches. The losers from the previous low matches will face each other in round three's low matches. The losers of these low matches are eliminated. Twelve teams remain in the Qualifier.
In the fourth round, the losers of the high matches and the winners of the low matches will face each other in round four's high matches. The winners of the high matches qualify for the major. The losers of the mid matches and the winners of the low matches will face each other in the low matches of round four. The losers of these matches are eliminated from the Qualifier. Six teams remain.
In the last round, the remaining teams will face off. The winners of these matches will qualify for the major and the losing teams will be eliminated.
GODSENT and FaZe Clan were the first teams to move on. The next three teams to move on were mousesports, OpTic Gaming, and Team Dignitas. In the last round, the final teams to move on were Team EnVyUs, G2 Esports, and HellRaisers.[3]
This qualifier was significant in that it will be the first time that the Ninjas in Pyjamas as a franchise and four of its players – GeT RiGhT, f0rest, Xizt, and friberg – will not play in a major, after being upset by Vega Squadron.[4]
16 TEAMS FOUR GROUPS
http://dota2.gamepedia.com/Boston_Major_2016
The Boston Major is the first Major of the 2016-2017 season. The main event takes place at the Wang Theater in Boston, Massachusetts, USA. Notably, The Boston Major is the first publisher sponsored event to not feature a double-elimination bracket. Instead, the 16 participating teams will be seeded into a single elimination bracket based on their performance in the group stage.
16 CONTESTANTS 16 SQUARES QMR
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sixteen_(TV_series)
Sixteen (Hangul: 식스틴, stylized as SIXTEEN) was a 2015 reality girl group survival show created by JYP Entertainment and Mnet. The show pitted sixteen JYP trainees against one another to secure a spot in the girl group Twice. Sixteen contestants were assessed for not only their singing and dancing abilities but also their charisma and personality. The show premiered May 5, 2015, and ran for ten episodes through July 7, 2015, on Mnet.[1]
FOUR DRILL INSTRUCTORS- 16 CONTESTANTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boot_Camp_(TV_series)
The show involved sixteen civilian contestants, known as recruits, participating in a real life military style boot camp 24 hours a day. Four drill instructors put the recruits through special training activities and obstacle courses to prepare them for the "missions" which they took part in on each of the first seven episodes. Every week, the squad would elect one of their team as the "Squad Leader" giving this recruit extra responsibilities, most notably that of leading the squad in the weekly mission. If the mission was passed successfully, the squad leader earned immunity from the next elimination, and the squad would gain a luxury prize. If the mission was failed, the squad leader became eligible for dismissal, and the entire squad would receive a punishment.
SIXTEEN CONTESTANTS- 16 SQUARES QMR
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Siberia_(TV_series)
Sixteen reality-show contestants, each hoping to win $500,000, arrive in a Siberian forest to take part in a reality show. Two are immediately eliminated, and 14 settle in for the contest. The unexpected death of a fellow contestant throws them off, but they eventually all accept it as an accident. Strange events continue to happen, and when a contestant is injured and no help arrives, they realize they will have to band together to survive in a land they do not understand. More unusual events happen that parallel the ones natives experienced 100 years earlier during the Tunguska event.
http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0810742/
16 Children and Moving In (2006)
Documentary, Family | TV Movie 13 March 2006
A person has 16 kids that move in
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Sign_of_the_Cross_(1932_film)
The Sign of the Cross is a 1932 Pre-Code Hollywood epic film released by Paramount Pictures, produced and directed by Cecil B. DeMille from a screenplay by Waldemar Young and Sidney Buchman, and based on the original 1895 play by Wilson Barrett.[1]
FOUR HIPPIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Happening_(1967_film)
The Happening is a 1967 American comedy crime film starring Anthony Quinn, Michael Parks, George Maharis, Robert Walker Jr., Martha Hyer and Faye Dunaway and featuring Oscar Homolka, Jack Kruschen and Milton Berle that was released in March 1967 by Columbia Pictures. Produced by Jud Kinberg and directed by Elliot Silverstein, it is the story of four hippies who kidnap a retired Mafia mob boss named Roc Delmonico and hold him for ransom.
Four bored beach bums from Miami come across kids playing with toy guns. They chase one into a house, which by chance belongs to Roc Delmonico, a former gangster who is now retired and a respectable businessman.
64 IS FOUR QUADRANT MODELS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_$64,000_Question#The_.2464.2C000_Challenge
The $64,000 Question is an American game show broadcast from 1955 to 1958, which became embroiled in the 1950s quiz show scandals. The $64,000 Challenge (1956–1958) was its popular spin-off show.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Four_Frightened_People
The film tells the story of two men (Marshall and Gargan) and two women (Colbert and Boland), who leave from a plague-ridden ship and reach the Malayan jungle. The relationships between the four people before they enter the jungle are examined and are transformed as they interact with natural phenomena and the natives who populate the jungle. The film also relates how each of the four people carried on in life after they emerged from the jungle.
THE CLASSIC MOVIE 2001 SPACE ODYSSEY IS DIVIDED INTO FOUR PARTS
QUADRANT
FOUR MEMBERS- FOURTH DIFFERENT
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Black_Hippy
Black Hippy is an American hip hop supergroup[1][2][3] from South Los Angeles, California, formed in 2009. The group is composed of West Coast rappers Ab-Soul, Jay Rock, Kendrick Lamar and ScHoolboy Q.[4] Black Hippy was constructed after all of its members had signed to Carson-based indie record label, Top Dawg Entertainment (TDE).
The group was formed in 2009, when all of its members were signed to Top Dawg Entertainment, a Carson-based independent record label.[2][4] The idea of forming a group came from Schoolboy Q, who said he was "slacking in [his] music": "I figured if I could be in a group I could just write one verse and I could be good", he added.[5] Schoolboy Q, the last of the four to join the label, admitted to initially being intimidated when he first started going to the studio, but eventually the tenacity of his collaborators rubbed off on him.[5] In 2011, Black Hippy received co-signs from West Coast hip hop legends Dr. Dre and Snoop Dogg, as well as Tech N9ne who called them "the new N.W.A", and had hopes of signing the group to his Strange Music imprint.[6][7]
FOUR ACT DRAMA
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ivanov_(play)
Ivanov (Russian: Иванов: драма в четырёх действиях (Ivanov: drama in four acts)) is a four-act drama by the Russian playwright Anton Chekhov.
Ivanov was first performed in 1887, when Fiodor Korsh, owner of the Korsh Theatre in Moscow, commissioned Chekhov to write a comedy. Chekhov, however, responded with a four-act drama, which he wrote in ten days. Despite the success of its first performance, the production disgusted Chekhov himself. In a letter to his brother, he wrote that he "did not recognise his first remarks as my own" and that the actors "do not know their parts and talk nonsense". Irritated by this failure, Chekhov made alterations to the play. Consequently, the final version is different from that first performance. After this revision, it was accepted to be performed in St. Petersburg in 1889. Chekhov's revised version was a success and offered a foretaste of the style and themes of his subsequent masterpieces.[1]
Act Four occurs around a year after the previous acts. Anna has died, and Ivanov and Sasha are preparing to marry. As the wedding is about to begin, Lvov appears, planning to unveil Ivanov's 'evil' intentions – believing Ivanov is simply marrying Sasha for the dowry. He makes the accusation publicly and even though other characters have previously expressed doubts they all leap to Ivanov's defence and challenge Lvov to duels. Ivanov finds the whole situation amusing, returning to his old self, and takes out his gun. Sasha realises what he is about to do, but is unable to stop him: Ivanov runs away from the crowd and shoots himself, abruptly ending the play.
FOUR ACTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Wood_Demon_(play)
The Wood Demon (Russian: Леший, tr. Goblin, 1889) is a comedic play in four acts written by Russian author Anton Chekhov. The play was written in 1888 and debuted in December 27, 1889 at the Abramov Theater.
STORY HAS FOUR VIGNETTES/ FOUR STORIES
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_City_(1998_film)
The City (Spanish: La ciudad) is a 1998 American neo-realist film written and directed by David Riker, his first feature film, and shot in gritty black-and-white film stock. The drama features actor Joseph Rigano and, in neo-realist fashion, an ensemble cast of non-professional actors. The film is also known as: The City (La Ciudad).[1]
The drama consists of four vignettes that plunges you onto New York City's poorer neighborhoods where Latin American immigrants, many of whom barely speak English, live at the mercy of exploitative employers and inflexible institutions. Many of the characters are in the United States illegally to make money in order to send back home to their poor families.
Among intermittent scenes of Latin Americans having their photo taken by a photographer, the four stories in the picture include:
Bricks (Ladrillos): a group of Latino men wait on a street corner for someone to hire them. A contractor (Joseph Rigano) appears in a truck and selects 10 men and promises each $50 for a day of work. But after they are dropped off across the Hudson River in a dusty lot where a building has been demolished, the terms of employment are revised by the contractor. They are to clean up bricks and do it on a piecemeal basis (15 cents a brick). The men are not happy but mush on nevertheless. An accident happens and the men are unable to help the victim and appear helpless in their fate.
Home (Casa): a young man named Francisco (Cipriano Garcia) newly arrived in New York strays into a "sweet 15" party and meets a serious young woman named Maria (Leticia Herrera) who turns out to be from the same Mexican town. Because he has no place to stay, she takes him home to her uncle's house. The next morning when he goes to buy some groceries for breakfast, he can't find his way back.
The Puppeteer (Titiriero): is a homeless street performer named Luis (Jose Rabelo) who is suffering from tuberculosis and lives with his daughter Dulce in an old station wagon. Hearing that every child in the city is guaranteed an education, the puppeteer, who has refused to stay in city shelters because of contagious diseases, attempts to enroll his daughter in school but is unable to prove he lives in New York City.
Seamstress (Costurera): in the final and politically incendiary vignette, a woman named Ana (Silvia Goiz) works in a sweatshop where no one has been paid for several weeks. She receives a letter from home with the news that her daughter has fallen ill and needs $400 for an operation. She pleads with her bosses for her back pay but she's threatened with dismissal.
I'm a paragraph. Click here to add your own text and edit me. It's easy.
ANOTHER MOVIE FOUR FRIENDS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/I%27ll_Always_Know_What_You_Did_Last_Summer
Amber Williams (Brooke Nevin), her boyfriend Colby Patterson (David Paetkau) and her friends Zoe (Torrey DeVitto), Roger (Seth Packard), and PJ (Clay Taylor) stage a prank at the town carnival. Roger impersonates the "Fisherman" killer, with the hook Roger says Ben Willis originally used. Afterward, they see everyone staring at PJ's body impaled on a pipe. The public believes the Fisherman to be behind it. Colby convinces his friends to burn the evidence and make a pact to keep it secret.
CHEKHOV IS EXTREMELY FAMOUS AND PRODUCED FOUR MAJOR PLAYS- EACH OF HIS FOUR PLAYS ALSO HAD FOUR ACTS
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anton_Chekhov
https://www.amazon.com/Chekhov-Seagull-Sisters-Cherry-Orchard/dp/1566636264
Chekhov: The Four Major Plays: Seagull, Uncle Vanya, Three Sisters, Cherry Orchard Paperback – October 7, 2004
Anton Pavlovich Chekhov (/ˈtʃɛkɔːf, -ɒf/;[1] Russian: Анто́н Па́влович Че́хов, pronounced [ɐnˈton ˈpavləvʲɪtɕ ˈtɕɛxəf]; 29 January 1860[2] – 15 July 1904)[3] was a Russian playwright and short story writer, who is considered to be among the greatest writers of short fiction in history. His career as a playwright produced four classics and his best short stories are held in high esteem by writers and critics.[4][5] Along with Henrik Ibsen and August Strindberg, Chekhov is often referred to as one of the three seminal figures in the birth of early modernism in the theatre.[6] Chekhov practiced as a medical doctor throughout most of his literary career: "Medicine is my lawful wife", he once said, "and literature is my mistress."[7]
Chekhov renounced the theatre after the reception of The Seagull in 1896, but the play was revived to acclaim in 1898 by Konstantin Stanislavski's Moscow Art Theatre, which subsequently also produced Chekhov's Uncle Vanya and premiered his last two plays, Three Sisters and The Cherry Orchard. These four works present a challenge to the acting ensemble[8] as well as to audiences, because in place of conventional action Chekhov offers a "theatre of mood" and a "submerged life in the text".[9]